Zeal SSR PDF

Self Study Report (SSR)
Submitted to
National Assessment and

Accreditation Council (NAAC)
An Autonomous Institution of the University Grants Commission,
P.O. Box No.1075, Nagarbhavi, Bangalore-560072
by
Zeal Education Society’s

Zeal College of Engineering and Research
(Approved by AICTE and Affiliated to Savitribai Phule Pune University)
Sr. No. 39, Narhe, Pune-411041, Maharashtra
Phone No.:020-67206000/106, Fax No. 020-67206101
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.zcoer.in
Zeal Education Society’s Zeal College of Engineering and
Research, Narhe, Pune
CONTENTS
Description Page No.
Cover letter from Principal

List of Abbreviations i
A Preface 1
B Executive Summary and SWOC Analysis 3
C Profile of the Institution 9
D Criterion-wise Analytical Report
Criterion I: Curricular Aspects 18
Criterion II: Teaching-Learning and Evaluation 35
Criterion III: Research, Consultancy and Extension 76
Criterion IV: Infrastructure and Learning Resources 113
Criterion V: Student Support and Progression 137
Criterion VI: Governance, Leadership and Management 161
Criterion VII: Innovations and Best Practices 188
E Evaluative Report of the Departments
Department of Civil Engineering 201
Department of Computer Engineering 208
Department of Electrical Engineering 216
Department of Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering 224
Department of Information Technology 232
Department of Mechanical Engineering 239
Department of Management and Business Administration 248
Declaration by the Head of the Institute 253
Certificate of Compliance 254
Annexure: Approval Letters from AICTE and SPPU
Annexure I: Affiliation letter by the University 256
Annexure II: First Approval Letter from AICTE 258
Annexure III: Approval Letter from AICTE for AY 2016-17 261
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
AICTE All India Council for Technical Education

AMC Academic Monitoring Committee
ARC Academic Research Coordinator
ATKT Allowed To Keep Term
AY Academic Year
BE Bachelor of Engineering
BoS Board of Studies
CAP Centralized Admission Process
CADME Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing Engineering
CBCS Choice Based Credit System
CCTV Close Circuit Television
CEO College Examination Officer
CET Common Entrance Test
CNC Computerized numerical control
COEP College of Engineering Pune
COs Course Objectives / Outcomes
DSE Direct Second Year
DTE Directorate of Technical Education Maharashtra State
EBC Economically Backward Class
EDC Entrepreneurship Development Cell
ERP Enterprise Resource Planning
FACE Focus Academy of Career Enhancement
FDP Faculty Development Programme
FE First Year Engineering
GAs Graduate Attributes
GATE Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering
GB Governing Body
GFM Guardian Faculty Member
HoD Head of Department
HSC Higher Secondary Certificate
HTML Hyper Text Markup Language
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IEI Institute of Engineers (India)
IIIC Industry Institute Interaction Cell
IIT Indian Institute of Technology
IQAC Internal Quality Assurance Cell
JEE Joint Entrance Examination
J&K Jammu and Kasmir
LAC Library Advisory Committee
LAN Local Area Network
LIC Local Inquiry Committee
LMC Local Managing Committee
NPTEL National Program on Technology Enhanced Learning
NSS National Social Scheme
MBA Master of Business Administration
ME Master of Engineering
i
MoU Memorandum of Understanding
MPSC Maharashtra Public Service Commission
MSEB Maharashtra State Electricity Board
N. A. Not Applicable
NBA National Board of Accreditation
NGO Non Government Organizations
NRI Non Resident Indian
OBC Other Backward Class
OPAC Online Public Access Catalogue
PEOs Program Educational Objectives
PG Post Graduate
PI Principal Investigator
PhD Doctor of Philosophy
POs Programme Outcomes
QA Quality Assurance
RAC Research Advisory Committee
R&D Research and Development
SC Scheduled Cast
SE Second Year
SPPU Savitribai Phule Pune University
ST Scheduled Tribe
STF Special Task Force
STTP Short Term Training Programme
SWO Social Welfare Officer
TFWS Tuition Fees Wavier Scheme
TPC Training and Placement Cell
TSSC Telecom Sector Skill Council
UG Under Graduate
UGC University Grants Commission
UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply
UPSC Union Public Service Commission
VLSI Very Large Scale Integration
VMC Vertical Milling Machine
ZCOER Zeal College of Engineering and Research
ZES Zeal Education Society
ii
PREFACE
A. PREFACE
Zeal Education Society (ZES) is established in 1996 with a vision to impart

quality education from KG to PhD. The society runs two schools in Hingane
campus and four professional colleges in Narhe campus. The professional
colleges in Narhe campus include Zeal College of Engineering and Research
(ZCOER) (Formerly known as Dnyanganga College of Engineering and
Research), Zeal Polytechnic, Zeal Institute of Management and Computer
Application, and Zeal Institute of Business Administration, Computer
Application and Research. ZCOER is established on 29th June 2007 and is a
self-financed institute approved by All Indian Council for Technical Education
(AICTE), New Delhi and affiliated to Savitribai Phule Pune University
(SPPU) (Formerly known as Pune University), Pune.
The institute is running six Undergraduate (UG) programmes viz. Civil

Engineering, Computer Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Electronics and
Telecommunication Engineering, Information Technology and Mechanical
Engineering. It also runs 6 Postgraduate (PG) programmes viz. Master of
Engineering (ME) in Computer Engineering, Electrical (Power Systems),
Electronics and Telecommunication (VLSI & Embedded Systems),
Mechanical (Design), Mechanical Engineering (CADME) and a PG program
in Management (MBA). The institute has recognized PG research center
under SPPU to run PhD programmes in Mechanical and Electronics and
Telecommunication Engineering. The institute is known for its student centric
academic environment and many measures taken such as academic
monitoring, remedial teaching, student teacher interaction, expert talks etc. for
continuous improvement in academic performance of the students.
Along with the adequate infrastructural facilities as per statutory norms, the
institute has been augmented with Automobile Excellence Centre, high end
machines like VMC, welding machines for TIG, MIG and CO2 welding,
Cyborg Robotics Centre, IBM Software Laboratory for Emerging
Technologies, NVIDIA GPU Centre etc. Additional facilities like music,
dance and recording studios have been established to nurture the extra-
curricular activities to make student centric techno-cultural learning
environment. Due to this support, the students have won top positions in
robotic competition in “IIT Techfest” for two consecutive years, top positions
in international competition “Cultural Olympiad of performing art” for two
consecutive years and have qualified in SAE BAJA competition.
In second half of academic year, the college organizes a state level technical
event “NIRMAAN”, inter college sports event “Ranaangan”, cultural event
Zeal College of Engineering and Research, Narhe, Pune-411041 1

PREFACE
“Talentron” to give exposure of multidimensional activities to the students in

the campus which helps in their overall development. Annual social gathering
is the centre of attraction for all students and staff. The student associations in
various departments organize discipline relevant technical events and cultural
events such as traditional day, Engineers day, Teachers day and carries out
social activities throughout the year.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY AND SWOC ANALYSIS
B. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY AND SWOC ANALYSIS
Criterion I: Curricular aspects

• Vision, Mission and Quality Objectives of ZCOER are very apparent and
the institute is trying to achieve the targets by providing quality education
through practical knowledge, and skill based education.
• The curriculum of all programmes is revised every five years by SPPU to
meet the needs of stakeholders such as industry, research organizations
and societal requirements.
• The curriculum meets the standards as prescribed by AICTE and other
regulatory bodies.
• The Board of Studies (BoS) of SPPU for each programme comprise of
eminent scientists, academicians and industry professionals to frame the
curriculum.
• The institute has well structured mechanism for implementation of the
curricula set by SPPU.
• The institute interacts with industry, reputed institutes and alumni to
design and deliver add-on training courses for bridging the gaps between
current needs and curricula set by SPPU. These courses and co-curricular
activities make the students more competent and industry ready.
Criterion II: Teaching learning and evaluation:

• The institute gets students admitted for different programmes through the
Centralized Admission Process (CAP) conducted by competent authority
of State Government of Maharashtra. The admission process ensures
inclusion of students from all categories through social reservations
defined by State Government of Maharashtra.
• Teaching learning process is developed to ensure effective delivery of all
contents in curricula prescribed by SPPU and bridging the curriculum gaps
through covering necessary contents beyond curriculum.
• The institute has Academic Monitoring Committee (AMC) to monitor the
teaching learning process. AMC prepares the academic calendar of the
institute which is a reflection of University’s academic calendar that
includes curricular, co-curricular, extracurricular activities.
• The institute has maintained high standards of infrastructure and facilities
for effective teaching learning and self development of students.
• The institute focuses on overall development of its faculty by conducting
supportive courses and workshops in the institute and deputing the faculty
to different Faculty Development Programs (FDPs), Short Term Training
Programs (STTPs), workshops organized by reputed institutes.
• The institute is extending different welfare schemes to its employees. This
helps in attracting and retaining well qualified and experienced faculty.
• The institute has summative and formative evaluation systems for
evaluation of student performance with different dimensions. The
summative evaluation system is followed as per the guidelines given by
SPPU besides the institute does formative assessment for continuous
monitoring of student performance and identifying advanced and slow
learners. The slow learners are identified from internal assessment test

results. They are counseled and remedial classes are scheduled for them to
improve the overall performance of the students.
• The institute has adopted the Graduate Attributes (GAs) defined by
National Board of Accreditation (NBA) and accordingly all departments
have defined Programme Education Objectives (PEOs), Programme
Objectives/Outcomes (Pos), Course Outcomes (COs) for overall
development of students.
Criterion III: Research, consultancy and extension

The institute believes that quality teaching comes out from in-depth
knowledge and quality of research outcome. Accordingly, all necessary
support is provided to faculty members to pursue higher studies, research and
consultancy.
• The institute has a recognized PG research center under SPPU. A Research

Advisory Committee (RAC) has been constituted to monitor, excel and
streamline research activities.
• The faculty of institute is actively involved in research activities through
guidance to research scholars and PG students, funded research project,
pursuing higher education.
• To cultivate and promote research culture, the institute has established
centers of excellence and research laboratories with necessary software
and hardware facilities in all departments. Also, the institute has provided
internet and computing facility to all its faculty members.
• The institute has taken numerous steps to attract eminent researchers to
visit the campus for interacting with aspirant researchers working in the
institute.
• In addition, the aspect of education with emphasis on community service
to underprivileged /socially disadvantaged demography of the population,
with an eye on rural mass has been an important component of institute’s
values of imparting education and inculcate research attitude among them.
• As an extension, fairly good amount of efforts are pursued to fulfill its
corporate social responsibilities to populous of nearby villages through the
platform of NSS and local student bodies.
• The institute has collaboration with research laboratories, institutes and
industry for exchange of research facilities and experts. Training
Placement Cell (TPC) of the institute coordinates all activities required for
signing and execution of MoUs with industries and institutes.
Criterion IV: Infrastructure and learning resources

The institute has over the mark and well planned Civil, Electrical and IT
infrastructure which satisfy all conditions laid down by the statutory bodies.
• All physical facilities like classrooms, seminar halls, tutorial rooms and
computer centers are specious, multimedia enabled, well ventilated and
satisfying the curricular and co-curricular requirements.
• UG and PG laboratories are well equipped with most recent equipment,
required software and hardware.

• Sufficient space and equipment are provided for administrative and

department/cell offices, technical clubs, excellence centers, sports
facilities, cultural activities.
• The institute has a ladies hostel with adequate facilities and security.
• CCTV cameras are installed at different places in the campus such that
most of the open space in the campus is under CCTV surveillance.
• The TPC is well established with group discussion rooms, personal
interview cabins and auditorium.
• Library has a rich collection of books, journals, magazines, e-books and e-
journals required for all UG and PG programmes.
• Library has web based automated system through Web-OPAC for all
transactions of the books.
• The college is having a computing center with sufficient number of
systems with internet, LAN and Wi-Fi Facilities, with licensed software as
per requirements.
• The college has provided potable water, the hygienic canteen and mess
facility for students at an affordable cost.
• The college campus is lush and green with well-maintained lawns, handy
plantation and buildings leading to healthy, pleasant and pollution free
environment.
• The campus has ample space for parking the vehicles of staff and students.
• The institute has a mechanism for periodical maintenance of all equipment
and facilities provided all across the campus.
Criterion V: Student support and progression

• The institute makes its relevant information available to public through the
prospectus which is published every year before the admission process.
• The institute provides support to all socially and economically weaker
sections among the admitted students by extending all welfare schemes
initiated by State Government of Maharashtra and SPPU. Beside the
welfare schemes from State Government of Maharashtra and SPPU, the
institute spreads awareness about the scholarships offered by different
industries and Non Government Organizations (NGOs). The institute gives
prizes to meritorious students.
• The institute motivates its students to appear for various competitive
examinations and provides training facilities, required infrastructure for
the preparation of competitive examinations.
• The institute also imparts career counseling, soft skills training through its
TPC. Mock placement activities are conducted at the TPC to empower the
abilities of smart students and improve their performance in placement
drives.
• The institute has Entrepreneurship Development Cell to inculcate
entrepreneurial skills among the students.
• The students are encouraged to take part in several responsible
administrative positions through student council and department student
associations which not only improve their leadership skills but also help
them to achieve the academic excellence.

• The students are encouraged to participate in several curricular, co-

curricular as well as extracurricular events. To propagate the importance of
student participation in technical, sports and cultural events, the institute
organizes technical event Nirmaan, sports event Ranaagan and cultural
event Talentron. The students are motivated and supported to Participate in
several events such as project competitions, paper presentation, robotics
competitions, BAHA vehicle design and racing competition, NSS
activities, blood donation, road safety week, Swachha Bharat Abhiyaan
events helps progression of students in technical and social activities. The
institute publishes its magazine to provide a platform to the students to
explore their creativeness and publish the literature.
• The institute has grievance redressal cell, women sexual harassment/
prevention, anti-ragging cells to address the issues if any.
• Recently, institute has formed registered the alumni association. However,
since last three years institute is conducting alumni meet once in a year to
interact with its alumni and involve them in the development of the
institute.
Criterion VI: Governance, leadership and management

• To accomplish the stated vision, mission and quality objectives of the
institute, management, Principal and faculty work together through a well
structured organizational system. The institute has Governing Council
(GB) and Local Managing Committee (LMC) as two apex bodies which
are working for finalization and review of policies, strategies, plans and
budgetary provisions required for implementation of the policies and
plans. These two committees have representation of different stake holders
such as management, Principal, Faculty, supporting staff, statutory bodies
and industry.
• The institute designs its quality policy by bottom to top approach (Faculty
to management) after considering opinion of all stake holders which is
finalized by GB and LMC to ensure involvement of all stake holders.
• The Principal in consultation with Deans, HoDs and senior faculty chalks
out the plans for effective implementation of policies finalized by GB and
LMC. The management has continuous monitoring and active involvement
through its representative (Executive Director) in implementation of
quality policies, plans and provides all necessary support for quality
improvement of the institute in all dimensions.
• To have participative management and decentralized governance, the
institute has empowered its departments and cell through delegation of
authorities and defining roles and responsibilities at various levels. This
has helped in grooming leadership among its students and staff.
• For effective implementation of all policies and processes, the institute has
developed an internal organizational structure led by GB and LMC.
• The institute gives adequate importance to empowerment and professional
development of staff through training, shouldering responsibilities,
guidance from eminent academicians and technocrats.
• The institute has an appraisal and award schemes for its employees which
motivate them to excel the performance and contribute for development of
the institute.

• The institute focuses on financial management for optimum use of

available resources. All financial statements are audited through internal
and external audits.
• The institute has recently formed Internal Quality Assurance Cell (IQAC)
to monitor and streamline academic and administrative processes. Prior to
formation of IQAC, AMC was concentrating on quality assurance in
academic processes.
Criterion VII: Innovations and best practices

• The College has adopted various measures to maintain a green, eco-
friendly and pollution free campus which helps in developing an eco-
balanced environment.
• The institute focuses on energy conservation, use of renewable energy,
water harvesting (rain water), tree plantation, hazardous and e-waste
disposal management to make the campus eco-friendly.
• In last four years the institute has adapted different innovative practices
such as creation of excellence and skill development centers, technical
clubs, use of WhatsApp and Google groups for faster communication,
GFM activity for counseling the students and monitoring their academic
performance, library automation, ERP for record keeping, formation of
EDC for inculcating entrepreneurship skills among the students.
• The college has adopted certain Best Practices like “GFM activity” and
“Entrepreneurship drive among students” which has helped the institute to
enhance the performance of the students and creation of entrepreneurs
from its students.
SWOC Analysis
Strengths:
• Geographical location of the institute
• Renowned status of affiliating University
• Well planned and over the mark infrastructural facilities
• The state of art excellence and skill development centers for conduction of
value added skill based training programs
• Qualified and sufficient number of faculty members
• Recognized research center affiliated to SPPU
• Conducive environment for overall development of students
• Excellent facilities for training and placement of the students
• Supportive work culture through participative management and
decentralized governance system
• Active involvement of faculty in GFM activity for continuous monitoring
of students
• Active involvement of students in curricular and co-curricular activities
through technical clubs and student chapters
• Excellent sports and cultural facilities to support student participation in
extra curricular activities
• Financial Support from affiliating University for infrastructure
upgradation, research projects, conduction of conferences, seminars,
workshops, NSS activities and student welfare

• Full time counselor for counseling of students

• Customized ERP system for maintaining all records
• Eco-friendly green campus
Weaknesses:
• Admitted students are of low merit
• Professional and communication skills of the admitted students are not up
to the mark
• Less number of quality publications, research and consultancy projects
• Less number of faculty in higher cadre
• Low percentage of Campus placements
• The institute is 9 years young in the competitive environment as compared
to other nearby institutes
• Being only 5 years old, the alumni of the institute has not received
recognition from the society
Opportunities:
• Establishing the brand of institute in the society
• Opportunity for faculty to upgrade qualification through the research
center of the institute
• Fascinating the young and motivated faculty members towards research
and academic excellence
• Inculcation of social responsibilities among the students through active
NSS cell to produce Engineers with moral and ethical values
• To promote the active engagement of the learner via project based learning
and development of projects through excellence centers and technical
clubs to satisfy social needs
• Co-teaching from the industry through training and placement cell.
Industry institute interactive learning to prepare industry ready candidates.
Challenges:
• Attracting meritorious students
• Attracting and retaining faculty of higher cadre
• Improvement in campus placement
• Cultivation of research culture
• Increase in quality research work leading to patents, publications in
reputed journals
• Enhancement in number of entrepreneurs
• Student progression to higher studies in reputed institutes

PROFILE OF THE INSTITUTION
C. PROFILE OF THE INSTITUTION
1. Name and Address of the College:

Name: Zeal Education Society’s Zeal College of Engineering and Research
Address: Sr. No. 39, Narhe, Pune
City: Pune Pin: 411041 State: Maharashtra
2. For communication:
Designation Name Telephone Mobile Fax Email
with STD
code
Principal Dr. A. M. O:020- 09822014351 020- principal.zcoer@ze
Kate 67206106 67206101 aleducation.com
Steering Dr. A. A. O:020- 09011992493 020- aniket.khandekar@
Committee Khandekar 67206123 67206101 zealeducation.com
Coordinator
3. Status of the Institution:

Affiliated college √
Constituent College
Any other (specify)
4. Type of Institution:
a. By Gender
i. For Men
ii. For Women
iii. Co-education √
b. By Shift
i. Regular √
ii. Day
iii. Evening
5. Is it a recognized minority institution?

Yes
No √
If yes specify the minority status (Religious/linguistic/any other) and provide
documentary evidence.
N. A.
6. Sources of funding:
Regierung
Grant-in-aid
Self-financing
√
Any other
7. a. Date of establishment of the college: 29.06.2007

b. University to which the college is affiliated/or which governs the
college? (If it is a constituent college)

Savitribai Phule Pune University (SPPU), Pune
c. Details of UGC recognition:

Under Date, Month & Year Remarks (If any)
Section (dd-mm-yyyy)
i. 2 (f) N. A. The institute has applied
ii. 12 (B) N. A. for 2(f) and 12(B)
d. Details of recognition/approval by statutory/regulatory bodies other

than UGC (AICTE, NCTE, MCI, DCI, PCI, RCI etc.)
Under Recognition/Approval Date, Month Validity Remarks
Section / details and Year
clause Institution/Department (dd-mm-
Programme yyyy)
AICTE First letter of approval 29-06-2007 AY 2007-08
Extension of approval for 05-04-2016 AY 2016-17 Renewed
AY 2016-17 every year
SPPU First letter of approval 05-10-2007 AY 2007-08
Extension of approval for 03-05-2016 AY 2016-17 Renewed
AY 2016-17 every year
The recognition / approval letters are enclosed as annexure I, II, III and IV
respectively and AICTE letter for change of name is enclosed as annexure V.
8. Does the affiliating university Act provide for conferment of autonomy

(as recognized by UGC), on its affiliated colleges?
Yes √ No
If yes, has the college applied for availing the autonomous status?
Yes No √
9. Is the college recognized
a. by UGC as a College with Potential of Excellence (CPE) ?
Yes No √
If yes, date of recognition: N. A.
b. for its performance by any other governmental agency?
Yes No √
10. Location of the campus and area in Sq. Mts.:
Location Urban
Campus area in Sq. Mts. 20234.37
Built up area in Sq. Mts. 24829.55

11. Facilities available on the campus (Tick the available facility and
provide numbers or other details at appropriate places) or in case the
institute has an agreement with other agencies in using any of the listed
facilities provide information on the facilities covered under the
agreement.
• Auditorium / seminar complex with infrastructural facilities √
Institute has Auditorium with area 488.8 Sq. Mts. having seating
capacity of 700. It is well equipped with all modern facilities
• Sports Facilities
∗ Play ground √
∗ Swimming pool No
∗ Gymnasium √
• Hostel
∗ Boy’s Hostel No
∗ Girls’ Hostel √
i. Number of hostels 01
ii. Number of inmates 138
iii Facilities : One full time warden is appointed for the hostel,
constant supply of purified drinking water, recreation hall with
indoor games and television set, computers with Wi-Fi facility
solar water heater, UPS backup, security guards and CCTV
cameras are in function round the clock, sanitary napkin vending
machine and disposal machine, News papers are made available in
recreation hall
∗ Working women’s Hostel No
• Residential facilities for teaching and non teaching staff No
• Cafeteria : The institute has one canteen √
• Health centre: The health care unit has a doctor, who visits every √
Monday, Wednesday and Friday from 3.00 p.m. to 5.00 p.m.,
Doctor on call for emergency cases. Institute has coordination
with multi specialty hospital in the vicinity of 2 km and institute
provides transport facility to visit in case of emergency. Each
department has a first-aid kit for minor injuries.
• Health centre staff
Qualified Doctor
Full time Part-time √
Qualified Nurse No
• Facilities like banking, post office, book shops No
• Transport facilities to cater to the needs of students and staff √
The institute has 5 buses to provide transport facilities to students
and staff.
• Animal house No
• Biological waste disposal No
• Generator or other facilities for management / regulation of √
Electricity and voltage: The institute has generator facility with
capacity 125 KVA and UPS with capacity 193 KVA

• Solid waste management facility √

• Waste water management No
• Water harvesting √
12. Details of programmes offered by the college (Give data for current
academic year)
Sr. Programme Name of the Duration Entry Medium Sanctioned No. of
No. level programme / Qualification of / approved students
course instruction student admitted
strength
1. Under BE Civil 4 Years 10+2 English 60 46
Graduate Engineering
BE Computer 4 Years 10+2 English 60 57
Engineering (Shift-I)
4 Years 10+2 English 60 40
(Shift-II)
3 Years Diploma English 60 60
(DSE
Shift-I)
BE Electrical 4 Years 10+2 English 60 24
(DSE
Shift-II)
BE Electronics and 4 Years 10+2 English 120 18
Telecommunication
Engineering
BE Information 4 Years 10+2 English 60 44
Technology
(DSE
Shift-I)
BE Mechanical 4 Years 10+2 English 120 88
4 Years 10+2 English 120 32
(Shift-II)
(DSE
Shift-I)
2. Post ME Computer 2 Years BE/B. Tech English 24 08
Graduate Engineering (Shift-II)
ME Electrical 2 Years BE/B. Tech English 24 18
(Power Systems)
ME Electronics and 2 Years BE/B. Tech English 24 04
Telecommunication (Shift-I)
Engineering
(Embedded

Systems and VLSI

Design)
ME Mechanical 2 Years BE/B. Tech English 24 01
(CADME)
ME Mechanical 2 Years BE/B. Tech English 24 06
Engineering (Shift-II)
(Design)
MBA 2 Years Any graduate English 60 60
3. PhD Electronics and 3 Years ME/M. Tech English N. A. 00
Telecommunication
Technik
Mechanical 3 Years ME/M. Tech English N. A. 00
Technik
13. Does the institution offer self financed programmes?
Yes √ No
If yes, how many? 6 UG + 6 PG + 2 PhD = 14
14. New programmes introduced in the college during the last five years if
any?
Yes √ No Number 1 UG + 5 PG =06
15. List the departments: (respond if applicable only and do not list
facilities like Library, Physical Education as departments, unless they are
also offering academic degree awarding programmes. Similarly, do not
list the departments offering common compulsory subjects for all the
programmes like English, regional languages etc.)
Faculty Departments UG PG Research
Engineering Civil Engineering √
Computer Engineering √ √
Electrical Engineering √ √
Electronics and √ √ √
Telecommunication Engineering
Information Technology √
Mechanical Engineering √ √ √
Management Management √
16. Number of Programmes offered under (Programme means a degree

course like BA, BSc,MA,M.Com…)
a. annual system 00
b. semester system 12
c. trimester system 00
17. Number of Programmes with

a. Choice Based Credit System 06

b. Inter/Multidisciplinary Approach 00
c. Any other (Specify and provide details 06 #
# Choice Based Credit System is offered for UG programmes from the

academic year 2015-16. Currently, it is applicable to first and second year
students of all UG programmes.
18. Does the college offer UG and/or PG programmes in Teacher

Education?
Yes No √
19. Does the college offer UG and/or PG programmes in Physical
Education?
Yes No √
20. Number of teaching and non-teaching positions in the institutions
Positions Teaching Faculty Non- Technical
Professor Associate Assistant teaching staff
Professor Professor staff
M F M F M F M F M F
Sanctioned by the UGC /
University / State
Government
Recruited 09 00 06 00 98 42 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
Yet to recruit 19 46 15 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
Sanctioned by the
Management / Society or
other authorized bodies
Recruited 00 00 00 01 43 23 50 20 35 12
Yet to recruit 00 00 00 00 00
Note: Against the vacancy created due to unavailability of candidates for

teaching posts of higher cadre positions and posts reserved for reservation
candidates as per social reservation policy of State Government of
Maharashtra, the management of the institute has recruited 67 qualified
teachers on temporary (full time) basis and 18 experienced adjunct/visiting
faculty.
21. Qualification of the teaching staff:

Associate Assistant
Highest Professor
Professor Professor Total
qualification
Male Female Male Female Male Female
Permanent Teachers
D.Sc./D.Litt. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Ph.D. 7 0 4 0 2 1 14
M.Phil. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PG 0 0 2 0 85 40 127
UG 0 0 0 0 1 0 1

Temporary Teachers
D.Sc./D.Litt. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Ph.D. 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
M.Phil. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PG 0 0 0 0 42 23 65
UG 0 0 0 0 6 3 9
Part-time teachers
D.Sc./D.Litt. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Ph.D. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
M.Phil. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PG 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
22. Number of Visiting Faculty / Guest Faculty engaged with the college 18
23. Furnish the number of the students admitted to the college during the
last four academic years.
Categories AY 2012-13 AY 2013-14 AY 2014-15 AY 2015-16
Male Female Male Female Male Female Male Female
SC 29 03 23 06 21 05 18 06
ST 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 00
OBC 123 18 97 20 107 18 91 33
General 227 58 252 67 196 44 172 64
Others 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
24. Details on students enrollment in the college during the current

academic year:
Type of students UG PG M. Phil. PhD Total
Students from the same state 2981 233 - 07 3221
where the college is located
Students form the other states 17 00 - 00 17
of India
NRI students 00 00 - 00 00
Foreign students -
Total 2998 233 - 07 3238
25. Dropout rate in UG and PG (average of last two batches)
UG 2% PG 0%
26. Unit cost of education

(Unit cost = total annual recurring expenditure (actual) divided by total
number of students enrolled)
(a) Including the salary component
Rs. 83964/-
(b) Excluding the salary component
Rs. 31907/-

27. Does the college offer any programme/s in distance education mode
(DEP)
Yes No √
28. Provide Teacher-student ratio for each programme/course offered
Sr. Course Level Teacher-student
No. ratio
1. Civil Engineering UG 1:15
2. Computer Engineering UG 1:15
3. Computer Engineering PG 1:12
4. Electrical Engineering UG 1:15
5. Electrical Engineering (Power PG 1:12
Systems)
6. Electronics and Telecommunication UG 1:15
Engineering
7. Electronics and Telecommunication PG 1:12
Engineering (Embedded Systems and
VLSI Design)
8. Information Technology UG 1:24
9. Mechanical Engineering UG 1:16
10. Mechanical Engineering (CADME) PG 1:12
11. Mechanical Engineering (Design) PG 1:12
12. MBA PG 1:17
29. Is the college applying for
Accreditation: Cycle 1 √ Cycle 2 Cycle 3 Cycle 4
Reassessment: N. A.
30. Date of accreditation: N. A.
31. Number of working days during the last academic year

293
32. Number of teaching days during the last academic year

177
33. Date of establishment of Internal Quality Assurance Cell

IQAC 15/06/2016
34. Details regarding submission of Annual Quality Assurance Reports

(AQAR) to NAAC: N. A.
35. Any other relevant data (not covered above) the college would like to
include (Do not include explanatory/ descriptive information): Nil

CRITERION-WISE ANALYTICAL REPORT
D: CRITERION-WISE
ANALYTICAL
REPORT

CRITERION I: CURRICULAR ASPECTS
1.1 Curriculum planning and Implementation
1.1.1 State the vision, mission and objectives of the institution, and
describe how these are communicated to the students, teachers, staff and
other stakeholders.
Vision:
To impart value added futuristic technological education.
Mission:
• To contribute to society through the pursuit of education and research.
• To provide individual attention for character building to make students
enlightened.
• To produce competent and socially responsible professionals.
Objectives:
• To achieve the attributes required for autonomy.
• To develop the technical and aptitude skills among the students.
• To create conducive environment for teaching, learning and research
• To elevate the knowledge and wisdom in an intelligent learning
environment.
• To develop the students in multi-dimensional aspects by providing a
platform to showcase their talents in co-curricular, extra-curricular
activities.
• To inculcate moral integrity in students and make them socially
responsible citizen, good human beings.
Communication to Stakeholders:
The vision and mission of the institute are published on the following
resources so that they are disseminated among the stakeholders.
• Institute website
• Display boards in the department, college office and administrative area
• Course files of all courses of the program
• Institute magazine and Institute prospectus
• Through induction programmes conducted for First Year Engineering (FE)
and Direct second year (DSE) newly admitted students
1.1.2 How does the institution develop and deploy action plans for
effective implementation of the curriculum? Give details of the process
and substantiate through specific example(s).
Being the affiliated institute, the institute implements the curriculum

prescribed by Savitribai Phule Pune University (SPPU), Pune. For effective
implementation of the curriculum, the following process is developed and
deployed.
Plan for effective implementation of curriculum:

• Before commencement of every academic year, Dean (Academics) and

Principal of the institute prepare the academic calendar, in accordance with
academic calendar of SPPU. The academic calendar is circulated to all
departments.
• Every department in turn prepares its academic calendar which includes
planning of industrial visits, workshops, seminars, guest lectures in
addition to activities mentioned in institute academic calendar.
• Head of each department allocates the theory and laboratory courses to the
teachers based on their expertise and choice.
• The department timetable coordinators prepare timetable for each class so
that teaching scheme given by SPPU is followed. The class timetables are
displayed on common notice board and uploaded in Enterprise Resource
Planning (ERP) system, individual time table is provided to all faculty
members and laboratory time tables are displayed in respective
laboratories and the same is also made available on institute website.
Process of executing the plan:

• For proper implementation of curriculum, every subject teacher prepares a
teaching plan before commencement of the semester.
• The teaching and laboratory plans are approved by Head of Department
(HoD) before the start of semester and communicated to students through
ERP by respective course teacher.
• Every subject teacher maintains a course file pertaining academic calendar,
timetable, syllabus copy, lesson plan, subject notes, previous question
papers and solutions, class test records, question bank along with
prerequisites of the course and content beyond the syllabus.
• The course files are evaluated by Academic Monitoring Committee
(AMC) with help of concerned senior subject teacher and HoD.
• AMC monitors the academic activities on day-to-day basis to ensure the
execution of timetable. It also monitors execution of academic calendar
and teaching learning process after every 15 days and finds the gap, if any.
The gaps are conveyed to HoD for necessary action.
• For a group of around 20 students a teacher is allocated as Guardian
Faculty Member (GFM). GFM conducts a weekly meeting and does the
counseling of poor performing students. GFM also addresses the non-
academic issues of the students. Functioning of GFM activities is
monitored by respective HoD.
• The academic performance of students is continuously monitored by
conducting unit tests, mock practical examinations during the semester.
The remedial classes are conducted for the students having poor
performance in these evaluations.
• Library committee conducts meeting and takes appropriate decision
regarding the requirement and procurement of books, journals, e-journals.
Completely online system is implemented in library for transactions of the
books.
• Study circle facility is made available for the students after college hours
which provides required guidance and helps to resolve the queries of the
students for their courses.

• Various supportive activities like, skill development programs, workshops,

seminars, expert lectures, group discussions, presentations, field and
industrial visits are organized to enhance the quality of teaching learning
process.
1.1.3 What type of support (Procedural and practical) do the teachers

receive (from the university and / or institution) for effectively translating
the curriculum and improving the teaching practices?
Support from SPPU:

• After every revision in the curriculum, the SPPU conducts the subject-wise
workshops for teachers of all affiliated colleges. In these workshops, scope
of the curriculum, teaching methodology and way of effective delivery of
the contents are discussed.
• To enhance the quality of teachers, SPPU provides funds to the institutes
to arrange workshops, seminars, conferences.
• To promote the research culture among teachers of affiliated colleges,
SPPU provides research grants for carrying out research projects and travel
grants for attending reputed conferences in abroad.
Support from the institute:

• The institute promotes the teachers to participate in Short Term Training
Programs (STTPs), conferences, workshops and seminars with financial
support.
• The institute motivates the teachers to undergo industrial training during
vacations.
• The institute encourages teachers to conduct hands on training sessions for
the students in order to give practical exposure of the contents in the
curriculum and organize conferences, workshops and seminars.
• The institute supports the teachers for higher studies and to carry out
research work.
• The institute organizes Faculty Development Programs (FDPs).
• The institute has state of the art library with adequate number of titles and
volumes of books, national and international journals, National Program
on Technology Enhanced Learning (NPTEL) video lectures.
1.1.4 Specify the initiatives taken up or contribution made by the

institution for effective curriculum delivery and transaction on the
curriculum provided by the affiliating university or other statutory
agency.
The institute provides all kind of necessary infrastructure and procedural,

financial support for effective implementation of curriculum prescribed by
SPPU.
• The institute hosts and deputes teachers to attend the teacher’s training
programs and orientation workshops conducted by SPPU after every
revision of curriculum.

• The institute provides required infrastructure such as computing facility,

internet facility, LCD projectors, NPTEL videos for effective delivery of
the contents in curriculum.
• The institute has developed skill based training centers to impart skill
based education to students.
• The institute arranges expert talks on various topics in and beyond the
curriculum for students to explore the recent trends in Engineering and
Technology.
• The institute arranges industrial visits for the students to explore current
practices in industry.
• The institute organizes technical competitions and project exhibitions to
motivate the students to produce good projects.
• The institute has a mechanism to take periodic student feedback and
review of academic activities for constant improvement in teaching
learning process.
• Progress of laboratory work is monitored by continuous assessment.
1.1.5 How does the institution network and interact with beneficiaries
such as industry, research bodies and university in effective
operationalisation of the curriculum?
The institute has established a good network with its beneficiaries such as
industry, alumni, university and the other institutes affiliated to SPPU.
Interaction with industry:

The institute has a strong interaction with industries through its Industry
Institute Interaction Cell (IIIC). The institute has signed Memorandum of
Understanding (MoUs) with industries through which different activities such
as organization of industrial visits, expert talks, sponsored projects, implant
training are conducted. This interaction helps in
• Giving exposure of recent trends in industry to teachers and students.
• Identification of gaps between current technology and curriculum.
• Establishment of skill based centers and design of skill based programs
and hands on training to bridge the gaps in curriculum.
• Making students familiar with the operational environment, practices in
industry.
Interaction with Research Bodies:

• The institute has student chapters of research bodies such as Institute of
Engineers (India) (IEI), Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
(IEEE), Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE).
• The institute invites researchers from different organizations to interact
with teachers for guidance regarding research projects and consultancy
work.
Interaction with University:

The institute has interaction with SPPU as follows

• The teachers of institute actively participate in different academic

activities including design of curriculum, examination work, conduction of
teacher training programs, workshops.
• The teachers of institute receive research grants from SPPU for in-house
research projects.
Interaction with other colleges affiliated to SPPU:

The institute provides and avails state of the art laboratories and centers of
excellence to and from other affiliated institutes for effective delivery of
curriculum and training of teachers and students.
1.1.6 What are the contributions of the institution and/or its staff
members to the development of curriculum by the university? (number of
staff members/departments represented on the board of studies, student
feedback, teacher feedback, stakeholder feedback provided, specific
suggestion etc.)
• As per the informal process of curriculum design in SPPU, the Board of

Studies (BoS) invites senior teachers from different affiliated institutes for
discussion.
• In these meetings, as per the structure of curriculum given by academic
council of SPPU, the subjects in the curriculum are finalized.
• Then in the subsequent meetings, the teachers finalize contents of each
subject.
• As a part of this process, the teachers from institute directly or indirectly
contribute in the design and development of the curriculum for various
programmes offered by SPPU.
• Similarly faculty members attend the seminars/workshops organized by
SPPU.
• Two teachers from the institute are the members of BoS.
1.1.7 Does the institution develop curriculum for any of the courses
offered (other than those under the purview of the affiliating university)
by it? If, yes, give details on the process (Needs Assessment, design,
development and planning) and the courses for which the curriculum has
been developed.
Being affiliated institute of SPPU, the institute can not offer any degree or
certificate course. However, the institute has developed curriculum for the
short duration hands on training courses which are not under the purview of
SPPU. The process for the same is as follows.
Based on the needs to bridge the gap between curriculum provided by SPPU
and current practices in the industry, the departments identify the need and
design skill based courses. These courses are conducted every semester. The
courses designed and conducted by the institute are as follows.
Sr. Name of the course Department

No.
1. Ethical Hacking Computer Engineering,

Information Technology
2. Latex for report writing Electrical Engineering,
Computer Engineering,
3. Introduction to HTML Computer Engineering,
4. Electrical Machine Rewinding Electrical Engineering
5. Android Application Development Computer Engineering,
6. Computer Hardware Fundamental & Computer Engineering,
Operating System Information Technology
7. Introduction to Electrical Machine & Electrical Engineering
Electrical Safety
8. Website Development and Networking Computer Engineering,
9. Hands on PIC microcontroller and its Electronics &
applications Telecommunication
Engineering
10. Exploring JAVA and C Computer Engineering,
11. Design of Electrical Machines using Auto- Electrical Engineering
CAD
12. Mobile Handset: Fault Diagnosis & Electronics &
Repairing Telecommunication
Engineering
13. PLC & SCADA Applications Electrical Engineering
14. Master CAM Turning and Milling Mechanical Engineering
15. Website development and Joomla Information Technology
16. CNC Programming and Machining Mechanical Engineering
17. Engine and Vehicle Servicing Mechanical Engineering
18. CAD/CAM & Automation Finite element Mechanical Engineering
Methods Product Design and Development
19. Site Supervision by Civil Engineers Civil Engineering
1.1.8 How does institution analyze/ensure that the stated objectives of

curriculum are achieved in the course of implementation?
The institute has well defined mechanism to analyze and ensure that the stated
objectives of curriculum are achieved through the implementation of
curriculum. The mechanism is as follows.
• The AMC ensures that the timetables and academic calendar are followed.
It ensures that all contents in the curriculum are delivered to the students.
• For verification of effective coverage of curriculum, student feedbacks are
taken twice in every semester.
• In addition, HoDs take feedbacks during their visits to classrooms and
laboratories.
• Based on the feedback, corrective measures are taken to ensure that the
stated objectives of curriculum are achieved in the course of
implementation.

• The AMC also ensures conduction of unit test examination twice in a

semester, remedial classes for academically weak students, mock practical
examination, in-semester result analysis and corrective actions, overall
result analysis of end semester and comparison of results with previous
years.
1.2. Academic Flexibility
1.2.1 Specifying the goals and objectives give details of the

certificate/diploma/skill development courses etc. offered by the
institution.
The institute is an affiliated institute to SPPU and runs the curriculum

prescribed by SPPU. Within the limited statutory academic flexibility, the
institute designs and runs skill development courses for the students to meets
the goals and objectives.
The following courses are conducted by Computer Engineering Department.
Sr. Title of the Type of skills

Duration Beneficiaries
No. course improved
1. Core Java 5 Days TE Students Basic of Core Java
2. Android 6 Days SE and TE Create Android Apps
Application Students
Development
3. Website 2 Days TE Students Create simple web
Development pages
and Networking
4. Object Oriented 5 Days SE Students Programming concepts
Programmierung
Concepts
5. Programming in 1 Day TE Students Programming concepts
Python
6. Latex Report 4 Days SE Students Report writing using
Writing LATEX
7. Fundamental 2 Days SE Students Basics of C++
Concepts of
C++
8. Introduction to 1 Day SE Students Learnt about basics of
UNIX and Shell shell programming
Programmierung
9. C/C++ 1 Day SE Students Basics of C++
10. HTML 5.0 and 1 Day TE Students Website designing
PHP 5.0
11. Java Script and 1 Day TE Students Basics of scripting
CSS
12. Object Oriented 2 Days BE Students Diagrams for project
Modeling and

UML Diagram
13. GPU 3 Days TE Students Cuda
Programming
and
Applications
The following courses are organized by IT department

No. course improved
1. Introduction to 2 Days TE and BE Report writing using
Latex Students LATEX
2. Introduction to 1 Day TE Students Basic website
HTML development
3. Ethical Hacking 2 Days TE Students Network security
Workshop
4. Student 4 Days TE Students JAVA and C
Technical programming
Enhancement
program
Exploring
JAVA and C
5. Student 2 Days TE Students JAVA programming
Technical
Enhancement
program
Exploring
JAVA
6. Workshop on 1 Days TE Students Database connectivity
Connecting
JAVA to
Mongo DB
7. Hands on 4 Days BE and TE Big data and data
Workshop on Students mining
Big Data and
Joomla for T.E.
&B.E.
respectively
8. Computer 1 Days SE Students Hardware installation
Hardware and troubleshooting
Workshop
9. Student 2 Days BE Students Report writing
Technical
Enhancement
program
Introduction to
Latex

The following courses are conducted by Electrical Engineering Department

No. course improved
1. Latex For 3 Days BE Students Report writing
Technical
Documentation
2. Electrical Motor 10 Days TE students Design of Induction
Re-winding and motors
Auto-Cad
3. PLC SCADA 6 Days BE Students Programming and
Training interfacing of PLC
4. Basic Designing 2 Days TE students Design of Electrical
and Modelling machines
Skills in
AutoCAD
5. Hands on 2 Days SE students Understanding of
Training on power systems and
Introduction of equipment
Electrical
Fundamentals
and Equipment
The following course are conducted by Electronics and Telecommunication

Engineering Department

No. course improved
1. Electronic 1 Day SE Students Soldering technique,
Circuit Design component
identification and
testing
2. Workshop on 1 Day TE Students Knowledge about
LINUX LINUX
3. Applications of 2 Day TE Students Basics about electronic

Electronics for components, using
Domestic Use breadboard,
implementation of
small projects
4. Mobile Handset: 2 Day BE Students Troubleshooting of
Fault Diagnosis mobile
and Repairing
5. Hands on PIC 1 Day TE Students Programming of PIC
microcontroller microcontroller,
and its knowledge of MPLAB
applications. IDE
6. VLSI and 1 Day BE Students Hardware interfacing
Embedded knowledge improved,

System programming skill
The following course are conducted by Mechanical Engineering Department

No. course improved
1. CNC 4 Days BE Students Students are able to
Programming write the program (G &
and Machining M code) and can
operate CNC machine.
2. Hands on 1 Day SE Students Students can find the
Training (Non defects or flaws in a
Destructive component.
Testing)
3. Hands On 2 Days SE Students Able to diagnose
workshop on problem associated
Engine and with vehicle failure.
Vehicle
Servicing.
4. Skill 1 Day SE Students Learnt to resolve
Development on problem in two wheeler
workshop on vehicle.
Two Wheeler
service and
maintenance.
5. Institutional 1 Day BE Students Students are aware
Training about energy
Program on conservation in real
Energy life.
Conservation
Awareness
6. Skill 2 Days BE Students Engineering problem
Development solving using finite
Workshop on element approach.
FEA software
(ANSYS)
7. CNC 5 Days BE Students Students are able to
Programming write the program (G &
and Machining M code) and can
operate CNC machine.
The following course is organized by Civil Engineering Department

No. course improved
1. Site Supervision 6 Days SE and TE Practical and field
Students knowledge skill is
improved

1.2.2 Does the institution offer programmes that facilitate twinning / dual
degree? If yes give details.
The institute does not offer any programme that facilitates twinning / dual
degree.
1.2.3 Give details on the various institutional provisions with reference to

academic flexibility and how it has been helpful to students in terms of
skills development, academic mobility, progression to higher studies and
improved potential for employability. Issues may cover the following and
beyond:
• Range of Core / Elective options offered by the University and those
opted by the college
• Choice Based Credit System and range of subject options
• Courses offered in modular form
• Credit transfer and accumulation facility
• Lateral and vertical mobility within and across programmes and
courses
• Enrichment courses
Range of Core /Elective options offered by the University and those opted
by the college: For four year Undergraduate (UG) programme 90% subjects
are mandatory and remaining 10% are elective subjects. The elective subjects
which will be beneficial for higher studies and placements are recommended
by the institute. For two year Post Graduate (PG) programme 75% subjects are
mandatory and remaining 25% are elective subjects. The institute offers
elective subject which will be referred for further research.
Choice Based Credit System / Range of subject options: SPPU offers

Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) for PG programmes. Credit system is
offered for UG programmes from the academic year 2015-16. Currently, it is
applicable to FE and SE students of all UG programmes.
Courses offered in modular form: Nil
Credit transfer and accumulation facility: Nil
Lateral and vertical mobility within and across programmes and courses:
The students can change their programme (from one branch of Engineering to
other branch) while entering from FE to SE after satisfying all conditions laid
down by statutory bodies (SPPU, Directorate of Technical Education (DTE),
Mumbai).
Enrichment courses: All departments of the institute conduct skill

development programs for the students. The details are given in 1.2.1.
1.2.4 Does the institution offer self-financed programmes? If yes list them
and indicate how they differ from other programmes, with reference to
admission, curriculum, fee structure, teacher qualification, salary etc.

No, institute offers courses mentioned by SPPU only.
1.2.5 Does the college provide additional skill oriented programmes,

relevant to regional and global employment markets? If yes provide
details of such programmes and the beneficiaries.
The institute offers skill oriented program through Training and Placement
Cell (TPC). Weekly four hours are provided in timetable for this activity.
Training activities conducted by TPC include aptitude and skill development
programs. The institute hired Focus Academy of Career Enhancement (FACE)
for academic year (AY) 2015-16 to conduct these sessions. Under this activity,
mock placement sessions, online tests, personality development training,
group discussions were arranged for the students to develop their
employability skills. From AY 2016-17, the institute has recruited extra staff
dedicated for conducting similar programs.
The institute conducts additional skill oriented programmes for students those
are useful for bridging the gap between the University curriculum and needs
from regional, global employment markets. The institute conducts additional
skill oriented programmes for teachers also. The details of additional skill
oriented programs conducted by the institute for the students are given in
1.2.1.
The programmes conducted for teachers are as under
Skill oriented programs for teachers:
Sr. Enrichment program Dates of Beneficiaries

No. conduction
1. Ethical Hacking and 05.01.2013 Faculty of the

Information Security to institute
07.01.2013
2. National Level STTP on 14.10.2013 Faculty of the
"Applied Algorithm to institute and other
19.10.2013 institutes
3. FDP on teach to learn and 08.12.2015 Faculty of the
learn to teach to institute
12.12.2015
4. National Level workshop on 11.02.2016 Faculty of the
Current Trends in IOT to institute and other
13.02.2016 institutes
1.2.6 Does the University provide for the flexibility of combining the
conventional face to face and Distance Mode of Education for students to
choose the courses/combination of their choice” If, yes, how does the
institution take advantage of such provision for the benefit of students?

No, University does not provide for the flexibility of combining the
conventional face to face and Distance Mode of Education for students to
choose the courses/combination of their choice.
1.3 Curriculum Enrichment
1.3.1 Describe the efforts made by the institution to supplement the

University’s Curriculum to ensure that the academic programmes and
Institutions goals and objectives are integrated?
• To have integrity between curriculum and the goals and objectives, the
institute is conducting supplementary short and long duration programmes.
• In addition to these programmes, the institute is arranging expert lectures,
industrial visits for the students.
• College has collaborations with renowned organizations for progression in
academics.
• The institute promote the participation of UG students in technical
competitions organized by different institutes and project competition
“Avishkar” organized by SPPU. The PG students are motivated to
participate in project exhibition and conference organized by BoS under
SPPU.
1.3.2 What are the efforts made by the institution to enrich and organize
the curriculum to enhance the experiences of the students so as to cope
with the needs of the dynamic employment market?
• The senior teachers of the institute are participating in the design of

curriculum of SPPU every time when SPPU changes the curriculum.
• To modify and enrich the curriculum, the teachers are discussing about the
experiences of the students, opinion of industry experts about the past
curriculum. This discussion helps in developing new curriculum to cater
the needs of dynamic employment market and to surpass the things in the
earlier curriculum that had received criticism from mass of the stake
holders.
• Feedbacks are taken from past students working with the industry and
based on their views, value added courses are developed and deployed to
improve the employability skills of students.
• Institute provides support to the pass out students for one or two months
internship or implant training and the regular students are allowed for 15-
20 days internship or implant training in a year.
1.3.3 Enumerate the efforts made by the institution to integrate the cross
cutting issues such as Gender, Climate Change, Environmental
Education, Human Rights, ICT etc., into the curriculum?
Institute organizes lectures on human rights to create awareness among the

students and staff. To tackle the cross cutting issues mentioned above, the
institute is conducting several extracurricular activities. These are as
mentioned below.

• Art of living and Yoga for students and employees

• Road safety awareness program in co-operation with Maharashtra Police
• Blood donation camps
• Swachha Bharat Abhiyan
• No Vehicle Day
• Gender championship
In addition to above activities, to maintain the healthy academic environment

in the institute, various committees are formed as mentioned below. These
committees are observing that all corresponding acts and statutes of
Government and SPPU are strictly followed.
• Women grievance cell
• Anti- ragging cell
• Grievance cell for addressing complaints of employees
• National Social Scheme (NSS) cell
• Student Welfare Cell
1.3.4 What are the various value-added courses/enrichment programmes

offered to ensure holistic development of students?
• Moral and ethical values
• employable and life skills
• better career options
• community orientation
Moral and Ethical Values:

The institute is conducting Art of Living programme for students and
employees.
Employable and Life skills:

The institute is conducting personality development programme for all
students to inculcate communication and soft skills, to improve analytical
skills. The institute is also conducting skill based programmes in every
semester.
Better Career Option:

The institute has an Entrepreneur Development Cell (EDC) which promotes
the students to start their own business and generate employment. The students
are motivated and guided for competitive examinations like Graduate Aptitude
Test in Engineering (GATE), public sector recruitment examinations like
public service commission, banking sector, short service commission.
Community orientation:
The institute conducts different social activities for the benefit of society.
Sr.
Activity Beneficiary Dates of activity
No.
1. Gram Swachata Abhiyan in Local Residents of 06.01.2015

Coordination with Narhe Narhe

Grampanchayat
2. One Day programme for School students of 18.03.2015
school children regarding school in
computer awareness at Khadakwasla
Khadakwasla
3. “Police Mitra” in Ganesh Pune city 22.09.2015 to
Visarjan 24.09.2015
4. Gandhi Jayanti” celebration Pune city 02.10.2015
and Swachata Abhiyan in
Zeal Campus
5. NSS Camp of Seven days at Local Resident 21.12.2015 to
adopted village Diwale, 27.12.2015
Tal.-Bhor.
6. Campaigning for Plastic and Pune city 13.02.2016
Garbage free Pune
7. Road safety Awareness Pune city 13.01.2016 to
15.01.2016
1.3.5 Citing a few examples enumerate on the extent of use of the

feedback from stakeholders in enriching the curriculum?
The affiliating university has its own mechanism to collect and use the
feedback from stakeholders in enriching the curriculum. Beside this, the
institute collects feedback from different stake holders such as students,
parents, alumni, teachers and industry to design the curriculum for
supplementary courses to bridge the gaps between curriculum and current
needs. The student feedback is taken twice in a semester. A parent meet is
organized once in semester and their feedback is taken. Every year alumni
meet is called to collect their views for academic improvement. Informal
feedback regarding their opinion about curriculum and needs of the industry is
taken from the recruiters and industry experts. The feedback from students and
parents are utilized for improvement in academic environment and
infrastructure of the institute. The feedback from teachers, alumni and industry
experts is summarized and used for the enrichment in the curriculum.
For example: As per the feedback received from the recruiters that there is a
big scope to improve communication skills, soft skills, analytical ability of the
students. Then the institute has started a co-curricular course (40 hours per
semester) for the improvement of communication skills, soft skills, analytical
ability of the students. This course is run along with the curriculum of SPPU
and separate provision of 4 hours per week is made in the timetable.
1.3.6 How does the institution monitor and evaluate the quality of its
enrichment programmes?
To monitor and evaluate the quality of the enrichment programmes, a

feedback methodology is used.

• In the last session of every programme, a feedback is taken from the

participants. The feedbacks are used to enhance the quality of these
programmes.
• During campus recruitments, a feedback about students is taken form
recruiters. The feedback is with reference to the skills imparted by the
institute during enrichment programmes. These feedbacks are used to
modify the contents and way of delivery of these programmes
1.4 Feedback System
1.4.1 What are the contributions of the institution in the design and
development of the curriculum prepared by the University?
As per the informal process of curriculum design in SPPU, the BoS of all
branches used to call its members and the senior teachers from all colleges
affiliated to SPPU. In these meetings, as per the structure of curriculum given
by academic council of SPPU, the subjects in the curriculum are finalized.
Then in the subsequent meetings, subject wise contents are finalized. As a part
of this process, the teachers from our institute contribute in the design and
development of the curriculum for various programmes offered by institutes
affiliated to SPPU.
1.4.2 Is there a formal mechanism to obtain feedback from students and

stakeholders on Curriculum? If “yes”, how is it communicated to the
University and made use internally for curriculum enrichment and
introducing changes/new programmes?
No, but the affiliating university has its own mechanism to obtain feedback
and opinions from experts for development of curriculum.
The feedback from parents, alumni and industry are taken for the design of
supplementary courses, improvements in teaching methodology, mechanisms
in day to day activities.
1.4.3 How many new programmes/courses were introduced by the

institution during the last four years? What was the rationale for
introducing new courses/programmes?
During last four years the institute has introduced 9 (5 PG, 3 Doctoral and 1
UG) new programmes. The PG and Doctoral programmes were identified
based on the increasing demand for higher education and for developing
research culture in the institute. UG programme was identified as per the
demand of specific technical field.
Sr. Name of the Year of

Level Specialization Intake
No. degree starting
1. PG ME Mechanical CAD/CAM 2012 24
Technik
2. PG ME Electronics and VLSI and 2012 24

Telecommunication Embedded Systems

Technik
3. PG ME Computer - 2013 24
Technik
4. PG ME Electrical Power Systems 2013 24
Technik
5. PG ME Mechanical Design 2013 24
Technik
6. Doctoral PhD Mechanical 2013 NA
Technik
7. Doctoral PhD Electronics and 2013 NA
Telecommunication
Technik
8. Doctoral PhD Computer 2013 NA
Technik
9. UG BE Civil - 2013 60
Technik
In addition to above-mentioned programmes, the institute has increased the

intake of existing programmes in the view of increased demand for particular
technical area. The details are as follows.
Sr. Name of the Additional Additional

Level Year
No. programme intake type Intake
1 UG BE Mechanical Second shift 2012 120
Technik
2 UG BE Information DSE 2012 60
Technologie
3 UG BE Computer Second shift 2012 60
Technik
4 UG BE Computer DSE 2012 60
Technik
5 UG BE Electrical DSE 2013 60
Technik

CRITERION II: TEACHING-LEARNING AND EVALUATION
2.1. Student Enrollment and Profile
2.1.1 How does the college ensure publicity and transparency in the
admission process?
The admission process for UG and PG courses in the institute is carried out
strictly according to norms given by the Commissioner & Competent
Authority, State Common Entrance Test (CET) Cell, Government of
Maharashtra (Formerly DTE, Maharashtra). The admission process for PhD
programmes is conducted by SPPU.
Various types of admissions are
• FE
• DSE
• ME
• MBA
• PhD (Engineering)
The norms regarding eligibility criteria, social reservations and previous year
merit etc. are published well in advance by competent authority and available
on their website. The institute ensures publicity and transparency in the
admission process through the following ways
Information Brochure/ Prospectus:

Information brochure is published by the competent authority. In addition, the
institute prospectus is also published every year before the admission process.
The prospectus provides extensive information regarding the criteria for
admission, courses offered, infrastructural and other facilities, placement,
faculty profile, scholarships and financial support to the economically weaker
students, hostel facility, rules and regulations of the institute and the affiliating
university etc. The prospectus is updated every year to provide latest
information to the students seeking admission in the institute.
Websites:
The following websites provide detailed information about admission process
for different programmes.
Sr. Programme Website Link/ Address

No.
1. UG Engineering (BE) http://zcoer.in/admissions/
PG Engineering (ME) www.dtemaharashtra.gov.in
MBA www.mahacet.org
2. PhD Engineering www.unipune.ac.in
Advertisement in Regional/ National Newspapers/Hoardings/FM Radio:

The institute publishes information and announcements about admissions in
regional / national newspapers. Advertisements through hoardings, local cable
networks, FM radio channel and movie theatres are used to disseminate the
institute information to students, parents and other stakeholders.

Direct interaction with aspirants visiting the campus:

An admission cell is available in the campus where:
• Queries of students and parents regarding admission process are resolved.
• An appropriate guidance is provided to students/parents individually about
the complete admission process.
• Students/parents are made aware of all Engineering programmes and
future prospects.
Interaction and counseling with aspirants through participation in

educational fares:
The institute participates in career fares organized by various agencies such as
Lokmat Pune, Sakal Pune, Maharashtra Times Pune, Shikshak Palak Sangh
Ichalkaranji etc.
Organizing awareness seminars on admission process at various places in

Maharashtra:
The institute organizes admission process awareness programs annually once
at various locations in Maharashtra State like Ahmednagar, Latur, Osmanabad,
Solapur, Karad, Islampur, Sangli, Kolhapur, Nanded, Beed, Baramati,
Ichalkaranji, etc. During the seminars, details about eligibility criteria, seat
distribution, scholarships, admission facilitation centre process, social
reservations, documents/certificates required, various programmes, future
prospects and Centralized Admission Process (CAP) rounds etc. are provided
to aspirant students and their parents.
The online query form is made available on institute website. The institute
also replies promptly via phone call, e-mails or live online chats. The e-mail
addresses used for resolving the queries are given below.
Sr. Programme Telephone/Mail ID/Chat/Fax for admission

No. related queries
1. UG [email protected]
2. PG [email protected]
3. UG/PG “Let’s Talk online” portal on www.zcoer.in
4. UG/PG +91 20 67206000 | 9552591231 | 9823141287
5. UG/PG Telefax : +91 20 67206000
2.1.2 Explain in detail the criteria adopted and process of admission

(Ex. (i) merit (ii) common admission test conducted by state agencies and
national agencies (iii) combination of merit and entrance test or merit,
entrance test and interview (iv) any other) to various programmes of the
Institution.
The admission process of institute is according to guidelines issued by the

Commissioner & Competent Authority, State CET Cell, Government of
Maharashtra (Formerly DTE, Maharashtra). The qualifying criteria for
UG/PG/PhD admissions for academic year 2016-17 are as given below.
Sr. No. Course Criteria for admission

1. FE CET, Joint Entrance Examination (JEE) Main Score

2. DSE Final year Diploma marks

3. ME GATE score
4. PhD GATE /PhD entrance test score and interview conducted
by the expert panel appointed by SPPU
5. MBA CET Score
The admission process followed for academic year 2016-17 is described

below.
UG admissions:
Students to UG programme are admitted through following two categories.
A] FE
CAP Seats:
The 80% seats of sanctioned intake are filled through CAP rounds. The
summary of CAP procedure is as follows.
• The merit list is prepared on the basis of marks or score secured by the
Candidate in the CET conducted by the Competent Authority or marks or
score secured in any other examination conducted by the concerned
appropriate authority for the purpose of admission to the Courses.
• Then, the student has to follow the process of CAP given below.
Detailed procedure of CAP

1. The Institution shall admit Candidates through the CAP. The stages of
CAP shall be as stated below.
a. Display or Publishing of Information Brochure by the Competent
Authority http://www.dte.org.in/www.dtemaharashtra.gov.in/fe2016.
b. Filling Online Application Form by Candidate for participation in the
Centralized Admission Process.
c. Confirmation of Online Application Form and Document Verification
at Facilitation Centre by the Candidate in person.
d. Display or Publishing of Provisional merit lists, Submission of
grievances, if any, and Display or Publishing of Final Merit Lists.
e. Display of available Category-wise Seats (Seat Matrix) for CAP
Rounds I, II and III;
f. Filling up and Confirmation of Online Option Form having preferences
of Courses and Institutions before CAP Round I. Candidates may fill in
choices of Institutes and Courses in decreasing order of their
preference as specified by Competent Authority. The option form once
confirmed shall be considered for allotment in CAP Round I, II and III.
g. Display of Provisional Allotment of CAP Round I, II and III indicating
allotted institute and Course;
h. Reporting and accepting the offered seat will be as per the allotment of
the CAP Round I, II and III, by the Candidate at Reporting Centre.
2. During the CAP, before accepting the allotted seat a Candidate can opt to
‘Freeze’, ‘Slide’ or ‘Float’ the choice of academic program for subsequent
round(s), if any, of seat allocation, as provided below.

a. Freeze: Candidates accept the offered seat and they do not want to
participate in any further rounds of seat allocation. Such Candidates
will not be considered in subsequent rounds of admission;
b. Slide: Candidates accept the offered seat and indicate that, if admission
to the academic program of higher preference is offered within the
same Institution, they will accept it. Such Candidates will be
considered in subsequent rounds of admission;
c. Float: Candidates accept the offered seat and indicate that, if admission
to an academic program of higher preference in any Institution is
offered, they will accept it. Else, they will continue with the currently
accepted academic program. Such Candidates will be considered in
subsequent rounds of admission;
d. For Candidates who choose the Float or Slide option, and secures a
seat of his choice of higher preference, then it would automatically
result in the forfeiture of the seat accepted by the Candidate in the
earlier round.
e. Sliding and Floating options will not be available to a Candidate who
is offered admission to his first choice.
3. Conduct of CAP Round-IV

a. The seats available for this round will be published on the website. The
Candidates are allowed to fill in or edit the already filled online option
form. The seats to be allotted during the course of this round shall be
subject to following conditions.
i. Before start of this round, the Candidates can change their option
from Sliding or Floating to Freezing or vice-versa ;
ii. Candidates who have not been allotted any seat in any of the
previous rounds or those who have taken and cancelled their
admission in the earlier rounds or rejected seat and those who have
Freeze the admission in earlier rounds but are desirous of Floating
and Sliding in this final round are eligible to participate in this
round;
iii. Candidates who have opted for Floating and Sliding and also
applying for this round shall fill in the allotted institution in their
choice list. Once the upward allotment is made the earlier allotment
automatically stands cancelled;
iv. Sliding and Floating options are not available for the seats allotted
in this round.
b. Reporting and accepting the offered seat will be as per the allotment by
the Candidate at Reporting Centre
4. After final CAP Round, the Candidate should report to the institution
finally allotted to him and confirm his admission in institution.
Institute Level Seats:

The 20% seats of the sanctioned intake are filled at institute level. These
students also need to register and verify the documents for eligibility through
facilitation center. The procedure to fill these seats is as follows.

1. Advertisement about availability of institute level seats is published in

leading news papers.
2. Applications are invited from eligible candidates.
3. All such applications are scrutinized based on the merit.
4. Admissions are offered to shortlisted candidates.
B] DSE
All the seats for admissions to DSE are filled through CAP rounds by
competent authority.
1. The merit list for the candidates is prepared on the basis of final year
Diploma marks.
2. The student has to follow the process of CAP as mentioned above for first
year engineering admissions.
PG admissions (ME and MBA):

CAP Seats:
The 80% seats of the sanctioned intake are filled through CAP rounds. The
procedure followed for admissions to these seats is same as that of FE
admissions prescribed by competent authority from time to time.
Institute Level Seats:

The 20% seats of the sanctioned intake are filled at institute level. The
procedure to fill these seats is as follows.
1. Advertisement about availability of institute level seats is published in
leading news papers.
2. Applications are invited from eligible candidates those registered their
names with competent authority.
3. All such applications are scrutinized based on the merit.
4. Admissions are offered to shortlisted candidates.
PhD admissions:
Admissions to PhD courses are done by SPPU on the basis of GATE/PhD
entrance test score and interviews conducted by the expert committee
appointed by SPPU.
2.1.3 Give the minimum and maximum percentage of marks for

admission at entry level for each of the programmes offered by the college
and provide a comparison with other colleges of the affiliating university
within the city/district.
The details about the CET marks (minimum and maximum) for admission to
FE and GATE score for admission to ME in comparison with other nearby
colleges are shown in table below for the academic year 2016-2017. This
information is taken from the official website of the competent authority of
State Government of Maharashtra.

Name of ZCOER SITS BSCOER JSPM NTC

UG/ Academic
Course
PG Year
(Engineering) Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min.
Civil 2016-2017 113 25 119 35 120 41 100 38

Computer 2016-2017 99 35 138 45 95 49 113 46
UG Electrical 2016-2017 93 33 -- -- 110 43 -- --
BE E & TC 2016-2017 106 36 101 23 96 25 87 39
IT 2016-2017 96 42 112 46 -- -- -- --
Mechanical 2016-2017 114 34 114 43 104 23 125 33
Computer 2016-2017 12.44 1.29 -- -- 10.80 4.28 40.66 2.8
Electrical
(Power 2016-2017 22.32 1.3 -- -- 15.76 1.62 -- --
Systems)
PG
ME E&TC(VLSI) 2016-2017 12.46 7.26 12.7 9.10 -- -- 15.82 12.76
Mechanical
2016-2017 43.56 20.53 -- -- -- -- -- --
CADME
Mechanical
2016-2017 16.46 1.92 38.03 7.14 43.66 6.45 26.96 2.28
Design
2.1.4 Is there a mechanism in the institution to review the admission

process and student profiles annually? If ‘yes’ what is the outcome of such
an effort and how has it contributed to the improvement of the process?
As the admission process is carried out by Competent Authority, there is no

role of the institute to review or change the admission process. However, in
order to attract meritorious students and to make the process student friendly,
number of initiatives as mentioned in 2.1.1 are taken. Meetings of the college
admission committee are held to plan various activities to enhance number of
admissions. Necessary refinement is made as per the innovative ideas and the
mechanism is made more students friendly.
The institute maintains student profile through ERP which is used for the
analysis of student intake.
Outcome:
The analysis helped in determination of
• The quality of the student at the entry level so as to groom them
accordingly.
• Geographical region of the students so that institute can focus in the areas
from where major share of admissions have taken place.
• Region/district wise meetings of students and staff to resolve the queries of
the students.
As a result of this process, in the last five years, the institute has observed a
sharp rise in the students maintaining discipline. They have learnt to
channelize their energy and potential into more constructive activities.
2.1.5 Reflecting on the strategies adopted to increase/improve access for

following categories of students, enumerate on how the admission policy

of the institution and its student profiles demonstrate/reflect the National

commitment to diversity and inclusion
• SC/ST
• OBC
• Women
• Differently abled,
• Economically weaker sections
• Minority community
• Any other
The competent authority has well defined policies for inclusion of various
categories of the students in the admission process. The institute adopts these
policies as per rules and regulations of Government of India, All India Council
for Technical Education (AICTE), Government of Maharashtra and DTE that
reflect the national commitment for inclusion of all religions, castes and
categories. During admission process, separate merit lists are prepared for SC,
ST, OBC, NT, VJ, Women, differently abled, Jammu and Kashmir (J&K)
quota and Tuition Fees Wavier Scheme (TFWS). Constitutional reservation
policies and the fee waiver schemes by State Government are as mentioned
below.
a) Reservations:
Percentage
Sr. Category of Reservation
of seats
No.
Reserved
01 Scheduled Caste 13
02 Scheduled Tribes 7
03 Vimukta Jati (VJ)/De Notified Tribes (DT) (NT-A) 3.0
04 Nomadic Tribes 1 (NT-B) 2.5
05 Nomadic Tribes 2 (NT-C) 3.5
06 Nomadic Tribes 3 (NT-D) 2
07 Other Backward Classes (OBC) 19
08 Women (All categories) 30
09 Persons with disability 3
10 Defense 5
11 J&K quota (Supernumerary) 1 per course
12 TFWS (Supernumerary) - for first shift 5
b) Fee Waiver schemes:

1. 100% fee waiver by State Government to SC, ST, NT students
2. 50% fee waiver by State Government to OBC students.
3. 50% fee reimbursement by State Government to Economically
Backward Class (EBC) students.
4. 100% tuition fee waiver by State Government to meritorious students
under TFWS scheme.

The count of various category students admitted in FE, DSE of UG

programmes and first year of PG programmes during present and past three
academic years is as given below.
Year Reservation category

SC ST OBC VJ/NT/SBC Girls*
2013-14 83 01 208 103 243
2014-15 89 04 274 129 288
2015-16 99 03 234 98 277
2016-17 114 03 234 108 268
* The female students are from all categories.
During present and past three years 10 students have been admitted against the
reservation for J&K students, while 88 students have been admitted under
TFWS.
The details of economically weaker students in the institute during past three
years are as given below.
2015-16 2014-15 2013-14

Programme
UG** 713 172 600 163 467 139
PG** 16 5 13 1 7 7
Total 729 177 613 164 474 146
** The students included are from all years of UG and PG programmes.
2.1.6 Provide the following details for various programmes offered by

the institution during the last four years and comment on the trends. i.e.
reasons for increase / decrease and actions initiated for improvement.
The details of UG and PG admissions for various programmes are as follows.
Sr. Programme Year Number of Number Demand

No. applications of Ratio
(Y) students (X/Y)
admitted
(X)
UG FE Admissions
1. Civil Engineering 2012- Admission NA It is not
13 process in possible to
2013- the state is 36(60) calculate
14 governed by exact
2014- competent 27(60) demand
15 authority; ratio
2015- Institute 51(60) because
16 follows the the
2. Computer 2012- rules, 72(120) application
Engineering 13 regulations& forms are
2013- guidelines 71(120) collected

14 set up by centrally
2014- competent 70(120) by
15 authority competent
2015- 95(120) authority
16
3. Electrical 2012- 55(60)
Engineering 13
2013- 46(60)
14
2014- 34(60)
15
2015- 21(60)
16
4. Electronics and 2012- 79(120)
Telecommunication 13
Engineering 2013- 32(120)
14
2014- 21(120)
15
2015- 20(120)
16
5. Information 2012- 25(60)
Technology 13
2013- 19(60)
14
2014- 09(60)
15
2015- 22(60)
16
6. Mechanical 2012- 227(240)
Engineering 13
2013- 236(240)
14
2014- 208(240)
15
2015- 156(240)
16
UG DSE Admissions (Lateral Entry)
1. Civil Engineering 2012- Admission NA It is not
13 process in possible to
2013- the state is NA calculate
15 authority; ratio
16 follows the the
2. Computer 2012- rules, 74(89) application
Engineering 13 regulations& forms are

2013- guidelines 144(146) collected

2015- 128(146) authority
16
3. Electrical 2012- 30(30)
Engineering 13
2013- 81(81)
14
2014- 92(92)
15
2015- 92(92)
16
4. Electronics and 2012- 71(71)
Telecommunication 13
Engineering 2013- 79(79)
14
2014- 114(116)
15
2015- 66(126)
16
5. Information 2012- 18(105)
Technology 13
2013- 40(55)
14
2014- 65(114)
15
2015- 23(123)
16
6. Mechanical 2012- 89(89)
Engineering 13
2013- 152(152)
14
2014- 146(146)
15
2015- 162(162)
16
PG Admissions
1. M. E. Computer 2012- Admission NA It is not
Engineering 13 process in possible to
2013- the state is 24(24) calculate
15 authority; ratio
16 follows the the
2. M. E. Electrical 2012- rules, NA application

Engineering (Power 13 regulations& forms are

Systems) 2013- guidelines 24(24) collected
2015- 24(24) authority
16
3. M. E. Electronics 2012- 24(24)
and 13
Telecommunication 2013- 24(24)
Engineering (VLSI 14
& Embedded 2014- 24(24)
Systems) 15
2015- 18(24)
16
4. M. E. Mechanical 2012- 23(24)
Engineering 13
(CADME) 2013- 20(24)
14
2014- 16(24)
15
2015- 09(24)
16
5. M. E. Mechanical 2012- NA
Engineering 13
(Design) 2013- 24(24)
14
2014- 23(24)
15
2015- 17(24)
16
6. M. B. A. 2012- 60(60)
13
2013- 54(60)
14
2014- 59(60)
15
2015- 60(60)
16
Comments on the reasons for increase/decrease in the admissions:

• Admissions to FE have found decreasing due to increase in the intake
capacity and the number of Engineering institutes.
• Industry recession has impacted placement scenario that is making the
aspirants unconvinced for seeking admissions to Engineering courses.
• Successive draught in the region has made significant impact on the
financial capacity of parents to bear educational expenses of Engineering
courses.

• Due to branch specific trend of seeking admissions, consistently good

number of admissions to Mechanical Engineering over last 8 years.
• Because of the hike in the infrastructural developments, Government
projects and potential for self employment, admissions to Civil and
Electrical Engineering are increasing.
• As the opportunities of employment are more, admissions to Computer
Engineering are increasing.
• Due to branch specific trend of seeking admissions, there is decrease in
admissions in the branches like Electronics and Telecommunication
Engineering and Information Technology.
Actions initiated for improvement:

Better dissemination of facilities and strengths of the institute by arranging
campus visits of aspiring students, parents and stakeholders during visit to
facilitation centre, various events on the campus like Talentron, Ranaangan,
Nirmaan, Avishkar project competition, Job fairs, Zeal Maths Olympiad etc.
Following are some of the initiatives and strengths of the institute.
• Soft skills and aptitude trainings are imparted to all the students from FE
to final year by FACE, Pune.
• Art of Living- Happiness Course is conducted for FE and BE students.
• Infrastructural development for TPC- An auditorium of 700 capacity, 12
interview cabins, 2 Group Discussion rooms, Internet Facility Centre with
100 machines connected to 50 Mbps leased line and Digital Language
Laboratory.
• Development of Skill centers for strengthening academics- IBM Software
Laboratory for Emerging Technologies at Computer Engineering,
Automobile Excellence Centre at Mechanical Engineering, CYBORG
Club for Robotics and Android Course under Telecom Sector Skill
Council (TSSC) at Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering,
Model materials Laboratory at Civil Engineering.
• MoUs with academia and industries for better placement, training,
research, sponsored projects etc.
• Participation in educational fairs regularly.
• Career guidance sessions for Higher Secondary Certificate (HSC) students
at various places in Maharashtra State and nearby junior colleges.
• Advertisements through news papers, websites and social media.
• Regular alumni interaction.
• Conducting value added courses in consultation with industry- IBM,
TSSC, BSNL.
• Competitions like Zeal Maths Olympiad, Avishkar project competition etc.
• Future Plans- foreign University collaborations, awards for best outgoing
student, best project for final year etc.
2.2 Catering to Student Diversity
2.2.1 How does the institution cater to the needs of differently-abled

students and ensure adherence to government policies in this regard?

The institute has provided following facilities for the differently-abled

students.
• Every building is provided with ramps with hand rails.
• Elevators are provided in 3 buildings.
• Seating arrangement in examinations is made preferably on the ground
floor.
• Special arrangements like writer, additional time as per norms are
provided so as to make them comfortable during examinations.
• In case of medical emergency, facility like stretcher, wheel chair is made
available.
• Preferential treatment is given in the central library for easy access.
• Disabled friendly toilets are available in all buildings.
2.2.2 Does the institution assess the students’ needs in terms of

knowledge and skills before the commencement of the programme? If
‘yes’, give details on the process.
Yes, the institute does assess the students’ needs in terms of knowledge and
skills before the commencement of the programme.
• The assessment of knowledge and skills of the entrants is done based on
the overall ranking and qualifying marks in the merit list.
• An induction programme is organized for all entrants before the
commencement of FE. Principal and Dean (Academics) address primarily
on orientation and induces pedagogical philosophies. The students are
allocated with GFM who in turn interacts informally so as to assess
students’ needs in terms of knowledge and skills.
• Initial lecture of each course is dedicated to cover introduction of subject
and prerequisite to identify students’ needs in terms of knowledge and
skills informally through classroom discussions.
• Moreover, Internal Quality Assurance Cell (IQAC) has planned to conduct
an assessment test so as to have a structured framework for such an
assessment.
2.2.3 What are the strategies adopted by the institution to bridge the
knowledge gap of the enrolled students (Bridge/Remedial/Add-on/
Enrichment Courses, etc.) to enable them to cope with the programme of
their choice?
The newly admitted students opt the specific programme while taking
admission to FE. However, the curriculum set by SPPU for FE is same for all
programmes to lay down the foundation of Engineering. The programme
specific subjects start from second year (SE). This helps to inculcate the
prerequisites and to bridge the knowledge gaps required to cope with the
programmes of their choice. In addition, the institute takes following efforts
to bridge the knowledge gaps.
• A foundation course for refreshing / inculcating the concepts in

Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry is conducted for all newly admitted
FE students in the first week after commencement of the course.

• In all FE subjects related to programme, content beyond the syllabus are

discussed/ taught either by the concerned faculty or senior faculty from the
department.
• In SE, initial lectures of the programme are used to discuss the contents to
bridge the gap.
• Content beyond the syllabus taught in theory class/ laboratory session to
bridge the knowledge gaps.
• Training sessions on personality development and communication skills
are arranged in line with the placement activities so as to provide adequate
exposure to enrolled students.
• Knowledge and skill gaps are covered by the concerned faculty (for the
purpose of the continuity of the subject matter) during the regular
timetable. This many times leads to lecture execution plan spilling over the
actual plan.
• Hands-on sessions (once in a semester) and Add-on lectures (as per need)
are arranged by the institute to bridge the knowledge and skill gaps.
• It is a regular practice to invite experts from industry and academia for
interaction with the students as an initiative towards bridging the
knowledge gap.
• NPTEL courses are made available for students which are accessible
through intranet connectivity in campus in and beyond office hours.
2.2.4 How does the college sensitize its staff and students on issues such as
gender, inclusion, environment etc.?
To sensitize its staff and students on issues such as gender, inclusion,

environment the institute has taken following steps.
• Institute provides equal opportunity for all to participate in various
activities and processes which include administrative activities, co-
curricular and extracurricular activities, sports, deputation to the courses,
and higher studies, appointments in committees, placements etc. without
any discrimination (gender, caste, and religion).
• Institute has set a mechanism that functions separately for the benefit of
the women employees and girl students through Women Grievances
Redressal Cell.
• Institute organizes sessions on ethics, women’s health and hygiene, self-
defense (Marshal Arts), Mahila Arogya Prabodhini program and social
activities to maintain conducive ambience on campus.
• Implementation of Gender Champion Scheme of the SPPU.
• Institute provides platform by publishing yearly magazine ‘Umang- The
Zeal’ and wall magazines for the students and staff to express their views
on socioeconomic, educational issues and promote publication of their
literature.
• The institute spreads awareness about cleanliness, pollution free
environment, green campus by conducting / participating in activities like
Swaccha Bharat Abhiyan, Plastic free Pune city, tree plantation, eco
friendly Ganesh Visarjan.
• Institute celebrates Women’s Day, Teacher’s Day, Engineers’ Day etc.

2.2.5 How does the institution identify and respond to special

educational / learning needs of advanced learners?
The institute has a mechanism to identify the advanced learners and to respond
to their special educational and learning needs as follows.
• The advanced learners are identified through proactive interaction of
students with faculty members, participation in classroom discussions,
performance in the internal tests, and oral examination, participation in
classroom seminars and questioning ability, result analysis, etc.
• The advanced learners are motivated to participate in workshops,
symposia, and seminars giving them exposure to the latest developments.
• The students are encouraged in taking up advanced topics for industry
based projects and mini projects under the guidance of the faculty
members.
• They are provided with the extra exposure by organizing competitions on
paper presentations, projects, games, software development etc.
• Advanced learners are encouraged to take active role in functioning of the
students’ associations for organizing various activities.
• Support in terms of special coaching for GATE and other competitive
examinations is provided to advanced learners.
• Advanced learners are encouraged to participate in activities, events and
competitions like BAJA, Go-Kart, Indian Institute of Technology (IIT)
Techfest etc.
• Advanced learners are encouraged to take active participation in the
institute level initiatives like CYBORG Club, Automobile Excellence
Centre, EDC, NVIDIA GPU Education Centre, Firefox club, Android
club, IBM Excellence Centre etc.
2.2.6 How does the institute collect, analyze and use the data and
information on the academic performance (through the programme
duration) of the students at risk of drop out (students from the
disadvantaged sections of society, physically challenged, slow learners,
economically weaker sections etc. who may discontinue their studies if
some sort of support is not provided)?
Based on the result analysis and academic monitoring, the information about
students at the risk of dropout or having consistent poor academic
performance is obtained as follows.
• After admissions at FE, students with low score in qualifying examination
are identified.
• From result analysis of the University examinations, Allowed To Keep
Term (ATKT) students from higher classes are notified.
• Defaulter students with comparatively less attendance are identified.
• Similarly, they are identified through interactions with subject teacher
while evaluating the students in theory class, laboratory or tutorial sessions
and interactions of GFM during periodic meetings with students.
The data and information of the students at risk of drop-out is used for
following supportive measures.

• The institute arranges remedial lecturers for slow learners for difficult
subjects.
• Faculty repeatedly teaches the content as per requirement of slow learners.
• Faculty informs the parents regarding the performance of their ward on
regular basis.
• Question banks and assignments are given for every subject.
• Special coaching and counseling for year down students.
• TFWS and scholarship to EBC students is provided as per the norms of
State Government of Maharashtra.
• Installments are given for payment of fees to needy students.
• The institute facilitates the information about Government and Non
Government Organizations (NGO) aids, educational loan, various
scholarships and supports the students in applying for such scholarships.
• Earn and learn scheme under the aegis of SPPU have been implemented.
• Free book bank facility is provided to SC/ST students.
• SC/ST/OBC/minority students are guided and supported to avail the
benefits of scholarships as per the norms of Social Welfare Ministry, State
Government of Maharashtra.
2.3 Teaching-Learning Process
2.3.1 How does the college plan and organize the teaching, learning and
Evaluation Schedules? (Academic calendar, teaching plan, evaluation
blue print etc.)
A comprehensive plan for academic monitoring is chalked out in the meeting

of the Principal, HoDs and Dean (Academics). It mainly includes design of
academic calendar for current semester, teaching and laboratory plans for
every subject and assessment strategies for internal evaluation.
Academic Calendar:
• Academic calendar is prepared for UG and PG programmes every year
referring to academic calendar of SPPU by Dean (Academics) in
consultation with Principal. It is displayed on notice boards and college
website and it is then referred by the departments to prepare their
individual academic calendars.
• The academic calendar contains commencement and end dates of teaching,
dates for unit tests, in-semester and end-semester examinations,
assessments, submissions, Practical – Oral examinations, curricular, co-
curricular and extra–curricular activities and holidays.
Teaching Plan:
• Every faculty member prepares teaching plan referring to academic
calendar, University syllabus and weekly teaching work load which clearly
defines the objectives and outcomes of the course and the same is included
in course file and is discussed with the students also.
• A course file also contains lesson plan, syllabus and lecture notes of all
units, previous question papers and their solutions, question papers of unit

test, assignments, question bank, university result analysis for last three
years and content beyond syllabus.
• Course syllabus, timetable and teaching plan of individual faculty is
uploaded in the ERP system and subsequently used for monitoring the
progress.
Evaluation Blue Print (UG and PG):

The evaluation of students is done through internal assessment and University
examinations.
• Internal assessment is done through unit tests of individual courses and the
results are displayed on notice board. Transparent practices like discussing
model answers, showing assessed answer sheet, conveying the
performance to the parents through letters are adopted.
• Term work and practical evaluation strategy is conveyed to the students
well in advance. Evaluation of term work is carried out based on
continuous assessment which includes criteria like regularity,
understanding and contribution/participation of the student during
laboratory sessions etc. in specific format.
• The following types of examinations are conducted by the affiliating
University and the schedule of the same is announced well in advance.
Theory (In semester and End Semester examinations)
Online examinations
Oral /Practical examinations
2.3.2 How does IQAC contribute to improve the teaching – learning

process?
The institute has AMC headed by Dean (Academics), with all HoDs and
departmental academic coordinators for uniform monitoring process.
The functioning of AMC is as follows.

• In every semester, a meeting is called by AMC coordinator for discussion
and subsequent revision of evaluation formats.
• AMC meeting is scheduled once in a month for taking review of
academics.
• In every semester a FDP is organized to improve the teaching learning
process.
• For newly joined faculty members, a faculty induction program is
organized to make them aware about academic activities run in institute.
Recently, institute has constituted IQAC to streamline the quality assurance in

teaching learning process and overall functioning of the institute. Its objectives
are clearly defined as follows.
• Institute
To assure infrastructural requirements.
To strengthen the efficiency of interaction with stakeholders.
To implement student centric processes to upgrade students
satisfaction.

To enhance satisfaction of staff through developmental activities.

• Academics
To evaluate teaching learning process and take appropriate measures
for possible improvements.
To evaluate the performance of teachers and suggest ways to improve
the performance.
To develop and implement transparent process for internal assessment
of student performance.
To improve and attain qualitative and quantitative results of University
examination.
2.3.3 How is learning made more student-centric? Give details on the

support structures and systems available for teachers to develop skills like
interactive learning, collaborative learning and independent learning
among the students?
Various activities are carried out to make learning more students centric as
follows.
• Interactive Learning:
Class room and laboratory teaching, student feedback, question answer
sessions, expert lectures, quiz competitions, counseling, tutorial sessions
and seminars.
• Collaborative Learning:
Group discussions, projects, industrial visits, hands on sessions,
exhibitions, workshops, technical events.
• Independent Learning:
Assignments and exercises, NPTEL video lectures, library resources,
digital language laboratory.
Institute has sufficient supportive structures and systems in place for
attainment of above activities.
• Well equipped classrooms and laboratories.
• Sufficient number of computers with internet facility.
• Campus Wi-Fi facility.
• NPTEL lecture series for teachers/students.
• ERP system to upload course syllabus, time table, lesson plans, question
bank that the students can access.
• Infrastructural development for TPC- auditorium of 700 capacity, 12
interview cabins, 2 Group Discussion rooms, Internet Facility Centre with
100 machines connected to 50 Mbps leased line and digital language
laboratory.
• Development of skill centers- IBM Excellence Centre in Computer
Engineering department, Automobile Excellence Centre in Mechanical
Engineering department, CYBORG Club for Robotics and Android Course
under TSSC in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
department, Model materials laboratory in Civil Engineering department.
• MoUs with academia and industries for training, research, sponsored
projects, better placements etc.
• Transportation facility for industrial visits.

2.3.4 How does the institution nurture critical thinking, creativity and
scientific temper among the students to transform them into life-long
learners and innovators?
To make the students life-long learners and innovators, the institute takes
various initiatives such as,
• Classroom sessions are made interactive and students are promoted to ask
the questions to create critical thinking and understanding of the topic.
• Students are encouraged to make presentations on latest topics/ topics of
their interest.
• Students are motivated for group discussions on the assignment problems
and quiz during classroom sessions.
• Group projects and mini-projects are allocated to a group of 3-4 students
under the supervision of a faculty.
• Students are motivated for industry sponsored projects where the design
and supervision is carried out by interaction with industry expert.
• Promoting the students for extension of their projects to products as
entrepreneurs.
• Participation in various national level events like BAJA, SUPRA, IIT
Techfest, MINDSPARK, ROBOCON etc. motivates students for
innovative thinking and creativity.
• The institute has PG and PhD programmes where students get opportunity
to be a part of research and funded projects so as to create scientific
approach.
• Students make use of digital library for literature survey of seminar/project
topics which develops awareness of the latest trends in respective fields.
• In addition, institute has created following avenues.
Annual technical event NIRMAAN
Annual cultural event TALENTRON
Project competition AVISHKAR
IBM Excellence Centre
Android App course conducted by TSSC
CYBORG Club for design and development of Robotics
Automobile Excellence Centre to develop vehicles for BAJA, SUPRA
and Go Kart Competitions
Execution of funded research projects on campus
Institute organizes International/National conferences, seminars and
workshops
2.3.5 What are the technologies and facilities available and used by the
faculty for effective teaching? Eg: Virtual laboratories, e-learning -
resources from National Programme on Technology Enhanced Learning
(NPTEL) and National Mission on Education through Information and
Communication Technology (NME-ICT), open educational resources,
mobile education, etc.
Faculty orientation programs are conducted and they are promoted to attend
workshops, training programs about revised curriculum and pedagogies. The
technologies, facilities available and used by the faculty are,

• LCD projectors to deliver lectures and presentations

• Library resources with text and reference books those are categorized as
standard books
• Digital library for the faculty and students
• NPTEL video lectures and text material
• e-journals and e-books
• Open educational resources through e-learning
2.3.6 How are the students and faculty exposed to advanced level of
knowledge and skills (blended learning, expert lectures, seminars,
workshops etc.)?
The institute promotes the exposure of students and faculty members to

acquire advance level of knowledge and skills in the following ways.
• College organizes national and international seminars, workshops,
conferences, FDPs where national/ international experts address and
interact with the faculty and students.
• Hands on trainings sessions are organized every year in the departments.
• Faculty participates in various orientation/refresher programs.
• Faculty members and students are encouraged to participate in various
national and international seminars, conferences and workshops.
• The institute arranges the soft skills and personality development
programs.
• Industry persons are invited to share their knowledge with students and
teachers.
• Industry visits of students and faculties are arranged for exposure to
advanced technology and enhancement of employability.
• MoUs are signed with institutes of higher learning like College of
Engineering Pune (COEP) and other industries.
2.3.7 Detail (process and the number of students\benefitted) on the

academic, personal and psycho-social support and guidance services
(professional counseling/ mentoring/ academic advise) provided to
students?
The students entering the institute find various challenges when exposed to a
professional Engineering courses. Moreover, they are from different
socioeconomic backgrounds. Many of them are from rural background. Hence,
the necessary support and guidance is provided to the students in the following
ways.
• Orientation program is conducted to know the institute.
• Art of Living – happiness program is conducted every year since AY
2015-16.
• Class teachers are appointed for academic coordination of the class and
GFM is assigned for around 20 students. They continue to be the mentor
for the group of students by monitoring their performance and academic
records. They interact with the parents and counsel the students regularly.

• Counseling and motivational sessions are conducted by the Principal in

every division in each semester.
• TPC provides career guidance and inputs on personality development and
soft skills.
• The institute has appointed a medical doctor on campus.
• Suggestion box is maintained for seeking suggestions from students and
faculty members.
• The institute has recently appointed a full time professional counselor. The
counselor visits the departments and students approach the counselor for
issues like stress, concentration, depression etc.
• Barclay’s Art of Living program for youth enhancement is conducted for
final year students during AY 2015-16 and 477 students were benefitted.
• Rector of girls’ hostel addresses various issues of 138 girl students.
2.3.8 Provide details of innovative teaching approaches/methods adopted

by the faculty during the last four years? What are the efforts made by
the institution to encourage the faculty to adopt new and innovative
approaches and the impact of such innovative practices on student
learning?
Apart from regular lectures, following innovative teaching approaches are

being practiced by Faculty.
• Majority of the class rooms are provided with web based teaching facility.
Faculty members utilize this facility to illustrate the concepts.
• Use of computer simulation and laboratories to demonstrate the concepts.
• Circulation of assignments, lecture notes and other relevant materials
through Google groups.
• Conduction of group discussions and presentations for the students.
• Hands on training for strengthening the fundamentals and practical
learning.
• Seminar and project presentations.
• Experimental learning like field work, visits to industries and guest lecture
on advance topics.
• Mock tests for sufficient practice for University examinations.
Efforts by the institution:

• The institute conducts induction program for newly joined faculty
members, FDP at institute and department level by inviting senior
academicians and experts from industries.
• The institute sponsors the faculty members to attend workshops and
seminars on innovative teaching learning processes.
• Faculty members are insisted to use various online resources such as
NPTEL lectures notes and videos, MIT-OCW.
• Formation of student associations for organizing activities like quiz,
brainstorming, puzzles, debates etc.
Impact of innovative practices on student learning:

• The confidence level of the students is found increased to face University

examinations.
• Increased participation of students in various curricular and co-curricular
activities.
• Increased interaction between students and teachers which results
enhancement of teaching learning process.
• Increased awareness among the students about latest trends in the
industries.
2.3.9 How are library resources used to augment the teaching-learning

process?
The institute has state of the art library available with all necessary facilities
and used to augment the teaching learning process as mentioned below.
• The library staff conducts orientation program for all new users to ensure
optimum use of the resources.
• The Central Library of the institute has a wide variety of resources like
books, journals, standards, e-resources, courseware, CD-ROMs and video
CDs to assist teaching learning processes.
• Learning resources like video lecture series of NPTEL and e –resources
like IEEE and Science Direct are available with IP based access.
• Effective library operations like accession, books issue returns, usage
registration, SMS service, Web-OPAC etc. is maintained through AutoLib
software.
• The other facilities include PG section, Digital Library, Reference section,
Wi-Fi connectivity, spacious reading hall etc.
• Digital usage record of the library users is maintained through barcode
reader.
• Library is kept open for extended hours. During regular session the timings
are 8.00 am to 7.00 pm. In addition, reading hall is open for all 24 hours.
• Students have open access to the books, magazines and journals. Adequate
numbers of reference books are also issued to the students.
• Institute library is a member of IEEE, Science Direct, and J-Gate. In
addition library has educational membership of IIT Bombay, ARAI Pune.
• The database of old question papers of SPPU, Syllabi of all disciplines and
list of e-journals is available to the users.
• Web-OPAC facility is available for all users.
• Book bank facility is made available for SC/ ST students.
• Project/ seminar reports of previous years are made available to the
students in the departmental library.
2.3.10 Does the institution face any challenges in completing the

curriculum within the planned time frame and calendar? If ‘yes’,
elaborate on the challenges encountered and the institutional approaches
to overcome these.
Yes, the institute faces challenges in completing the curriculum, within the
time frame defined by SPPU due to following reasons.

• Because of late admissions of DSE students, only 5/6 weeks are available
to complete the syllabus of semester III.
• Reduction in teaching time by 1 week due to in-semester examination
conducted by SPPU.
The institute has built-in mechanisms to ensure curriculum completion within
the time frame and accordingly the following measures are taken.
• Institute has well designed academic calendar considering the above
mentioned factors and constant monitoring system for completion of
syllabus by the AMC and HoDs.
• Extra lectures and practical sessions are conducted for late admitted
students to complete the syllabus.
• The holidays are also utilized for additional academic work to complete
the syllabus, if needed.
• Extra lectures by expert faculty for key subjects are organized.
2.3.11 How does the institute monitor and evaluate the quality of teaching
learning?
The institute has a mechanism to monitor and evaluate the quality of teaching
learning as follows.
• The course files of all the faculty members are checked by the HoDs and
Dean (Academics) to ensure the course contents and its progress.
• The quality of teaching learning process is monitored by Dean
(Academics) and HoDs through regular reviews and attending ongoing
classes, if required.
• Student feedbacks are collected in each semester and necessary corrective
actions like change in teaching methodology or laboratory sessions are
taken.
• Corrective and preventive actions are taken through discussions in
department meetings.
• Corrective actions are taken based on alumni feedback and parents’ inputs.
• Review of teaching learning process by senior faculty for important
subjects is carried out.
• Self appraisal report of the individual faculty is reviewed by Principal and
Management every year.
2.4. Teacher Quality
2.4.1 Provide the following details and elaborate on the strategies adopted
by the college in planning and management (recruitment and retention) of
its human resource (qualified and competent teachers) to meet the
changing requirements of the curriculum.
The Recruitment is carried out based on guidelines provided by SPPU. The

process of recruitment is as follows.
• Every year in the month of April, the institute determines vacancy
positions as per the norms of AICTE/DTE/SPPU.

• The roster is forwarded to the University for their approval and vacancy
positions as per the policy of Government of Maharashtra are finalized.
• Advertisement is published in leading newspapers and applications are
invited for various positions. List of candidates from employment and
reservation cell of SPPU is obtained.
• Applications received along with list of reserved category candidates
received from University are recorded, segregated and forwarded to
respective departments for eligibility verification and scrutiny.
• Call letters for interviews are dispatched minimum fifteen days prior to the
date of interview giving details about the interview schedule.
• Interviews of eligible candidates are conducted by selection committee
appointed by SPPU.
• Selection committee report duly signed by the committee members is
submitted to SPPU.
• Administrative office issue the appointment orders based on selection
committee`s recommendations. A copy of the same is forwarded to SPPU
for their approval.
Recruitment through a committee constituted by Management:

In case of likely delays of recruitment process through University selection
committee, non-reporting of candidates selected by selection committee
appointed by SPPU, vacancies created because of resignations or any other
reasons, the institute undergoes similar procedure of recruitment mentioned
above through a committee constituted by Management. Adhoc appointments
are given to the candidates recommended by the committee.
Retention:
The college aims at retaining the competent and qualified staff by adopting
following prominent measures.
• Higher salaries are paid to highly qualified and competent staff.
• The salaries are paid to staff members regularly as per the norms.
• The staff members are encouraged for enhancing their academic
qualifications by facilitating study leave and providing financial support
for attending national/international workshops, conferences, paper
presentations etc.
• The staff members are empowered and shouldered with different academic
and administrative responsibilities.
• Faculty members are issued appreciation letters for their academic
performances.
• The college has R&D cell which facilitates research culture amongst
faculty members to upgrade their knowledge and technical skills.
• Faculty welfare programs like stress management, Art of Living course,
sports activities etc. are arranged regularly to boost the energy level of
faculty members and to make conducive environment on campus.
• Group accidental insurance policy is implemented for the entire faculty.
Statistical data of the faculty members working with the institute are as given
in the table below.

Associate Assistant
Highest Professor
Professor Professor Total
qualification
Permanent Teachers
D.Sc./D.Litt. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Ph.D. 7 0 4 0 2 1 14
M.Phil. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PG 0 0 2 0 85 40 127
UG 0 0 0 0 1 0 1
Temporary Teachers
D.Sc./D.Litt. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Ph.D. 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
M.Phil. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PG 0 0 0 0 42 23 65
UG 0 0 0 0 6 3 9
Part-time teachers
D.Sc./D.Litt. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Ph.D. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
M.Phil. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PG 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
In addition to above, institute has 18 senior adjunct faculty members

associated with it.
2.4.2 How does the institution cope with the growing demand/scarcity of
qualified senior faculty to teach new programmes/modern areas
(emerging areas) of study being introduced (Biotechnology, IT,
Bioinformatics etc.)? Provide details on the efforts made by the institution
in this direction and the outcome during last three years.
• The well qualified and competent faculty members are assigned to handle
new and emerging subjects introduced in the curriculum of SPPU.
• The prominent measures are taken for retaining the senior faculty members
as mentioned in 2.4.1.
• A mentor system is adopted in which senior faculty members acts as
mentors for each new course.
• The special lectures are conducted by industry professionals and senior
academicians from reputed institutes to cope with the emerging areas of
study.
• The faculty members are promoted for industry interaction to update their
knowhow about the state of art technologies and modern trends.
• The faculty members are motivated to attend the FDPs, STTPs, workshops
etc. conducted by reputed institutes. The college provides financial aids
and duty leaves for attending the same.
2.4.3 Providing details on staff development programmes during the last

four years elaborate on the strategies adopted by the institution in
enhancing the teacher quality.

a) Nomination to staff development programmes
Academic Staff Number of faculty nominated

Development 2015-
Programmes 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15
16
Refresher courses 0 3 0 0
HRD programmes 0 6 17 13
Orientation programmes 13 11 26 27
Staff training conducted
11 23 19 54
by the university
Staff training conducted
4 8 14 16
by other institutions
Summer / winter schools,
0 0 6 15
workshops, etc.
b) Faculty Training programmes organized by the institution to

empower and enable the use of various tools and technology for
improved teaching-learning.
• Teaching learning methods/approaches
• Handling new curriculum
• Content/knowledge management
• Selection, development and use of enrichment materials
• Assessment
• Cross cutting issues
• Audio Visual Aids/multimedia
• OER’s
• Teaching learning material development, selection and use
The institute has organized following faculty training programs to empower

and enable the use of various tools and technology for improved teaching
learning.
Teaching learning methods/approaches:

• FDP on effective teaching, learning and recent trends in Electrical
Technik
• FDP on teaching college level Science and Technology
• FDP on teach to learn and learn to teach
Handling new curriculum:

• Faculty Orientation Program of SE (E&TC) for Subject “Control System”
under BoS, Electronics Engineering, SPPU
Content/knowledge management:
• Workshop on “LaTex”
• Expert Lecture on “Awareness about patent”
• Intellectual property awareness program

Selection, development and use of enrichment materials:

• Recent trends in data mining
• Workshop on advances in power electronics and its applications in smart
grid
• Hands on training on mobile handset; fault diagnosis & repairing
• Hands on training on “Electronic circuit design”
Assessment:
• Awareness of self appraisal and API
Cross cutting issues:

• Workshop on “Current trends in IOT”
• National workshop on green technology- Solar and wind hybrid energy
system
• International workshop on biomass production, conservation and
utilization
• One day awareness workshop on energy conservation
• Skill based training on “Applications of electronics for domestic”
OER’s:
• Two days workshop on “GIS applications to smart city”
Teaching learning material development, selection and use:

• Workshop on “Instructional methodology of optical fiber communication
and process automation under BoS, Electronics Engineering, SPPU
c) Percentage of faculty
• Invited in conference /seminar/ workshop as a resource person by
external professional agencies-
• Participated in external seminar/ workshop/ conference recognized
by international / national professional bodies-
• Paper presented in conference /seminar/ workshop conducted or
organized by professional agencies-
Description Number of faculties

AY AY AY AY
2012- 2013- 2014- 2015-
13 14 15 16
Resource Persons in Workshop /
6 0 9 17
Seminar/Conference
Participated in external
11 4 2 4
Workshop/Seminar/Conference
Paper Presented in
27 26 18 32
Workshop/Seminar/Conference
2.4.4 What policies/systems are in place to recharge teachers? (e.g.:

providing research grants, study leave, support for research and

academic publications, teaching experience in other national institutions

and specialized programmes industrial engagement etc.)
• Institute grants full funding for attending workshops, seminars organized

by University, academia and professional organizations.
• Institute grants 50 % of registration and TA/DA charges to the faculties for
presenting their selected papers in conferences.
• Study leave is granted for pursuing higher studies.
• Funding is provided for organization of FDPs/conferences.
• MoUs with academia and industries for training and upgradation of
knowledge.
• The faculty is encouraged to organize FDPs/STTPs.
2.4.5 Give the number of faculty who received awards / recognition at

the state, national and international level for excellence in teaching during
the last four years. Enunciate how the institutional culture and
environment contributed to such performance/achievement of the faculty.
Nil.
2.4.6 Has the institution introduced evaluation of teachers by the

students and external Peers? If yes, how is the evaluation used for
improving the quality of the teaching-learning process?
Yes, the institute has a mechanism to evaluate faculty members by the

students. Feedback is taken twice in every semester. The process of quality
enhancement in the form of feedback is as given below.
• Analysis of feedback is quantified and documented.
• Committee of Principal and respective HoD analyzes the feedback.
• Strengths and areas of improvements are identified and discussed with the
concerned faculty.
• Faculty members receiving excellent feedback are appreciated.
The institute does not evaluate teachers through external peers. However, self
appraisal reports of faculties are reviewed by higher authorities.
2.5. Evaluation Process and Reforms
2.5.1 How does the institution ensure that the stakeholders of the
institution, especially students and faculty are aware of the evaluation
processes?
The institute is affiliated to SPPU and hence strictly follows University

evaluation processes. All the necessary circulars and notices are available on
University website. The institute has separate examination cell working under
College Examination Officer (CEO) which takes care of dissemination of
University circulars and notices to all the departments.
Dissemination of information to students:

• The evaluation processes is disseminated to all the students and parents

through the orientation program conducted at the beginning of academic
year.
• Notices regarding evaluation processes of University are displayed on the
notice boards and the class teachers convey the same to students.
• Format of term work evaluation is discussed with students in the first
laboratory/tutorial session and students are made aware about the
continuous assessment.
Dissemination of information to Faculty:

• CEO communicates all notices/circulars to faculties related to University
examination.
• Dean (Academics) conveys continuous assessment evaluation scheme to
all faculty members through respective HoDs.
2.5.2 What are the major evaluation reforms of the university that the
institution has adopted and what are the reforms initiated by the
institution on its own?
The major evaluation reforms of the university that the institution has adopted
over the last four years are as follows.
UG Programmes:
• The major reform in the evaluation system has taken place in AY 2012-13
by introducing concept of continuous assessment of students, rather than
having final theory examination of 100 Marks at the end of the semester.
The salient features are given below.
Examination Pattern for FE and SE

Phase I Online Phase II Online Final Theory
Total
Examination Examination Examination
25 Marks 25 Marks 50 marks 100 Marks
Examination Pattern for TE and BE
In Semester End Semester
Total
Examination Examination
30 Marks 70 Marks 100 Marks
• Since AY 2015-16, SPPU has introduced CBCS for UG programmes

beginning with FE students.
PG Programmes:
• SPPU has introduced CBCS for PG programmes since AY 2013-14.
Examination pattern for PG (ME)
In Semester End Semester Total
Examination Examination
50 Marks 50 Marks 100 Marks
Examination pattern for PG (MBA)
Online In Semester Final Theory Total

Examination Examination Examination

20 Marks 30 Marks 50 Marks 100 Marks
PhD Programmes:
• The Ph.D. program involves course work, conducted by the University
Department/Research Centre. The course work is for a minimum period of
one semester.
Credit System for course work

Research Subject specific Field work, Total
Methodology course work Seminar
( 2 Subjects)
5 Credits 10 Credits 5 Credits 20 Credits
The institute has initiated following evaluation reforms in internal assessment.

• The institute conducts unit tests for all UG students and mock tests for FE
and SE for internal assessment.
• Mock practical and oral examinations for SE, TE and BE students.
• Demonstrations of project work before final examination.
2.5.3 How does the institution ensure effective implementation of the

evaluation reforms of the university and those initiated by the institution
on its own?
The mechanism used for ensuring the effective implementation of the

evaluation reforms is as mentioned below.
University Level:
• As per the guidelines of SPPU, a separate examination cell is established
under CEO, supporting staff and necessary additional infrastructure.
• External and internal senior supervisors along with sufficient junior
supervisors are appointed for ensuring effective implementation of
University reforms for UG and PG.
• Installation of CCTV Cameras in the computer laboratories for online
examination.
• The centralized assessment program is conducted for the assessment of
answer sheets of in-semester theory examinations is carried out strictly as
per the guidelines of SPPU.
Institute level:
• Effective implementation of evaluation reforms initiated by the institute
are ensured by the heads of the respective departments, academic
coordinators by making faculty, staff and students aware of the reforms.
• AMC takes rigorous review of its effective implementation.
• The institute appoints examination coordinator from each department for
UG and PG separately for smooth conduction of the examination.

2.5.4 Provide details on the formative and summative evaluation

approaches adopted to measure student achievement. Cite a few examples
which have positively impacted the system.
Formative evaluation process:

The institute has its own formative evaluation process as follows.
• It is implemented regularly in teaching process through various activities
like quizzes, assignments, tests and retests, mock oral and practical tests,
MCQ tests, project competitions and presentations, industrial visit reports.
• The continuous internal assessment based on students attendance,
laboratory work/performance, unit test, assignments/tutorials, orals, etc. is
carried out to assign term work marks to the students as prescribed in the
syllabus.
Summative evaluation process:

The university conducts a summative evaluation at the end of each semester
through the following means
• In-semester and end semester theory examination
• Practical and oral examinations
• Project examination
• Viva voce of PG dissertations
Impact:
The formative assessment has helped the students in development of
knowledge and skills. For the faculty, formative evaluation helps to identify
the needs of the students. This also helps in finding out individual’s
hindrances and difficulties and appropriate remedies are applied to overcome
them.
The formative assessment has helped the students in improving their

performance in summative assessment done by SPPU in following ways.
• Unit tests and assignments has helped the students to practice for In-
semester and End-semester examinations which has improved their
performance in theory examinations conducted by SPPU.
• Online mock tests helped the students to get acquainted with online
examination system.
• Mock orals help the students to face University oral/practical examination
with confidence.
• Improvement in students’ behavior, punctuality and attendance.
2.5.5 Detail on the significant improvements made in ensuring rigor and

transparency in the internal assessment during the last four years and
weightages assigned for overall development of the students (weightage
for behavioral aspects, independent learning, communication skills etc)
Internal assessment of the students is carried out on the basis of attendance,

experimental write up, unit tests marks, mock oral and timely submission.
• Students can ensure their attendance as it is maintained through ERP.

• Record of the practical performance is maintained in the practical log

book and regular checking of experiment is carried out subsequently.
• Predefined format for term work assessment is communicated to the
students well in advance so as to enable them for self-analysis and
improvement.
• Continuous Assessment Sheet for the experiment is maintained by faculty
under the signature of HoD.
• Online entries of term work marks are communicated to the University.
• Students are assessed on the basis of timely submission, presentation
(communication skills), understanding (independent learning) and
attentiveness (behavior)
• Final year projects of UG and PG are evaluated continuously and students
are given inputs on their weaknesses and scope for improvement.
Students maintain project diary with records of their project progress duly
countersigned by guides on a regular basis.
• To accommodate behavioral aspects, independent learning,
communication skills in the internal assessment, the institute framed
distribution of marks in AY 2012-13. The same format was continued for
AY 2013-14, 2014-15 and 2015-16.
Assessment format for AY 2012-13 to AY 2015-16
Assessment Criteria Marks

Performance in Attendance (10 Attendance>=90% 10
Theory course Marks) Attendance>=85% 09
(15 Marks) Attendance>=80% 08
Attendance>=75% 07
Attendance <75% 00
Unit Test (05 Marks>=60% 05
Marks) Marks>=55% 04
Marks>=50% 03
Marks>=45% 02
Marks>=40% 01
Marks < 40% 00
Laboratory Marks) Attendance>=85% 09
course (10 Attendance>=80% 08
Marks) Attendance>=75% 07
Attendance <75% 00
Oral (10 Marks)
File (15 Marks)
Total 50 Marks are to be proportionately converted for 25 marks if
required.
In AY 2016-17 the assessment format is modified as follows.

Assessment format for AY 2016-17
Assessment Criteria Marks

Theory course (20 Marks) Attendance>=85% 09
Marks) Attendance>=80% 08
Attendance>=75% 07
Attendance <75% 00
Unit Test (05 Marks>=60% 05
Marks) Marks>=55% 04
Marks>=50% 03
Marks>=45% 02
Marks>=40% 01
Marks < 40% 00
Assignments 05 Assignments 05
(05 Marks)
Laboratory course Marks) Attendance>=85% 09
(25 Marks) Attendance>=80% 08
Attendance>=75% 07
Attendance <75% 00
Submission (15 Regularity 03
Marks) Performance 03
Understanding 04
Quality 05
GFM (05 Marks) GFM 05
assessment (05
Marks)
Total 50 Marks are to be proportionately converted for 25 marks if
required.
2.5.6 What is the graduate attributes specified by the college/affiliating

university? How does the college ensure the attainment of these by the
students?
SPPU has not specified any graduate attributes for Engineering graduates.
However, the institute has adopted the Graduate attributes (GAs) specified by
National Board of Accreditation (NBA) which are as mentioned below.
1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science,

engineering fundamentals, and an engineering specialization for the solution
of complex engineering problems.
2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, research literature, and analyze
complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first
principles of mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex
engineering problems and design system components or processes that meet

the specified needs with appropriate consideration for public health and safety,
and cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.
4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based
knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis
and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the information to provide valid
conclusions.
5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques,
resources, and modern engineering and IT tools, including prediction and
modeling to complex engineering activities, with an understanding of the
limitations.
6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual
knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the
consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering practice.
7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the
professional engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and
demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for sustainable development.
8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and
responsibilities and norms of the engineering practice.
9. Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a
member or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering
activities with the engineering community and with the society at large, such
as, being able to comprehend and write effective reports and design
documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear
instructions.
11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and
understanding of the engineering and management principles and apply these
to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and
in multidisciplinary environments.
12. Life-long learning: Recognise the need for, and have the preparation and
ability to engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context
of technological change.
The institute has formulated programme outcomes (POs) for all its
programmes in line with GAs for their attainment. In addition to ensure the
attainment of these GAs following curricular, co-curricular and extra
curricular activities are conducted.
• Rigorous and interactive teaching learning process supported by academic
monitoring to provide Engineering knowledge, problem analysis.
• Aptitude and soft skills sessions to upgrade communication skill,
investigations of complex problems.
• Expert talks for enriching the knowledge.
• Seminars on latest topics, social impact based innovative projects to
develop the methods for the problem analysis, design and development of
solutions, understanding of project and finance management.
• Regular conduction of add on courses, industrial visits to update the
knowledge about modern tools.
• Expert lectures by technocrats and spiritual talks to develop professional
ethics, legal and social issues.

• Library housed with online & offline journals and learning resources to
keep the students abreast with contemporary technology, through lifelong
learning.
• National / institute level events like NIRMAAN, TALENTRON,
RANANGAN, AVISHKAR etc. and professional society activities
inculcates individual, team work, leadership and communication skills
amongst the students.
• Activities of NSS, EDC, student chapters etc. to develop responsible
engineer as well as awareness about environment and sustainability issues.
• Working with club activities like Cyborg club, music studio, Skill
Development Centre, participation in IIT Techfest, BAJA etc. imbibe
individual and team work, professional and communication skills.
2.5.7 What are the mechanisms for redressal of grievances with reference
to evaluation both at the college and University level?
Grievance redressal at institute level:

• The assessment methods adopted for internal assessment are disseminated
to the students at the beginning of the semester.
• Marks obtained by the students as per the term work assessment sheet are
shown to the students.
• Solutions with marking scheme for internal tests are discussed in the class
room and the answer sheets of unit tests are distributed to the students. The
grievances regarding the assessment are addressed by the course faculty.
• In addition, students can approach to the HoD, if required.
Grievance redressal at University level:

• Examination section headed by CEO at institute level takes care of
University evaluation grievances. CEO forwards the grievances to the
University, if required.
• The University has its own mechanism for settlement of various types of
grievances related to evaluation
• Students are directed accordingly to visit University if required.
2.6 Student performance and Learning Outcomes
2.6.1 Does the college have clearly stated learning outcomes? If ‘yes’ give
details on how the students and staff are made aware of these?
Yes, the institute has clearly defined the learning objectives in terms of
Program Educational Objectives (PEOs) and learning outcomes (as POs). The
POs are expected abilities achieved by the students of that program at the end
of graduation.
The Course Objectives and Outcomes (COs) are defined by the respective BoS
at University level and these are the learning outcomes that the students are
expected to achieve at the end of each course. The University syllabus
contains COs for all the courses of the programmes.
Students and faculties are made aware about PEOs, POs and COs by following
ways.

• PEOs and POs are displayed in departments and discussed in departmental

presentations.
• COs are included in the University syllabus of each course.
• Learning outcomes are specified in the course file of faculty.
• Every faculty explains the learning outcomes to the students at the start of
every course.
• Learning outcomes are explained to the parents during parent meeting.
2.6.2 Enumerate on how the institution monitors and communicates the

progress and performance of students through the duration of the course
/ programme? Provide an analysis of the students’ results / achievements
(Programme/course wise for last four years) and explain the differences if
any and patterns of achievement across the programmes/courses offered.
Monitoring and communication of performance of the students is done

through a well defined process at department level.
Monitoring of academic performance:

Performance of every student is monitored by two ways. (1) Through
formative and continuous internal assessment (2) Summative assessment
carried out by University.
First method includes unit tests, midterm tests, continuous assessment for
practical, assignments, mock practical, oral exams etc. Record of internal
assessment is given as feedback to improve academic progress of the students.
Accordingly, the necessary corrective actions are taken for performance
improvement. Academic coordinator reviews the performance and
communicates the same to HoD.
In the second method, detailed result analysis of University examinations such
as in-semester, online and end semester examinations for theory and practical
/oral examination is carried out and necessary corrective measures are taken.
Communication of academic performance:

The academic performance of the students is communicated to students and
parents from time to time by various modes as below.
• Attendance is the monitored on daily basis through ERP. Absenteeism is
communicated to the parents/guardians telephonically and with SMS.
• Monthly attendance report along with unit test results is displayed on notice
board and also conveyed to the parents through registered letters every
month.
• After formative assessments, the performance of the students and future
action plan is discussed with the students regularly.
• Defaulter students are identified and list is displayed at the end of every
semester and appropriate action is taken.
• Predefined format for term work assessment is communicated to the
students well in advance so as to enable them for self analysis and
improvement.
• Results of online and in-semester examination are displayed on department
notice boards. Results of end semester examination declared by University
are communicated to the students by distributing the mark sheets.

• The overall progress of each student is communicated to their parents

during parent meetings conducted every semester.
• Detailed result analysis with identified trends and patterns of every
programme is presented in the LMC (Local Managing Committee) and GB
(Governing Body) meetings for review and necessary corrective actions.
Result analysis:
Result analysis of all programmes during last four years is represented
graphically as follows.
BE Results
100
80 2012-13
60 2013-14
40 2014-15
20 2015-16
2.6.3 How are the teaching, learning and assessment strategies of the
institution structured to facilitate the achievement of the intended
learning outcomes?
The institute has structured teaching, learning and assessment strategies for the
achievement of intended learning outcomes as given below.
Teaching learning strategies:

• Well defined academic calendar at institute and departmental level.
• Preparation of course files, laboratory manuals and uploading teaching
plan, daily attendance on the ERP.
• Classroom lectures, presentations, video lectures and interactive sessions.
• Lectures of experts from academia and industry.
• Effective use of library resources.
• Availability of teachers for extended hours for clearing doubts of the
students.
• Remedial lectures for slow learners.
• Use of various modes of lecture delivery such as blackboard, interactive
sessions, PPTs, tutorials, quiz, group discussions etc as per demand of the
subject.

• Case studies, seminars, presentations, projects, self-learning, industry visits,

internships etc. for achieving desired learning outcome.
Assessment strategies:
The assessment strategies to achieve learning outcomes are carried out as per
the norms laid down by SPPU. The strategies of academic performance
evaluation are as explained in 2.5.4 of this report.
2.6.4 What are the measures/initiatives taken up by the institution to

enhance the social and economic relevance (student placements,
entrepreneurship, innovation and research aptitude) of the courses
offered?
Below mentioned initiatives are taken by the institute to enhance the social
and economic relevance of the courses offered.
• Institute has established TPC with all necessary infrastructural facilities like
GD Room, auditorium, interview cabins and computer centre.
• Training is imparted for aptitude and soft skills of the students. Details of
various Training and Placement sessions conducted on campus are as given
below.
Aptitude and soft skill Other sessions*

Academic No. of No. of
Year No. of No. of
students students
hours sessions
trained attended
2012-13 60 273 12 645
2013-14 60 321 14 680
2014-15 40 80 17 735
2015-16 60 3200 22 810
Note: *- HR, Technical, counseling, career guidance etc.

• Placement section conducts in house, off campus and pool campus drives
regularly.
• The institute has made MoUs with academia and industries for enhancing
exposure with industries to get sponsored projects, placements, in plant
training etc.
• Final year students are encouraged to undertake social impact based
innovative projects.
• The institute has established EDC in 2014 for facilitating the students to be
an entrepreneur. Details of various events conducted on campus by EDC
are as given below.
Academic Year No. of Event No. of participants

2014-15 1 35
2015-16 4 758

• Firefox Club and IBM Excellence Centre is established to educate and

update students with latest computer technologies and open web
technologies.
• Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering students are exposed to
specialized training by TSSC.
• Online and offline learning resources are available in the central library.
• Faculties carry out research projects funded by institute.
• Students are motivated to participate in technical events like IIT Techfest,
Mindspark, project competitions, paper presentations, Baja, Supra etc
organized by reputed professional institutes.
• Institute deputes the students for summer and winter internship programs in
industries.
2.6.5 How does the institution collect and analyze data on student learning
outcomes and use it for planning and overcoming barriers of learning?
The process to collect and analyze data on student learning outcome is as

follows.
• Record of continuous evaluation like internal tests marks, GFM record,
assignments, term work marks, tutorials, laboratory work assessment and
mock oral in the laboratory is collected in the department.
• University result for all courses is analyzed to evaluate the student
performance.
• Seminar presentation by students is also used as a method to analyze the
student learning outcome.
• Feedback from various stakeholders like students, parents and employers
is collected and analyzed.
Based on above information and inputs from stakeholders, the AMC has
identified following barriers in achieving expected learning outcomes.
• Poor communication skill of students from rural area.
• Inferiority complex in some cases.
• Concerns related to emotional and physical health.
• Lack of knowledge of fundamentals and prerequisites.
• Time management during examination and difficulty in solving numerical
problems.
• Lack of writing practice.
Following steps are implemented to overcome above mentioned barriers.

• Aptitude and soft skill training sessions are conducted regularly.
• Counseling is done by Counselor, GFM, Class Coordinator, HoD and
Principal.
• Doctor and professional counselor is available on campus.
• Separate sessions on prerequisites and subject fundamentals are conducted.
• Students are encouraged to attend classes to gain the confidence about the
subject.
• Assignments are given for writing practice.
• Remedial classes and guest lectures are conducted.

• As per the inputs and review, corrective measures are suggested to the
faculty for their performance improvement.
2.6.6 How does the institution monitor and ensure the achievement of
learning outcomes?
The following measures are taken to monitor and ensure the achievement of
learning outcomes.
• Rigorous and interactive teaching learning process supported by academic
monitoring as per academic calendar.
• Monitoring of student attendance by ERP.
• Review of academic monitoring by HoDs and Principal.
• Conduction of regular tutorials and assignments.
• Conduction of unit tests and University examinations followed by result
analysis.
• Continuous assessment in both theory and laboratory courses.
• Conduction of remedial classes for slow learners.
• Periodic feedback from all stakeholders like students, parents, alumni and
employees.
• Participation of students in co-curricular, extra-curricular and social
activities.
• Counseling and necessary guidance for competitive and professional
examinations.
2.6.7 Does the institution and individual teachers use

assessment/evaluation outcomes as an indicator for evaluating student
performance, achievement of learning objectives and planning? If ‘yes’
provide details on the process and cite a few examples.
Yes, the institution and individual teachers use the outcomes of formative and
summative assessments, placement records as the indicators for evaluating
student performance, achievement of learning objectives and planning. The
process is as follows.
The individual teacher does formative assessment of student performance

throughout the semester. The outcome of formative assessment is used as an
indicator to identify the slow and advanced learners. Accordingly, the teacher
takes corrective measures to ascertain the improvement in student
performance and achievement of learning outcomes at the end of semester. All
teachers communicate the same to Principal through HoDs. The Principal,
Deans and HoDs take appropriate collective actions at institute level.
The outcome of summative assessment is used as an indicator for the review

of academic processes. Accordingly, the academic processes for forthcoming
semesters are planned to improve the academic performance of the students.
The evaluation of students and feedback by the employers during campus

placement is used as an indicator to judge the overall development of the

students. Accordingly, the necessary steps are taken for improving the
performance of the students in subsequent placement drives.
Examples:
1. After review of result analysis of AY 2015-16, it is observed that there is
need of conducting pre requisites and fundamental sessions for difficult
subjects. As suggested by AMC, these sessions are conducted in the
beginning of the semester.
2. Considering the need of improvement of communication skill and aptitude
suggested the employers during placement drives, comprehensive sessions
are conducted for all classes through external agency during AY 2015-16.
It is observed subsequently that number of students placed in further drives
has been increased.

CRITERION III: RESEARCH, CONSULTANCY AND EXTENSION
3.1 Promotion of Research
3.1.1 Does the institution have recognized research center/s of the

affiliating University or any other agency/organization?
Yes, the institute has a recognized research center for the faculty of
Engineering in Mechanical Engineering and Electronics and
Telecommunication Engineering, since 2013 under the affiliation of SPPU.
Sr. No. Research Center Recognition Letter

number
1. Electronics and Telecommunication CA/3165, dated 28.11.2013
Technik
2. Mechanical Engineering
3. Computer Engineering
However, the institute has withdrawn the research center in Computer

Engineering from AY 2015-16 due to non-availability of required qualified
faculty.
3.1.2 Does the Institution have a research committee to monitor and

address the issues of research? If so, what is its composition? Mention a
few recommendations made by the committee for implementation and
their impact.
Yes, the institute has a research advisory committee. Principal and Dean
(R&D) are the Chairman and Member Secretary of the committee
respectively. Senior faculty members from different departments work as
members of this committee. The constitution of committee is reviewed if
required and accordingly members are either added or deleted. The present
research advisory committee is as follows.
Research Advisory Committee (RAC)
Sr. Name of the member Designation and Committee

No. department Designation
1. Dr. A. M. Kate Principal Chairman
2. Dr. S. A. Deokar Professor, Electrical Member
Technik
3. Dr. S. D. Shirbahadurkar Professor, Electronics Member
and
Telecommunication
Technik
4. Dr. A. N. Gaikwad Professor, Electronics Member
and
Telecommunication
Technik

5. Dr. S. G. Dambhare Professor, Mechanical Member

Technik
6. Dr. P. P. Walvekar Asso. Professor, Civil Member
Technik
7. Dr. A. A. Khandekar Asst. Professor, Member
Electronics and
Telecommunication
Technik
8. Dr. A. B. Ubale Asso. Professor, Member
Mechanical
Technik
9. Dr. C. L. Prabhune Professor, Mechanical Member
Engineering and Dean Secretary
(R&D)
Recommendations made by the committee and their impact is as follows.
Sr. Recommendation Impact

No.
1. Create awareness of research, higher The number of faculty
education among the faculty members members completed and
and students pursuing PhD has been
increased
2. Formation of research groups and The development of
creation of research facilities research facilities in the
institute has been increased
3. Organize research activities for The number publications in
selected group of faculty members reputed journals and
and students to nurture their talent. conferences have been
4. Renew the online journal increased
subscriptions every year and procure
the reference books required for
research on priority basis.
5. Conduct specialized training Quality of academic
programs for PG and final year UG projects has been increased
students to help them in implementing
projects based on recently published
research work.
6. Focus on MoUs with research Increase in industry
organizations and industries to sponsored projects
develop research laboratories in the
institute and share expertise and
research facilities
7. Encourage students for participation Creation of research interest
in technical competitions, conferences among the students
and workshops.
3.1.3 What are the measures taken by the institution to facilitate smooth
progress and implementation of research schemes/projects?

∗ autonomy to the principal investigator

∗ timely availability or release of resources
∗ adequate infrastructure and human resources
∗ time-off, reduced teaching load, special leave etc. to teachers
∗ support in terms of technology and information needs
∗ facilitate timely auditing and submission of utilization certificate to
the funding authorities
∗ any other
The institute motivates faculty to take up projects under research schemes. The
institute has following policy to ensure the smooth progress of funded research
projects.
• The institute gives complete autonomy to the Principal Investigator (PI) in
all respects during the tenure of the research project. This autonomy is
provided within the framework of funding agency.
• The institute takes care about timely release of funds so that the project
work is smoothly carried out. Institute gives seed money to PI in case the
funds are not released in time by the funding agency.
• The institute provides necessary infrastructure, equipment, learning
resources and human resource to carry out the research projects.
• The PI and his research team are encouraged to visit different research
organizations, research laboratories, libraries, data centers and industries to
understand the current trends in research and technology.
• The institute provides necessary help in certification of the expenses
incurred for the project and also supports in getting utilization certificate
from appropriate authority as prescribed by the funding agency.
3.1.4 What are the efforts made by the institution in developing

scientific temper and research culture and aptitude among students?
The institute is keen to develop research culture among faculty and students.
The institute has established PG research center in Mechanical Engineering,
Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering. The efforts made by this
center to inculcate scientific temper and research culture among students are
as follows.
• UG students are encouraged to implement the ideas in recently published
literature as their final year academic project.
• The institute has established different centers of excellence in specific
areas and clubs to promote research environment among the students.
• The institute has an association with COEP. The institute arranges student
visits to research laboratory and other state of the art laboratories in COEP
to inculcate research culture among the students.
• The institute organizes and encourages students to participate in seminars,
workshops, national / international conferences and various technical
events to promote research culture.
• The senior faculty members guide PG students to publish / present their
work in reputed national / international journals and conferences.

3.1.5 Give details of the faculty involvement in active research (Guiding

student research, leading Research Projects, engaged in individual
/collaborative research activity, etc.)
The details of faculty involvement in active research as PhD guide are as

follows.
Sr. Name of Involved faculty Title of research work

No. research member (guide)
scholar
1. S. K. Bhosale Dr. A. M. Kate Investigation of thermal
performance of solar
cooker using array of heat
pipe collector
2. L. S. Pawar Dr. A. M. Kate Investigation of thermal
performance and heat
transfer characteristic of
air to air heat pipe heat
exchanger for different
tubular arrangements
3. S. V. Dr. A. M. Kate Investigation of thermal
Mutalikdesai performance and heat
transfer characteristic of
flat two phase closed
thermosyphon
4. G. S. Sable Dr. A. N. Gaikwad Adaptive iterative
transformation based
super resolution
reconstruction of medical
image sequences
5. V. R. Pawar Dr. A. N. Gaikwad Artificial neural network
based hand written script
recognition by using
vector quantization
method
6. V. Rambabu Dr. A. N. Gaikwad Throughput improvement
of high density randomly
deployed IEEE 802.15.4
based wireless personal
area networks
7. S. V. Gaikwad Dr. A. N. Gaikwad Development of RF and
micro wave energy
radiation sources to
control insects and germs
in agriculture
8. B. A. Dixit Dr. A. N. Gaikwad Intelligent interpretation
of affective health data
through recognition of
emotion profiles

9. P. N. Kota Dr. A. N. Gaikwad Detection of peak power

and reduction of peak
power and bit error rate in
MIMO OFDM system
using scrambling
technique
10. A. A. Kunte Dr. A. N. Gaikwad Dielectric characterization
using micro strip
resonator sensor by TLM
11. A. R. Salunke Dr. A. N. Gaikwad Development of
unstructured architecture
for voice and data
services in mobile
communication
12. N. A. Kulkarni Dr. S. A. Deokar Application and
enhancement of cloud
computing technique in
electrical grid to improve
grid security and
performance
13. S. R. Karpe Dr. S. A. Deokar Switching losses
minimization and
performance
improvement using model
predictive direct torque
control using multilevel
inverter
14. P. M. Khandare Dr. S. A. Deokar Modern techniques used
in Microgrid protection
which leads to the
improvement in the
performance of Microgrid
15. M. N. Chougule Dr. S. A. Deokar Voltage stability
investigation of wind
connected power system
16. S. P. Nalavade Dr. C. L. Prabhune Experimental and
numerical investigation of
flow divider type insert
on forced convection heat
transfer
17. S. B. Taware Dr. C. L. Prabhune Design, simulation and
experimental validation of
blade cascade system of
an ultra low head hydro-
turbine
18. M. R. Buchade Dr. C. L. Prabhune Design and development
of combined EGR and
SCR system to control
NOx in diesel engine

19. P. M. Ghate Dr. S. D. Design and development

Shirbahadurkar of speech synthesis
method for improving the
quality of syllable for
Marathi language
20. C. A. Manjare Dr. S. D. Natural Prosody
Shirbahadurkar generation in Text to
Speech synthesis for
Marathi speech signal
21. S. S. Badhe Dr. S. D. Geographical Region
Shirbahadurkar Language Identification
Technique for a speaker
using Audio Descriptors
22. H. V. Patil Dr. S. D. Image fusion by Wavelet
Shirbahadurkar based technique for
Telemedicine
23. S. R. Gulhane Dr. S. D. Recognition Technique
Shirbahadurkar for Identification of
Indian Classical Musical
Instruments Sounds using
Audio Descriptors
24. U. G. Patil Dr. S. D. Design and development
Shirbahadurkar of an algorithm for Hindi
Language Speech
Recognition system under
Noisy Environment
25. P. N. Dhatrak Dr. U. M. Shirsat Investigations on design
of a new dental implant
for stress distribution
pattern between implant-
bone interface
26. L. V. Awadhani Dr. A. K. Bewoor Some studies and
investigation on
behaviour of composites
bolted joints under real
life loading
27. H. P. Jagtap Dr. A. K. Bewoor Availability improvement
of selected critical
components of thermal
power plant using co-
ordinated condition
monitoring approach
28. C. M. Gajare Dr. U. M. Shirsat Design optimization and
modelling of spur gear
burnishing process to
improve material
properties
29. H. M. Shinde Dr. A. K. Bewoor Some investigations for
predicting remaining

useful life of engine oil

30. V. K. Pachling Dr. U. M. Shirsat Bio-inspired deep
drawing optimization of
square shaped
components
31. P. D. Garje Dr. M. S. Nagmode Suspicious activity
detection of moving
object in video
surveillance system
The details of faculty involvement in active research as PhD research scholars

are as follows
Sr. Name of Department Title of research work

No. faculty
member
1. N. P. Electronics and Reduction of Semantic gap in
Bhosale Telecommunication CBIR using relevance
Engineering Feedback
2. A. N. Electronics and Design of Secured Routing
Kulkarni Telecommunication Protocol for Reconfigurable,
Engineering Energy Aware MWSN
3. S. S. Electronics and Design of Ethernet controller
Palnitkar Telecommunication to avoid deadlocks
Technik
4. V. N. Jadhav Electronics and Enhancement of robust image
Telecommunication hashing technique through
Engineering DWT, SVD, and feature points
5. S. U. Kadam Information Semantic approach of
Technology Mutation Testing for
Programming Languages
6. S. L. Mechanical Preparation Method, Fuel
Gadhave Engineering Properties and Experimental
Evaluation on Emission and
Combustion Characteristics of
Sesame Oil and Tung Oil
Methyl Ester Tested in Diesel
Engine
7. J. K. Shaikh Mechanical Minimum quantity lubrication
Engineering system
8. A. R. Mechanical Mathematical modelling of
Suryavanshi Engineering common rail air fuel injection
system and heat release
analysis
9. P. B. Magade Mechanical Design and development of
Engineering mini wind turbine set to
harvest wind energy developed
by road vehicles
10. E. S. Mehta Mechanical Parameter analysis in plastic

Engineering injection moulding process

using mathematical modelling
and optimization process
11. P. P. Mechanical Investigations into Sliding and
Ritapure Engineering Erosive Wear Behaviour of
Silicon Carbide and Graphite
Reinforced Aluminium Zinc
Alloy Based Metal Matrix
Hybrid Composite
12. G. S. Civil Engineering Biogas Prediction for
Anaokar Anaerobic Digester in
Municipal Wastewater
Treatment Plant by Fuzzy
Approach
13. S. M. Sangve Computer Study and implementation of
Engineering network based intrusion
detection and prevention
systems.
In addition to above information, some faculty members are involved in

research work through funded research projects and dissertation work of PG
students.
3.1.6 Give details of workshops/ training programmes/sensitization

programmes conducted/organized by the institution with focus on
capacity building in terms of research and imbibing research culture
among the staff and students.
The institute is keen to inculcate research culture in its staff and students. In
last four years, the institute has conducted different workshops and training
programs for its staff and students. The list of workshops, conferences and
training programs conducted during last four years is as follows.
Sr. Name of seminar

No. / workshop /
Resource Collaboration
training Date
person/s if any
programs
organized
1. Challenges faced 08.09.2012 Mr. Ramesh WRLDC,
in National grid Oleti Mumbai
formation and
management in
Indien
2. Green Technology: 29.01.2013 Dr. Ashok MEDA, Pune
Solar- to Matani
Wind Hybrid 31.01.2013 Dr. S.N. Sapli
Energy Dr. G.N.
Systems Kulkarni

Dr. R.L.
Edalabadkar
Dr. Manoj
Rathi
Dr. Anindita
Roy
3. PG Conference 25.03.2013, Dr. B. B. SPPU
2013 (Mechanical 26.03.2013 Ahuja
Engineering) Dr. M. A. Joshi
Dr. Gabrial
McBain
4. ISTE Approved 15.04.2013 Dr. M. B. ISTE
Short Term to Kokare
Training Program 20.04.2013 Dr. B. M. Patre
on: Signal and Dr. A. A.
Image Processing- Abhyankar
Theory, Dr. R. S.
Simulation and Holambe
Applications Dr. D. V.
Jadhav
Dr. A. N.
Gaikwad
5. A State Level 03.10.2013 Mr. N. M. SPPU
Workshop on to Waghdarikar
Hands on PIC 05.10.2013 Mr. R. S. Gutte
microcontroller Mr. C. P.
andits Applications Mahajan
Mr. H.V.
Kulkarni
6. A National Level 14.10.2013 Dr. R.G. SPPU
STTP on “Applied to Jaybhaye
Algorithms" 19.10.2013 Dr. S.N. Mali
Dr. G.P. Potdar
Dr. Pravin
Thakare Dr.
Parikshit
Mahalle
Dr. Sadhana
Mishra
Dr. N.P.
Gopalan
Mr. Neeraj
Dayama
Mr. Mahesh
Vadia
7. MASTER CAM – 21.12.2013 Dr. G. M. Onward
Robot Kakandikar Technologies
Master
8. Electrical Motor 06.01.2014 Mr. Prakash P. Arn Vidyut

Re-winding and to Shah

Auto-Cad 16.01.2014
9. MASTER CAM – 08.02.2014 Dr. G. M. Onward
Turning and Kakandikar Technologies
Milling
10. Simufact Forming 22.02.2014, Dr. G. M. -
23.02.2014 Kakandikar
11. Operation, 24.02.2014 Mr. A. U. -
maintenance and to Gandigude
troubleshooting of 26.02.2014
Concentrated Solar
Technology based
Systems
12. Industrial 30.06.2014 Mr. Abhijeet BIT Electronic
Automation to Choudhari System
training on “PLC 05.07.2014
Micrologics and
SLC, SCADA:
Learn how to
design automation
system using PLC
Program,
Troubleshoot and
maintain PLC
Based System”
13. Hands on training 15.11.2014, Mr. P. S. -
on “Latex: 16.11.2014 Londhe
Document
preparation system
14. State level seminar 05.01.2015, Dr. S. S. Sane SPPU
on Recent Trends 06.01.2015 Dr. S.
in Data Mining Jahirabadkar
Dr. S. K.
Shinde
Mr. Neeraj
Bhat
15. Advanced Power 06.01.2015 Dr. S. S. SPPU
Electronics and its to Dambhare
Application in 10.01.2015 Dr. B.E.
Smart Grid Kushare
Dr. Amit
Kumar Jain
Mr. U.G. Zalte
Mr. V. L.
Sonawane
16. International 29.01.2015 Dr. Joydeep SPPU
workshop on to Datta
“ Advances in 31.01.2015 Dr. Anand
engineering Kulkarni

optimization” Dr. Millid Pant

17. Applications 31.08.2015 Mr. Jyotindra JNC
Hands on Training to Nath Technologies,
on "PLC and 05.09.2015 Chaudhari Pune
SCADA"
18. ITP for Energy 14.09.2015 Mr. A. Y. -
Audit Mehandale
19. Skill Development 23.09.2015, Mr. Ketan Pol CAT-I Design
Workshop on FEA 24.09.2015 Solutions,
Pune
20. Logic 10.12.2015 Mr. S. R. -
Development and to Dhore
problem solving 12.12.2015 Dr. P. N.
Mahalle
Mr. Sudarshan
Deshmukh
Mr. Swapnil
Pande
21. GPU Programming 28.12.2015 Mr. Manish IIT Bombay
and applications to Bali and NVIDIA
30.12.2015 Mr. Mandar Pvt. Ltd.
Gurav
22. Workshop on GIS 08.01.2016 Dr. Raaj SPPU
Applications to to Ramsankaran
Smart City 09.01.2016 Dr. Gopal Patil
Dr. Pradeep
Rawal
Dr. Shahapure
23. Simufact Forming 28.01.2016 Mr. Vikramjeet Kadkraft
to Singh Systems
30.01.2016
24. Current Trends in 11.02.2016 Dr. Vivek SPPU
IOT to Deshpande
13.02.2016 Dr. A. B. Patki
Mr. Atul
Kahate
Mr. C.D.
kulkarni,
Mr. Sachin
Shukla, Mr.
Abhishek
Kusare
Mr. Kedar
Kanhere
3.1.7 Provide details of prioritised research areas and the expertise

available with the institution.
The details of expertise available with the institute and their research areas are
as follows.

Sr. Department Faculty Research Area Nature of

No. affiliation
1. Mechanical Dr. A. M. Kate Heat Transfer Full time
2. Engineering Dr. C. L. Air Conditioning Full time
Prabhune
3. Dr. S. G. Sustainable Full time
Dambhare Manufacturing
4. Dr. A. B. Ubale Nonconventional Full time
Energy Sources
5. Dr. U. M. Shirsat Tribology Adjunct
6. Dr. A. K. Bewoor Manufacturing Adjunct
and Industrial
Engineering,
Quality
Management
7. Electrical Dr. S. A. Deokar Power Quality, Full time
Engineering Energy Audit
8. Electronics and Dr. A. N. Image Full time
Telecommunication Gaikwad Processing
Engineering Dr. S. D. Speech Full time
Shirbahadurkar Processing,
VLSI
9. Dr. S. M. Image Adjunct
Nagmode Processing
10. Dr. A. A. Control Systems Full time
Khandekar
11. Civil Engineering Dr. P. P. Environmental Full time
Walvekar Engineering
12. Computer Prof. S. M. Network Full time
Engineering Sangve Security
13. Engineering Dr. Y. S. Nano Full time
sciences Sonawane Technology
14. Dr. V. B. Kamble Nano Full time
Technologie
15. Dr. Sumeet Game Thoery Full time
Kumar
3.1.8 Enumerate the efforts of the institution in attracting researchers of

eminence to visit the campus and interact with teachers and students?
The institute is aware of importance of interaction of its researchers (faculty

and students) with the renowned researchers. The institute has taken following
steps to attract them to visit the campus for interacting with aspirant
researchers working in the institute.
• The experts from industry and academia are invited as resource person in
the FDPs, workshops, seminars, conferences organized by the institute.
• The expert talks by renowned researchers are arranged for the students and

faculty of the institute.

• The institute has signed MoUs with various industries and academic
institutes to increase the interaction with researchers working in industry
and other institutes.
• The eminent researchers are invited as chief guest, session chair and judge
for project exhibitions, STTPs, workshops, conferences and different
technical competitions organized by the institute.
• The institute has collaboration with researchers through professional body
activities.
The following researchers have visited the campus and interacted with the
researchers working in the institute.
Sr. Name of Name of eminent

Name of organization
No. Department researcher visited
Electrical Dynamic Energy
Mr. P. L. Hegde
Engineering Engineers, Pune
Federal Engineering,
1. Mr. Amar Chakradeo
Pune
Dr. V. N. Bapat SIT, Lonavala
Dr. Kailas Patil VIIT, Pune
Mechanical Dr. P. J. Pawar KKWIER, Nashik
Engineering Dr. S. N. Sapli COEP, Pune
Dr. R.L. Edalabadkar PVG’s COET, Pune
Dr. Joydeep Datta IIT, Kanpur
University of Windsor in
Dr. Anand Kulkarni Odette School of
2. Business, Canada.
Dr. Millind Pant IIT, Roorkee
Dr. J. V. L.
SGGS IE and T, Nanded
Venkatesh
Dr. R. Venkatrao NIT, Surat
Dr. D. G. Thakur DIAT, Pune
Dr. V. K Tripathi COEP, Pune
Civil Engineering Dr. Raaj
IIT Bombay, Mumbai
Ramsankaran
3. Dr. Gopal Patil IIT Bombay, Mumbai
Dr. Pradeep Rawal COEP, Pune
Electronics and Dr. Rymond Boxman Tel Aviv University,
Telecommunication Isreal
Engineering Dr. Jose Carlos University of Aveiro,
4. Portugal
Dr. David Knight U. S. A.
Dr. R. S. Holambe SGGS IE and T, Nanded

Dr. D. V. Jadhav BSCOER, Pune

Dr. B. M. Patre SGGS IE and T, Nanded
Dr. A. A. Abhyankar SPPU, Pune
Dr. Y. S. Angal JSPM, Wagholi
Dr. A. S. Tavildar VIIT, Pune
Dr. M. B. Kokare SGGS IE and T, Nanded
Computer Dr. A. B. Patki COEP, Pune
5. Engineering Dr. V. Deshpande MIT, Pune
3.1.9 What percentage of the faculty has utilized Sabbatical Leave for
research activities? How has the provision contributed to improve the
quality of research and imbibe research culture on the campus?
No. Being self financed institute in developing stage, institute could not afford
the expenses for recruiting the faculty members on vacancy against leave.
However, institute is now planning to offer the sabbatical leave to faculty
members.
3.1.10 Provide details of the initiatives taken up by the institution in

creating awareness/advocating/transfer of relative findings of research of
the institution and elsewhere to students and community (lab to land).
• The institute motivates faculty members to present their recent research

work in front of PG students and research scholars.
• The faculty members discuss research work published in reputed journals
during regular teaching.
• The students are motivated to implement recently published research work
as their academic projects.
• The students are motivated to contemplate their ideas related to real-world
problems and challenges and implement the same through their academic
projects and even inspired to pursue a career or engage in activism that
relates to the project they developed.
• The faculty members are fully supported to visit other institutes as
resource person to present their research work.
3.2 Resource Mobilization for Research
3.2.1 What percentage of the total budget is earmarked for research?

Give details of major heads of expenditure, financial allocation and actual
utilization.
The total budget of the institute for AY 2015-16 amounts Rs. 24.50 Crore
The budget allocated for research activities is Rs. 50 Lacs which is 2.04 % of
total budget.
The budgets and expenditures for last four years are as follows.
All figures are in Lacs Rs.

Sr. Head 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16

No. Budget Actual Budget Actual Budget Actual Budget Actual
expenses expenses expenses expenses
1. Infrastru 25.00 790.73 40.00 67.69 40.00 36.96 35.00 54.07
cture
2. Operatio 908.16 962.57 1374.75 1315.60 1587.00 1688.78 2135.33 1848.52
nal cost
3. Equipme 162.60 50.24 81.50 55.80 58.00 67.64 96.50 137.23
nt
4. Library 32.75 22.54 53.00 28.66 43.50 37.17 48.50 20.89
5. Furniture 59.00 53.00 61.00 29.77 35.77 65.02 37.00 44.86
6. Compute 87.50 101.35 47.80 71.30 64.00 105.73 67.00 59.00
rs and
software
7. Maintena 2.40 22.06 54.00 33.38 45.00 33.34 20.25 26.14
nce
8. Consuma 5.00 8.88 10.00 11.45 10.00 12.39 10.00 12.69
ble
9. Total 1282.41 2011.47 1777.05 1613.65 1883.27 2047.05 2449.58 2203.44
10. Part of 25.0 25.47 35.0 38.83 40.0 32.84 50.0 42.44
R&D
from
total
11. % for 1.95 1.26 1.97 2.41 2.12 1.60 2.04 1.93
R&D
3.2.2 Is there a provision in the institution to provide seed money to the

faculty for research? If so, specify the amount disbursed and the
percentage of the faculty that has availed the facility in the last four
years?
The institute gives seed money to PI of sanctioned funded research project as per
their requirement. In last four years, one faculty member has availed this facility
with amount of Rs. 27,459/-.
3.2.3 What are the financial provisions made available to support student
research projects by students?
Institute provides financial support to students for their research by providing

• Funds for purchasing project equipments (hardware and software) and
fabrication in college workshops.
• Financial assistance for participating in conferences, national and
international level competitions.
3.2.4 How does the various departments/units/staff of the institute

interact in undertaking inter-disciplinary research? Cite examples of
successful endeavors and challenges faced in organizing interdisciplinary
research.
The institute provides conducive environment for interpersonal

communications among its departments and staff members. Hence, co-
operation has been sought amongst them for inter-disciplinary research. The

following interdisciplinary research projects are successfully developed /

under development.
• A solar powered air conditioning system without compressor was
developed by a PG student of Electronics and Telecommunication
Engineering under the guidance of faculty members from Electronics and
Telecommunication Engineering and Mechanical Engineering.
• A 3D printer was developed by a team of students from Mechanical
Engineering and Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering.
• The students of Mechanical Engineering, Electrical Engineering and
Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering have developed robots
for different applications.
• A team of students from Mechanical Engineering and Electrical
Engineering is working on solar power driven car.
3.2.5 How does the institution ensure optimal use of various equipment
and research facilities of the institution by its staff and students?
The institute has a mechanism to ensure optimal use of various equipment and
research facilities in the institute.
• The research committee monitors the research activities and keeps the
track of the usage of various resources and facilities for research.
• The log books for usage of equipments are maintained.
• Laboratories are utilized for technical add-on courses for students.
• The central and department library maintains records of usage of
references books, national and international journals.
• The laboratory facilities are extended beyond working hours.
3.2.6 Has the institution received any special grants or finances from the
industry or other beneficiary agency for developing research facility? If
‘yes’ give details.
Yes, the details are as follows.
Sr. Year Industry or Created Grant Remark

No. other research received
beneficiary facility or (Rs.) /
agency instruments donation
1 2013 SPPU Liquid level 95,000 A research project
system was completed
and the work has
been published in
international
journal
2 2013 SPPU High resolution 25,000 A research project
camera was completed
and the work has
been published in
international
journal

3 2013 IIT Bombay Solar PV Lab Donation The kits are used
Kits in UG/PG projects
4 2016 NVIDIA Graphics cards Donation A GPU center has
been developed in
Computer
Engineering
Department
3.2.7 Enumerate the support provided to the faculty in securing research

funds from various funding agencies, industry and other organisations.
Provide details of ongoing and completed projects and grants received
during the last four years.
The institute provides all necessary support to faculty for submitting research
proposals to various funding agencies. The steps taken by the institute in this
regard are as follows.
• Dean (R&D) and Academic Research Coordinator (ARC) provide all
necessary guidance in preparing the research proposals.
• Total autonomy is given to all PIs for the smooth progress of the projects.
• Institute gives seed money if needed to PIs of sanctioned projects before
receiving the grants.
The information about the completed and ongoing funded projects during last
four years is as follows.
Grant (Rs.) Total

Nature grant
Sr. Durati Title of Funding
of the received
No. on Project agency Sanctioned Received
project till date
(Rs.)
Design and
Developme
nt of mini
wing
turbine set
2013-
1. Minor to generate SPPU 190000 165615 165615
15
a max
power
according
to speed of
wind
Design and
Implement
ation of
Sliding
2013-
2. Minor mode SPPU 150000 126172 126172
15
control for
industrial
time-delay
systems

Reduction
of
Semantic
Gap
2013- between
3. Minor SPPU 80000 64545 64545
15 Low Level
and High
Level
Features
for CBIR
3.3 Research Facilities
3.3.1 What are the research facilities available to the students and
research scholars within the campus?
The institute has a recognized research center affiliated to SPPU. Under the
umbrella of the research center, institute has provided following research
facilities in the campus.
• State of the art equipments
• Center of excellence
• Library periodicals and journal subscriptions
• Computing facilities
• Research laboratories
3.3.2 What are the institutional strategies for planning, upgrading and
creating infrastructural facilities to meet the needs of researchers
especially in the new and emerging areas of research?
The institute has taken substantial efforts for planning, upgrading and creating
infrastructural facilities to meet the needs of researchers especially in the new
and emerging areas of research. The steps taken by the institute are as follows.
Planning:
• Research groups involving faculty members and students are formed for
identifying, planning and carrying out research.
• These groups identify requirements of infrastructure facilities to meet the
need of the researcher in their research area by finding the gaps between
existing facilities and their research needs.
• Dean (R&D) interacts with these groups, experts from industry and
academia and formalizes the requirements. These requirements are
discussed in the meetings of RAC. Dean (R&D) forwards the
recommendations to Principal for approval.
Upgradation and creation of infrastructural facilities:
• To meet the demand of new technology, institute continuously identify and
procure new equipment, software, books, journal subscription for research
work suggested by research groups/researchers.
• Provision is made in the institute budget for purchasing latest software and
equipments to carry out the research work across each department.

• Faculty and students are always encouraged to interact with industries for
knowing latest trends and exploring the avenues of collaborative and
emerging research.
• The institute also use the guidelines provided by AICTE and SPPU for
creating and enhancing awareness of research among faculty and students.
3.3.3 Has the institution received any special grants or finances from the
industry or other beneficiary agency for developing research facilities? If
‘yes’, what are the instruments/facilities created during the last four
years.
Yes, the point is well deliberated in 3.2.6.
3.3.4 What are the research facilities made available to the students and
research scholars outside the campus / other research laboratories?
The institute provides following facilities to its students and research scholars
to work outside campus.
• The institute has signed MoU with COEP and several industries, through
which their state of the art laboratories and research centers are made
available to the students and research scholars.
• The institute provides all necessary support to the students, research
scholars to visit premium institutes like IITs, NITs and research
laboratories like NCL, ARAI, technical exhibitions.
• The institute has membership of libraries of ARAI, IIT Bombay through
which the students and research scholars are facilitated to get the literature
not available in the institute library.
3.3.5 Provide details on the library/ information resource centre or any

other facilities available specifically for the researchers?
The institute has separate PG section and digital library for PG students and
research scholars. The following facilities are available for the researchers.
• The institute has subscription of 444 international, 4285 national
e-Journals and 133 national journals, 11 periodicals in hard copies.
• The digital library section has 10 PCs with internet connectivity.
• The PG students and research scholars can retain 15 books.
• The library has a provision for purchase of books required for research
scholars as and when required. This facility is additional to annual
purchase.
• The library has 2240 CDs of books and journals.
• The library has encyclopedias and dictionaries for ready reference.
• The institute has membership of the other libraries (ARAI and IIT
Bombay).
3.3.6 What are the collaborative research facilities developed / created

by the research institutes in the college? For ex. Laboratories, library,
instruments, computers, new technology etc.

The institute has developed following facilities in collaboration with other

research institutes / industry.
• NVIDIA GPU centre in collaboration with NVIDIA.
• ADOR welding simulation laboratory in consultation with ADOR Welding
Limited.
• IBM Software Laboratory for Emerging Technologies in collaboration
with IBM.
• Design for Manufacturing software in collaboration with Geometrics
Software Solution.
3.4 Research Publications and Awards
3.4.1 Highlight the major research achievements of the staff and students
in terms of
∗ Patents obtained and filed (process and product)
∗ Original research contributing to product improvement
∗ Research studies or surveys benefiting the community or improving
the services
∗ Research inputs contributing to new initiatives and social
development
Patents obtained and filed:
Patents
Sr.
Department obtained Title of the patent
No.
and Filed
Patent Filed Device for cleaning a ceiling fan
Mechanical Automatic solar tracking system for
1. Patent Filed
Engineering collector dish without use of electricity
System and method for producing Methane
Patent Filed
gas
Method for encoding and decoding of
Patent Filed
images using their symmetry
Electronics and
Educational kit for training and developing
Telecommunication Patent Filed
2. embedded and VLSI systems
Engineering
Automated system for performing
Patent Filed angioplasty surgery and method therefore
Original research contributing to product improvement:

The following products have been developed by the faculty members and
students.
• Mobile is being charged through the waste heat recovery released to the
atmosphere through flue gases from chimney of the cook stove.
• Solid waste management by using biomechanical domestic composter
technology.
• Device for cleaning a ceiling fan: Device provides efficient way for
cleaning and avoids damage to the ceiling fan blade.

• Active and passive tracker system for improving efficiency of photovoltaic

collector.
• Development of application specific robots.
3.4.2 Does the Institute publish or partner in publication of research

journal(s)? If ‘yes’, indicate the composition of the editorial board,
publication policies and whether such publication is listed in any
international database?
The institute does not publish a research journal. However, faculty members
of the institute work as reviewers for the journals listed in international
database.
3.4.3 Give details of publications by the faculty and students:

∗ Publication per faculty
∗ Number of papers published by faculty and students in peer reviewed
journals (national / international)
∗ Number of publications listed in International Database (for Eg: Web
of Science, Scopus, Humanities International Complete, Dare
Database - International Social Sciences Directory, EBSCO host, etc.)
∗ Monographs
∗ Chapter in Books
∗ Books Edited
∗ Books with ISBN/ISSN numbers with details of publishers
∗ Citation Index
∗ SNIP
∗ SJR
∗ Impact factor
∗ h-index
International/National
Cumulative Impact
reviewed journals
No. of publication
Chapters in book
published in peer
Books with ISBN

Name of Faculty
Citation index
Mono Graphs
No. of papers
Books edited
conferences
listed in
h-index
Sr. No.
factor
SNIP
SJR
Department of Civil Engineering

1. Dr. P.P. Walvekar 2 11 5.669 2 - - 10 2.897 1.049 - 3
2. G. S. Anaokar 1 0 - - - - - - - - -
3. S.S. Patil 1 0 - - - - - - - - -
4. A.D. Kulkarni 2 - - - - - - - - - -
5. T.N. Kulkarni 3 - - - - - - - - - -
6. S.V. Sangapuri 1 - - - - - - - - - -
Department of Computer Engineering
1. S.M. Sangve 8 7 - - - - 6 - - - 1
2. K.P.Tambe 8 1 - - - - - - - - -

3. R.T.Akolkar 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
4. S. A. Ubale 7 1 - - - - 12 - - - 2
5. P. M. Mane - 4 - - - - - - - - -
6. P.D. Kshirsagar - 1 - - - - - - - - -
7. Y.B. Hembade 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
8. V. M. Patil - 2 - - - - - - - - -
9. D.A. Lokare 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
10. R. S. Jagtap 1 - - - - - - - - - -
11. B.A.Chawgule - 3 - - - - - - - - -
12. R. R. Patil 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
13. S.M. Kolekar 2 - - - - - - - - - -
14. P. A. Tak 4 - - - - - - - - - -
15. S.R. Lomate 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
16. P.S.Nawghare 3 - - - - - - - - - -
17. R.N. Lokhande 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
18. S.S. Awate 1 - - - - - - - - - -
19. A.V. Yenkikar 2 - - - - - - - - - -
20. U. P. Mane 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
21. V.N. Gavali 3 - - - - - - - - - -
22. S.S. Bachal - 1 - - - - - - - - -
23. P.S. Shinde 2 - - - - - - - - - -
24. R.T. Waghmode 2 - - - - - - - - - -
25. T.U.Mane 3 - - - - - - - - - -
26. S.A.Pawar 3 1 - - - - - - - - -
27. A.M. Junghare 2 - - - - - - - - - -
Department of Electrical Engineering
1. Dr. S. A. Deokar 6 18 2.972 - - - 58 1.923 1.741 - 5
2. Dr. M.G. Unde 3 10 - - - - - - - - -
3. A.S. Patil 2 10 - - - - - - - - -
4. M.R. Hans 5 5 - - - - - - - - -
5. S.U. Shinde - - - - - - - - - - -
6. Kamal Sandeep 1 4 - - - - - - - - -
K.
7. R.M. Zende - 1 - - - - - - - - -
8. S.Gaur 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
9. S.G. Mane 1 4 - - - - - - - - -
10. B.S. Kunure - 2 - - - - - - - - -
11. J.A. Kshirsagar 4 6 - - - - - - - - -
12. R.J. Patil 1 1 - - - 1 - - - - -
13. Prashant Kumar 6 17 - 2 - - 9 2.33 0.486 - 2
14. C.V. Deshpande 2 2 - 1 - 1 - - - - -
15. C.V. Deshpande 2 1 - 1 - 1 - - - - -
16. S.S. Kunte - 5 - - - - - - - - -
17. R.T. Tamhankar - 1 - - - - - - - - -
18. K.K. Joshi 1 - - - - - - - - - -
19. S.G. Surwase - - - - - - - - - - -
20. S.L. Sarwade 2 - - - - - - - - - -
21. K.N. Kazi - 2 - - - - - - - - -

22. V. L. Tathe - 2 - - - - - - - - -
23. P. P. Marane - 1 - - - - - - - - -
24. S.D. Dharme 1 - - - - - - - - - -
25. A.M. Patil - - - - - - - - - - -
26. S. Janwadkar 1 3 - - - - - - - - -
27. A.S. Chavan - - - - - - - - - - -
Department of Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
1. Dr. A.N. Gaikwad 20 47 0.284 2 - - 43 - - - 3
2. Dr. S.D. 9 34 - - - - 30 - - - 4
Shirbahadurkar
3. Dr. A. A.
6 12 5.2 1 - 2 58 3.796 2.372 - 3
Khandekar
4. V. B. Shere - 1 - - - - - - - - -
5. P. A. More 5 - - - - - - - - -
6. S. A. Bhosale - 2 - - - - - - - - -
7. N. P. Bhosale 1 3 1 - - - - - - - -
8. S. A. Ghodake - 4 - - - - - - - - -
9. S. S. Palnitkar - 1 - - - - - - - - -
10. A. N. Kulkarni - 2 - - - - - - - - -
11. S. M. Patil - 1 - - - - - - - - -
12. M. G. Pallewar - 3 - - - - - - - - -
13. Charu Bolia - 1 - - - - - - - - -
14. V. N. Jadhav - 1 - - - - - - - - -
15. P. B. Bhor - 2 - - - - - - - - -
16. S.D.Nanaware - 4 - - - - 3 - - - 1
17. R.A. - 1 - - - - - - - - -
Hampihallikar
18. R.R.Patil - 3 - - - - - - - - -
19. C.R.Kuwar - 6 - - - - - - - - -
20. Joyce Soares - 2 - - - - - - - - -
21. S.J.Banarase 2 4 - - - - 5 1 - - -
22. V.S.Masal - 1 - - - - - - - - -
Department of Information Technology
1. S.U. Kadam 10 2 - - - 2 9 - - - 2
2. P.A. Joshi 1 5 - - - - - - - - -
3. A.S. Chadchankar - 3 - - - - - - - - -
4. R.H. Bhole - 3 - - - - - - - - -
5. S.D. Bachpalle 1 4 - - - - - - - - -
6. A.V. Patil - 1 - - - - - - - - -
7. S.S. Damre - 3 - - - - - - - - -
8. P.A. Chadchankar 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
9. S.R. Gajbhiye - 1 - - - - - - - - -
10. A.R. Sheikh - 1 - - - - - - - - -
11. S. P. Vanjari 2 2 - - - - - - - - -
Department of Mechanical Engineering
1 Dr. A.M. Kate 2 8 - - - - - - - - -
2 Dr. S. G. 15 13 - 1 - - 16 - - - 3
Dambhare
3 Dr. C. L. - 36 - 2 - - - - - - -

Prabhune
4 Dr. A.B. Ubale 9 5 - - - - 10 - - - 1
5 B.D.Aldar 3 - - - - - - - - - -
6 J. K. Shaikh - - - - - - - - - - -
7 A.U. Gandigude - 15 - - - - - - - 1 -
8 P. P. Ritapure 1 3 - - - - - - - - -
9 A. R. Suryavanshi 5 - - - - - - - - - -
10 V. Rajesh Kumar - 2 - - - - - - - - -
11 D. N. Lawate - 1 - - - - - - - - -
12 E.S. Mehta 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
13 S.S. Patil - 2 - - - - - - - - -
14 V. H. Barge 1 - - - - - - - - - -
15 A. B. Joshi 2 - - - - - - - - - -
16 P. B. Magade - 1 - - - - - - - - -
17 U. T. Bokade 3 3 - - - - - - - - -
18 R. K. Patil 3 1 - - - - - - - - -
19 K.S. Patil 3 1 - - - - - - - - -
20 S.L. Gadhave 6 4 - - 14 - - - - - -
21 S. H. Joshi 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
22 S.S. Adewar 1 2 - - - - - - - - -
23 P.S. Gadhave 4 5 - - - - - - - - -
24 M.A. Jadhav 1 2 - - - - - - - - -
25 S.B. Ghalme 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
26 D. P. Kamble 5 - - - - - - - - - -
27 P.H. Jawarkar - - - - - - - - - - -
28 M. S.Tavade 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
29 V.V. Shinde - - - - - - - - - - -
30 V.S. Shitole - 1 - - - - - - - - -
31 A.R. Bhagat 7 - - - - - - - - - -
32 G. V. Tote 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
33 P.S. Kamble 2 4 - - - - - - - - -
34 K.S. Tanpure 3 - - - - - - - - - -
35 A.V. Karande 5 2 - - - - - - - - -
36 S.K. Kusekar 7 3 - - - - - - - - -
37 S.B. Mali 1 - - - - - - - - - -
38 S.G. Gambhire - 2 - - - - - - - - -
39 A.C. Dawale 1 - - - - - - - - - -
40 S.S. Kulkarni 0 1 - - - - - - - - -
41 S.S. Borade 1 0 - - - - - - - - -
42 T.M. Shaikh 1 2 - - - - - - - - -
43 S. M. Godase 0 2 - 1 - 1 - - - - -
44 M.W. 1 2 - - - 1 - - - - -
Bhalwankar
45 L.B. Mali - 2 - - - - - - - - -
46 M.M. Dhere 2 - - - - - - - - - -
47 S.B. Sawant 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
48 P. A. Parit 1 2 - - - - - - - - -
49 F.Z. Pathan 1 2 - - - - - - - - -

50 A. M. Kasar 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
51 O.K. Kulkarni 1 6 - - - - - - - - -
52 S. B. Jagtap 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
53 S M. Kamble 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
54 P.P. Harakare - 1 - - - - - - - - -
55 N.A. Patil 1 1 - - - - - - - - -
56 P.B. Chavan 1 2 - - - - - - - - -
57 Z.G. Mahmad 1 - - - - - - - - - -
Department of Management
1. Dr. S.U. Chavan 4 5 - - - - - - - - -
2. R.M. 3 3 - - - 1 - - - - -
Kaakandikar
3. S.R. Bagal 3 2 - - - - - - - - -
4. Y.R. Deokar 3 3 - - - - - - - - -
5. S.N. Sashte 4 1 - - - - - - - - -
3.4.4 Provide details (if any) of

∗ research awards received by the faculty
∗ recognition received by the faculty from reputed professional bodies
and agencies, nationally and internationally
∗ incentives given to faculty for receiving state, national and
international recognitions for research contributions
Research awards and recognition received by faculty:
Sr. Name of faculty Award / recognition Year

No.
1. Dr. S. A. Deokar Reviewer of peer reviewed Since
international journals of IEEE, 2014
IET and conferences
Recipient of Indo Global 2015
Engineering Excellence Award by
IGCCIA
2. Dr. A. A. Reviewer of peer reviewed Since
Khandekar international journals of Elsevier, 2013
Wiley, Springer, SAGE and
conferences
IGCCIA
3. Dr. A. M. Kate Reviewer of peer reviewed Since
international journals of Yildiz 2014
Technical University, Inderscience
and conferences
4. Dr. P. P. Walvekar Reviewer of peer reviewed Since
international journals of Elsevier, 2014
ASCE

IGCCIA
5. Prof. Prashant Reviewer of peer reviewed journal Since
Kumar of World Scientific and 2014
Engineering Academy and Society
and conferences
6. Dr. A. B. Ubale Technical advisory committee Since
member of Pune Municipal 2016
Corporation (PMC) for solid waste
management
3.5 Consultancy
3.5.1 Give details of the systems and strategies for establishing institute–
industry interface?
The institute has following system for establishing institute–industry interface.
System:
The institute has an IIIC which establishes connection with different
industries. The cell has a responsibility to execute MoUs signed between
institute and industries.
Strategies of IIIC:
• The experts from industries are invited as resource persons for workshops,
FDPs, STTPs, project exhibitions and technical competitions organized for
students and staff of the institute.
• The institute signs MoUs with different industries for upgradation and
creation of laboratories, exchange of expertise and resources, industrial
visits of staff and students, study tours, sponsorships for student projects,
in plant training of students.
• The help from industry is sought for the design and implementation of skill
based training programs, hands on training to bridge the gaps between
curriculum given by SPPU and expectations of the industry.
3.5.2 What is the stated policy of the institution to promote consultancy?

How is the available expertise advocated and publicized?
The institute has formed a policy in January 2016 to promote consultancy. The
knowledge and expertise of faculty along with equipment resources are made
available to share with the industry.
The policies to promote consultancy work in the departments are as follows.
• To use revenue generated through the consultancy for the development of
students, faculty, supporting staff, departments, and the institute.
• To encourage students and faculty to attend various R&D programs and
present their expertise to get consultancy work.
• To motivate faculty who interacts with industry and receives consultancy
work by giving incentives.
• To advocate and publicize the area of expertise and resources available in
the institute.

• To make available the resources and specialized equipments to the nearby

institute and to generate revenue from this activity.
To publicize the available expertise, the institute has taken following steps.
• During the interaction with industry, the expertise available in the institute
is communicated to industry representative.
• The area of expertise and research work of the faculty members are
published in the faculty profile on the institute website.
• The groups of faculty members are formed based on area of expertise. The
faculty members identify the domain industries and approach them to
publicize the available expertise.
• The institute organizes workshops, FDPs, STTPs, project exhibitions and
technical competitions in which the industry experts are invited. The
faculty members interact with them and present the research work carried
out in the institute.
3.5.3 How does the institution encourage the staff to utilize their expertise
and available facilities for consultancy services?
The institute motivates and provides all necessary support for getting
consultancy work. The institute has following policy to promote consultancy
work.
• The staff doing consultancy work has given full administrative and
academic freedom during the progress of consultancy project.
• After completion of the project, an appropriate share of generated revenue
(depending upon the resources provided by the institute) is given to the
team involved in the consultancy work.
• The consultancy work has given a sizable weightage in the annual
appraisal scheme of the institute.
3.5.4 List the broad areas and major consultancy services provided by the
institution and the revenue generated during the last four years.
The details of revenue generated by the institute during last four years is as
follows.
Income
Sr. Name of the
Year Description Generated
No. Source
(Rs.)
1. TCS iON Pvt. Ltd. 2015-16 Online Examination 482994
2. Aptech Pvt. Ltd. 2015-16 Online Examination 40000
APCOE Pune, FFT analyzer, diesel
3. 2015-16 7000
SCOE Pune engine test rig
4. TCS iON Pvt. Ltd. 2014-15 Online Examination 161680
Experimentation on
5. SCS COE Pune 2014-15 12000
IC Engine testing
Experimentation on
6. UCOER Pune 2013-14 28000
steam power plant
7. UCOER Pune 2012-13 Experimentation on 28000

steam power plant

Total: 759674
3.5.5 What is the policy of the institution in sharing the income generated
through consultancy (staff involved: institution) and its use for
institutional development?
The institute has a policy for sharing the revenue generated through
consultancy. Institute retains 30% share of the generated revenue and the
remaining 70% is distributed among the team members as per the distribution
provided by the team leader. The institute has a policy to use its share for the
development of research facilities in the institute.
3.6 Extension Activities and Institutional Social Responsibility (ISR)
3.6.1 How does the institution promote institution-neighborhood-

community network and student engagement, contributing to good
citizenship, service orientation and holistic development of students?
The vision of the institute is to produce not only good engineers but also good
human beings. Therefore, the institute takes efforts to add values of good
citizenship in its students. The institute has an active NSS unit with 100
students and departmental student associations. They participate in various
activities initiated by the institute with a vision to find the solutions for the
social issues.
Promotion of neighborhood network and involvement of students:

The institute has conducted various activities to benefit the society through
involvement of its students and staff as follows.
• Road safety awareness program and distribution of 500 helmets to create
awareness
• Blood donation camps
• A campaign on “Plastic and garbage free Pune city”
• Gad samavardhan shibir
• Tree plantation
• Plastic garbage collection and Swachh Bharat abhiyan
• A campaign on “No wine, drink milk”
• Crowd management during festivals like Ganesh Visarjan, Navaratri and at
the time of accidents nearby the institute under the guidance of Pune police
• A campaign on “Eco friendly Ganesh visarjan”
• No vehicle day to promote pollution free environment
• Traffic Control at “All Women's Bike Rally”
• Active participation in a campaign on “Save Girls” led by Hon. Member of
Parliament, Supriya Sule
• Active participation in the women empowerment activity “Tanishka”
conducted by Sakal group.
In addition to above programs, the NSS team has adopted a village Diwale in
Bhor taluka of Pune district for next three years. The NSS team visits Diwale

to conduct social activities and other nearby villages for computer training to
the students and inculcating social, moral, ethical values among the school
students.
Steps taken for holistic development of students:
The institute conducts different programs for the holistic development of its
students. The various programs conducted with this perspective are as follows.
• Art of living programs
• Speech on “Aamhi Bhartiy, Saunvad Tarunaicha”
• Speech on “Sadyastithi and Satyastith”
3.6.2 What is the institutional mechanism to track students’ involvement

in various social movements / activities which promote citizenship roles?
The institute has a view to impart the importance of being responsible citizen
to its students. The institute has a mechanism to involve the students in various
social activities and to keep a track of their involvement. The mechanism is as
follows.
• The institute has NSS cell and a special task force (STF) cell to inculcate
the social responsibilities among the students.
• The NSS cell, STF cell, faculty advisors of the activities identify the
interested students through heads of the departments and form their team
to conduct the planned activity.
• The faculty advisors obtain the administrative and financial permissions
from Principal.
• After completion of the activity, faculty advisors submit the report. They
forward the list of students involved in the activity to GFM and class
teachers. GFM and class teachers maintain the records of the student
involvement in social activities.
• In addition, the institute follows social welfare scheme initiated and
governed by SPPU. The economically and socially weaker students work
under this scheme. These students are involved in social activities apart
from their regular work. The track of their involvement is kept by Social
Welfare Officer (SWO).
3.6.3 How does the institution solicit stakeholder perception on the overall
performance and quality of the institution?
The institute is aware that its overall performance and quality highly depends
on the involvement of the stakeholders. The institute has systematic strategy to
involve stakeholders in its development. The strategies are framed such that
the roles of the stakeholders become pivotal in improving and sustaining
quality. As a quality policy, regular feedback is collected from stakeholders.
The institute uses the following inputs for improving the overall performance
and quality of the institution.
• Feedback from parents
• Feedback from alumni
• Feedback from students
• Feedback from professional bodies / University representatives
• Feedback from recruiters

• Feedback from industry experts and academicians during the workshops,

conferences and expert talks
• Involvement of faculty in making and implementing policies
3.6.4 How does the Institution plan and organize its extension and
outreach programmes? Providing the budgetary details for last 4 years,
list the major extension and outreach programmes and their impact on
the overall development of students.
The NSS cell and STF of the institute plan and organize different extension
and outreach programs. They present the financial needs to Principal for
approval. The details of major extension and outreach programs organized
during last four years are as follows.
(All figures are in lacs Rupees)

Sr. Outreach Targeted Impact Expenses
No. program beneficiaries
1. Engineering HSC students Created awareness 43.50
admission about Engineering
process Admission Process
awareness 2015-16 among the
programs at students
different venues
in Maharashtra
State
2. Road safety Nearby locality, Increased the count 5.16
awareness students and staff of students and staff
program and of the institute wearing Helmet
distribution of
500 helmets to
create awareness
3. A campaign on Nearby locality, The institute 0.07
“Plastic and students and staff campus has become
garbage free plastic and garbage
Pune city” free. Also created
awareness about the
same in nearby
locality
4. Tree plantation at Villagers of Awareness of 0.26
Diwale village Diwale and environmental
students of NSS issues and a small
cell initiative by
institute towards
green India.
5. Crowd People of Pune Development of 0.16
management city and students ability to work in
during festivals team,
like Ganesh Creation of social
Visarjan, awareness,

Navaratri and at Inculcation of

the time of discipline
accidents nearby
the institute
under the
guidance of Pune
police
6. Special NSS People of Diwale Team building 0.70
camp and students in Leadership
the camp development
Social awareness
3.6.5 How does the College promote the participation of students and
faculty in extension activities including participation in NSS, NCC, YRC
and other National/ International agencies?
The institute has NSS unit with 100 students, a program officer and one
faculty member from each department. The institute has taken different steps
to promote the participation of students in NSS activities as follows.
• Institute has provided separate space for the office of NSS.
• Institute makes financial arrangement for the activities and special camp
conducted under the umbrella of NSS.
• The program officer conducts foundation course every year for the
students in NSS unit.
• The institute offers flexibility in internal class tests to the participants and
arranges retests for them.
• Every student participating in NSS unit for consecutive two years and
attending one special camp is appreciated by SPPU by awarding
certificate.
3.6.6 Give details on social surveys, research or extension work (If any)
undertaking by college to ensure social justice and empower students
from underprivileged and vulnerable sections of society.
Social Survey:
The institute has carried out a social survey in the village Diwale during the
special camp of NSS activity. During the survey, the information of number of
members in each family, sources of income, annual income, rate of literacy,
difficulties encountered in daily life. After the completion of survey, a meeting
with members of Gram Panchayat, senior citizens and selected other villagers
to discuss the finding of survey.
Extension activities:
The students of NSS unit along with Principal and NSS program officer
conducted computer training program for the students in Yashwant Vidyalaya
in Khadakwasla village.
3.6.7 Reflecting on objectives and expected outcomes of the extension

activities organized by the College, comment on how they complement

students’ academic learning experience and specify the values and skills
inculcated?
The institute is conducting extension activities as mentioned in 3.6.1 with
following objectives and expected outcomes.
• To fulfill social responsibilities of the institute.
• To percolate the social responsibilities among the students.
• To make the students aware about current social scenario.
• To develop overall personality of the students.
• To develop culture of team work among the students.
The following values and skills are inculcated among the students
participating in these activities.
• Importance of team work
• Leadership qualities
• Awareness of social challenges
• Self discipline
• Abilities to handle different situations due to interaction with diversified
people in society
• Experience of how to behave in the society
• Inculcating importance of social responsibilities, ethical and moral values
is shaping the students into responsible citizens
3.6.8 How does the College ensure the involvement of the community in
its outreach activities and contribute to the community development?
Detail the initiatives of the College which have encouraged community
participation in its activities.
Institute conducts different outreach activities as mentioned in 3.6.1 and 3.6.4

to benefit different sections in the community. The students are actively
involved in all these activities. The involvement of students always attracts
community to participate in these activities. For example, active involvement
of the locality in Narhe during the road safety awareness program, tree
plantation activity conducted by the institute in Diwale during NSS camp.
3.6.9 Give details on the constructive relationships forged (if any) with
other institutions in the nearby locality in working on various outreach
and extension activities.
The institute has conducted the outreach and extension activities in

collaboration with SPPU, Pune Police, Narhe Gram Panchayat, Diwale Gram
Panchayat and blood banks.
3.6.10 Give details of awards received by the institution for extension

activities and/contributions to the social/community development during
the last four years.
The institute and its staff members have received following awards /
appreciations for extension activities and contribution to community
development during last four years.

Sr. Year Recipient Award / Awarded by

No. Appreciation
1. 2016 Shri. S. M. Katkar Education Icon of Daily Lokmat
Maharashtra award
2. 2015 Institute Engineering Education IGCCIA
Excellence Award
3. 2016 Institute Appreciation for Ministry of
participation in Environment,
“Plastic free Pune” Forest and
Climate
change,
Government of
Indien
4. 2016 NSS Officer of Appreciation for Pune Municipal
institute remarkable efforts in Corporation
execution of Eco
friendly “Ganesh
Utsav” in Pune
3.7 Collaboration
3.7.1 How does the institution collaborate and interact with research
laboratories, institutes and industry for research activities. Cite examples
and benefits accrued of the initiatives - collaborative research, staff
exchange, sharing facilities and equipment, research scholarships etc.
The institute has a mechanism for collaborating with research laboratories,

institutes and industry as follows.
• The TPO of institute identifies research institutes and industries for
collaboration.
• TPO visits the reputed institutes / industries and interact with the
appropriate authority and initiates the process of collaboration.
• TPO prepares the draft of MoU in consultation with Principal considering
the discussion with the authority form reputed institute / industry.
• The draft of MoU is shared with concerned institute / industry to get their
suggestions for modifications required if any.
• TPO prepares final draft of MoU and gets it signed by both the parties.
After signing the MoU, TPO and concerned HoD start to execute different
activities agreed upon in the MoU in collaboration with concerned
institute/industry
To reflect the benefits accrued in research activities through the
collaborations, the example of collaboration with COEP is cited.
The institute has MoU with COEP through which the following activities are
initiated.
• Joint research work

• Availing state of the art laboratories of COEP for students and faculty
members
• Inviting experts from COEP to guide faculty members and research
scholars
3.7.2 Provide details on the MoUs / collaborative arrangements (if any)

with institutions of national importance /other universities / industries /
Corporate (Corporate entities) etc. and How they have contributed to the
development of the institution.
The details of the collaboration with institutes, industries and training

organizations through MoUs are as follows.
Total MoUs: 16
Sr.
Activity Beneficiaries Organization
No
Dexpert System Pvt.
Ltd., Pune
Fineare System Pvt. Ltd.,
Internship, on the
Pune
job training,
Sai-Lee Electrotekniks
1. summer placement, Students
Pvt. Ltd., Pune
industrial visits and
Sky Elevators, Pune
sponsored projects
SUNBEAM, Pune
Positronic Interconnects
Pvt. Ltd., Pune
COEP, Pune
IBM
Edgate Technology Pvt.
Ltd., Pune
Faculty exchange Pvt. Ltd., Pune
2. and professional Faculty members Sky Elevators, Pune
development SUNBEAM, Pune
Rajyog Industries, Pune
Pvt. Ltd., Pune
Fineare Systems Pvt.
Ltd., Pune
COEP, Pune
IBM
Students and
3. Research Sai-Lee Electrotekniks
faculty members
Pvt. Ltd., Pune
4. Consultancy Faculty members Rajyog Industries, Pune
5. Publications Faculty members COEP, Pune
Dexpert System Pvt.
6. Student placement Students Ltd., Pune
Fineare System Pvt. Ltd.,

Pune
Pvt. Ltd., Pune
Sky Elevators, Pune
Pvt. Ltd., Pune
COEP, Pune
IBM
Geometric, Pune
NVIDIA
Institute, students
Laboratory Edgate Technology Pvt.
7. and faculty
development Ltd., Pune
members
Sky Elevators, Pune
Pvt. Ltd., Pune
FACE Institute, Pune
Aspire Knowledge and
skill, Pune
SQTL, Pune
Imperial Institute of
Excellence, Pune
Technical, aptitude
Telecom Sector Skill
8. and soft skill Students
Council, Gurgaon
training programs
Geometric, Pune
Pvt. Ltd., Pune
SUNBEAM, Pune
Fineare Systems Pvt.
Ltd., Pune
3.7.3 Give details (if any) on the industry-institution-community

interactions that have contributed to the establishment/creation/up-
gradation of academic facilities, student and staff support, infrastructure
facilities of the institution viz. laboratories / library / new technology
/placement services etc.
The institute does interact with industries and community for the conduction
of different activities which contribute to overall development of the institute.
Please refer 3.7.2 for details about benefits received by the institute regarding
student and staff support, laboratory development, training and placement
services through industry institute interaction.
3.7.4 Highlighting the names of eminent scientists/participants, who

contributed to the events, provide details of national and international
conferences organized by the college during the last four years.
The details of national and international events organized by the institute

during last four years is as follows.

Sr. Name of Event Nature of Name and profile Date of

No. Event of eminent Event
personality
1. Advances in International Dr. Joydeep Datta 29.01.2015
Engineering Workshop Dr. Anand to
Optimization Kulkarni 31.01.2015
Dr. Millie Pant
2. ISTE Approved National Dr. M. B. Kokare 15.04.2013
STTP on: Signal Workshop Dr. B. M. Patre to
and Image Dr. A. A. 20.04.2013
Processing -Theory, Abhyankar
Simulation and Dr. R. S. holambe
Applications Dr. D. V. Jadhav
Dr. A. N. Gaikwad
3. Current Trends in National Dr. Vivek 11.02.2016
IOT Workshop Deshpande to
Dr. A. B. Patki 13.02.2016
Mr. Atul Kahate
Mr. C. D. kulkarni,
Mr. Sachin Shukla,
Mr. Abhishek
Kusare
Mr. Kedar
Kanhere
3.7.5 How many of the linkages/collaborations have actually resulted in

formal MoUs and agreements? List out the activities and beneficiaries
and cite Examples (if any) of the established linkages that enhanced
and/or facilitated-
a) Curriculum development/enrichment: Nil
b) Internship/ On-the-job training: 06
c) Summer placement: 06
d) Faculty exchange and professional development: 09
e) Research: 04
f) Consultancy: 01
g) Extension: Nil
h) Publication: 01
i) Student Placement: 05
j) Twinning programmes: Nil
k) Introduction of new courses: Nil
l) Student exchange: Nil
m) Any other: 16 (Lab development, technical training to students)
Please refer 3.7.2 for details.

3.7.6 Detail on the systemic efforts of the institution in planning,

establishing and implementing the initiatives of the
linkages/collaborations.
The institute consistently puts efforts for creating linkage with industries,
reputed institutes and training organizations for the enrichment of
infrastructure facilities, research and academic activities, training and
placement of students. Efforts taken by institution for planning, establishing
and implementing the initiatives of the linkages/collaborations are given
below.
• Forming collaborations with reputed institutes, industries and training

organizations by signing MoUs.
• Inviting eminent speakers from industry and academia for various
workshops, seminars, STTPs, events organized in the institute.
• Organizing industrial and academic visits for students and faculty
members.

CRITERION IV: INFRASTRUCTURE AND LEARNING RESOURCES
4.1 Physical Facilities
4.1.1 What is the policy of the Institution for creation and enhancement of
infrastructure that facilitate effective teaching and learning?
The institute has over the mark the infrastructure required by AICTE, DTE as
well as SPPU. The institute has well defined policy for creation and
enhancement of the infrastructural facilities ahead of needs. The institute has
policy as follows.
 To provide all necessary infrastructural facilities well in advance for
effective teaching learning process. The requirements from all departments
regarding need of creating new civil and electrical work, laboratory
development, teaching aids, faculty rooms (seating arrangements) and
furniture are collected according to increase in intake and revised syllabi.
These requirements are forwarded to GB through LMC to approve all
budgetary provisions which meets twice in a year.
 To carry out preventive maintenance of all laboratory equipment before
the commencement of every semester.
 To provide all necessary audio visual aids in the classrooms.
 To provide all necessary support in the library such as Web-OPAC system,
internet and Wi-Fi facility for easy accession of all learning resources.
 To keep all academic information such as timetable, attendance of
students, teaching plans, study material on ERP system with a mobile App
for easy access of academic information to faculty and students.
 To develop excellence centers and clubs to motivate the students for
participating in national/ international competitions like BAJA, SUPRA,
Go-Kart and Robotics etc.
 To have well equipped auditorium and seminar halls with adequate seating
capacity for smooth conduction of events like conferences, seminars and
yoga- meditation camp etc.
 To have collaboration with industry for development of state of the art
laboratories.
 To have collaboration with other reputed institutes for sharing state of the
art laboratories and learning resources.
4.1.2 Detail the facilities available for

a) Curricular and co-curricular activities – classrooms, technology
enabled learning spaces, seminar halls, tutorial spaces, laboratories,
botanical garden, Animal house, specialized facilities and equipment for
teaching, learning and research etc.
The institute has over the mark infrastructure available of its smooth
functioning. The details are as follows.
Sr. No. Particulars Total area (Sq. Mts.)

1. Instructional area 13269.18
2. Administrative area 1887.61

3. Amenity area 3404.42

4. Circulation area 6268.34
Total 24829.55
Infrastructure facilities for curricular and co-curricular activities:

The institute has provided all required infrastructural facilities for smooth
conduction of curricular and co-curricular activities.
The details of available classrooms, tutorial rooms, laboratories, seminar halls,
workshop for curricular and co-curricular activities are as follows
Number Area (Sq. Mts.)

Details
Required Available Required Available
Class Rooms (UG) 42 44 2772 3493.64
Tutorial Rooms
11 14 363 462
(UG)
Class Rooms (PG-
02 02 132 243.6
MBA)
Class Rooms (PG) 05 07 165 231
Laboratories (UG) 65 76 4290 5582.03
Forschung
04 04 264 274.4
Laboratory
Drawing Hall 01 01 132 141.4
Seminar Hall 06 07 792 1062
Computer Center 01 01 150 151.05
Workshop 01 01 600 706.15
Library and
01 01 400 904.42
Reading hall
Digital Library 01 01 -- 17.49
Total instructional area and library space 13269.18
Specialized facilities:
The institute has created following specialized facilities for effective teaching
learning, research and co-curricular activities.
 Cyborg club: Institute has started Cyborg club in AY 2013-14. It has
capacity to make 100 robots at a time with different tasks like line
follower, war robot with different weapons, task robot, robot snookers etc.
This club has all necessary equipment as well as all pneumatic material to
make the robots.
 GPU education center sponsored by NVIDIA: NVIDIA Corporation, USA
has designated institute as a GPU Education Center. CUDA Center of
Excellence of IIT Bombay.
 Automobile Excellence Center: Institute has Automobile Excellence
Center where students can do maintenance of their vehicles, can get the
hands-on experience of automobile course, it is also useful to the students
for BAJA and GoKart activity for designing and manufacturing their
vehicles.

Specialized equipments:
Sr. Equipment Cost Use of equipment

No. (Rupees)
1 Computerized numerical 18,55,490 To manufacture various types
control (CNC) Lathe of jobs and different types of
Machine operations like threading,
knurling, boring etc.
2 Computerized Vertical 45,00,000 To manufacture various types
Milling Machine (VMC) of jobs and to perform
different types of operations
like threading, knurling,
boring etc.
3 Ador welding simulator 12,50,000 Welding process simulation
4 CO2, TIG and MIG 4,14,702 Understanding welding
welding machines process and process
parameters.
5 FFT analyzer 12,82,500 To analyze patterns of
vibration, displacement,
acceleration and noise.
6 Steam power plant 16,51,090 To study boiler operations and
to determine its efficiency.
To study steam turbine and to
calculate generated power.
7 Compression Testing 3,38,955 To check compressive
Machine strength of cement and
concrete block.
8 Chemical oxygen demand
6,50,003 To measure COD
(COD) Digester
9 Electronic Digital 7,21,976 To measure horizontal and
Theodolite vertical angles in surveying
10 Fine Particulate sampler 2,55,080 To measure the properties of
particulates in the ambient air.
11 Electronic Total Station 2,70,000 To measure horizontal,
vertical angles and inclined
distances.
To know the three
dimensional co-ordinates of
points in the space.
12 Power quality analyzer 9,33,969 To perform energy audit.
13 PLC Based Control 6,00,000 Study of industrial
Panels with PLC automation.
14 Spectrum analyzer 4,26,239 Study of spectrum analysis
covering frequency range 9
kHz to 3 GHz with high
accuracy.
15 Optical Time Domain 3,54,327 To characterize an optical
Reflectometer (OTDR) fiber.

16 Complete PCB Lab 3,35,347 For making Printed Circuit

(Crescent make Set Up) Boards.
b) Extra –curricular activities – sports, outdoor and indoor games,

gymnasium, auditorium, NSS, NCC, cultural activities, public speaking,
communication skills development, yoga, health and hygiene etc.
To inculcate the leadership qualities and team spirit, the institute encourages
and provides facilities for students to participate in extra-curricular activities.
A team of faculty members looks after the following activities.
 Sports:
The institute aims to produce physically fit and mentally robust Engineers.
The institute has a playground area 13952 Sq. Mts. and basketball court area
450 Sq. Mts. with facilities for different outdoor games. The institute also has
adequate infrastructure for indoor games. The institute has a Physical Director
to guide and train the students in various games. For encouraging students to
have active participation in physical activities; institute organizes various
events like Ranaangan (State level intercollegiate sports competition), ZEAL
Karandak, intracollege sports competitions once in a year. The sports facilities
are as follows.
Sr.No Facilities Area (Sq. Mts.)

1. Outdoor sports
Volleyball court 14402
Cricket-Facility for Net practice
Football Ground
Kabaddi Court
Running Track
Kho kho ground
Basketball court
2. Indoor sports 207.74
Chess
Carom
Table tennis
Weightlifting
 Gymnasium:
A gymnasium facility is provided in campus. Gymnasium has 16 in 1
combination machine and 4 in 1 combination machine along with dumbbells,
multipurpose bench and boxing punching bag.
 Auditorium:
Institute has Auditorium with area 488.8 Sq. Mts. having seating capacity of
700. It is well equipped with all modern facilities like
 Air conditioning
 Public addressing facility
 LCD Projector
 Internet facility

 Wide display screen
 NSS:
The institute has NSS unit which works as per the directives of SPPU. The
institute has separate NSS officer to look after several activities throughout the
year.
 Cultural Activities:
The institute facilitates, the students to explore their talent in cultural events.
The institute has following well equipped facilities.
 Cultural center
 Dance studio
 Music studio
 Recording studio
 Photo studio
 Communication Skill development:

The institute has signed MoU with FACE academy in 2015. This academy
uses the available infrastructure of the institute to conduct personality
development program for all students during regular academic timetable. The
focus of the program is to develop and improve leadership skills, analytical
skills, communication skills, time management and stress management skills
of the students.
 Health and Hygine:

The institute gives prime importance to maintain healthy and hyginic
environment.
 Doctor is available in campus for providing the primary medical facility to
students and staff.
 A house keeping cell is in function to maintain cleanliness in the campus.
 All water coolers are equipped with water purifiers which are regularly
maintained.
4.1.3 How does the institution plan and ensure that the available
infrastructure is in line with its academic growth and is optimally
utilized? Give specific examples of the facilities developed/augmented and
the amount spent during the last four years (Enclose the Master Plan of
the Institution/ campus and indicate the existing physical infrastructure
and the future planned expansions if any).
The institute is established in 2007 and possesses infrastructure as per AICTE

norms applicable time to time. The institute has obtained no deficiency report
from AICTE every year. The increase in infrastructure is planned and plans
have been executed as per requirements due to academic growth.
The institute has augmented civil and electrical infrastructure. The optimum
utilization of infrastructural facilities is ensured. Few examples can be cited as
follows.
 The institute has increased constructed area from 4483.36 Sq. Mts. to
24829.55 Sq. Mts. Since 2007 to 2016.

 The institute has constructed well equipped auditorium of seating capacity

700 in 2014.
 The institute was having 100 KVA transformer and 75 KVA generator in
2007. With increase in students due to natural growth and additional
intake, the institute has replaced 75 KVA generator with 125 KVA in 2011
and installed 200 KVA transformer in 2013.
 The institute systematically increased UPS backup capacity up to 193
KVA over last 9 years.
 The institute has replaced existing fluorescent tubes of 40 Watt by 28 Watt
T5 tubes in 2012 to save energy.
 The institute has installed auto operated timer based central controller for
street lights in 2013.
The information for last four years is given in tables given below which is
indicative of the same.
Available / augmented civil infrastructure in last 4 years

Academic Year
Administrative
Amenities area
infrastructure
infrastructure
Instructional
Circulation
(Sq. Mts.)
(Sq. Mts.)
(Sq. Mts.)
(Sq. Mts.)
area
Sr.
No.
1. 2012-13 11111.54 1550.87 2425.98 3393.24

2. 2013-14 11225.58 1758 2470.5 3408.31
3. 2014-15 11430 1778.68 2307.55 3408.31
4. 2015-16 13269.18 1887.61 3404.42 6268.34
Total expenses during last four years are as follows.

Sr. Items 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16
No.
1. Building 790.73 67.69 36.96 54.07
2. Furniture 53.10 24.77 65.02 44.86
3. Equipment 50.04 55.80 67.64 137.23
4. Computers 46.39 45.52 45.14 44.69
5. Software 4.96 25.78 10.59 14.35
4.1.4 How does the institution ensure that the infrastructure facilities
meet the requirements of students with physical disabilities?
The Institute makes available infrastructure facilities for students with

physical disabilities. For such students
 Library and reading room are on ground floor
 Separate parking facility is available
 Commodes with necessary fittings are provided in toilets.
 Institute allocates examination hall at ground floor.

 Every building in the campus has a ramp.

 A lift facility is provided.
 Wheel chair and stretcher are available in the institute.
4.1.5 Give details on the residential facility and various provisions

available within them:
 Hostel Facility – Accommodation available
 Recreational facilities, gymnasium, yoga center, etc.
 Computer facility including access to internet in hostel
 Facilities for medical emergencies
 Library facility in the hostels
 Internet and Wi-Fi facility
 Recreational facility-common room with audio-visual Equipments
 Available residential facility for the staff and occupancy
 Constant supply of safe drinking water
 Security
The institute has on campus hostel facility for girls. Hostel facility is provided
for all girl students as per their needs and availability. It has total 34 rooms.
Total capacity of hostel is 138 students. Each room has sufficient cupboards,
tables, chairs and beds.
The details of hostel infrastructure are as follows.
Sr. No. Description Particulars

1. Area of Hostel 1400.45 Sq. Mts.
2. No. of floors 04
3. No of rooms 34
4. Area of each room 24 Sq. Mts.
5. No of students can be accommodated 138
Following facilities are provided in the hostel.

 One full time warden is appointed for the hostel
 Constant supply of purified drinking water
 Recreation hall with indoor games and television set
 Centralized computers and Wi-Fi facility
 Solar water heater
 UPS backup
 Security guards and CCTV cameras are in function round the clock
 Sanitary napkin vending machine and disposal machine
 News papers are made available in recreation hall
4.1.6 What are the provisions made available to students and staff in
terms of health care on the campus and off the campus?
 Free medical checkup and primary medical treatment facility is available

for staff and students in campus.

 The health care unit is available. The doctor is available from 3.00 p.m. to
5.00 p.m.
 “Doctor on call” facility is available for emergency cases.
 Institute has coordination with multi specialty hospital in the vicinity of 2
km and institute provides transport facility to visit in case of emergency.
 Each department has a first-aid kit.
 The institute conducts Art of living programs for students and staff to
reduce stress.
4.1.7 Give details of the Common Facilities available on the campus –

spaces for special units like IQAC, Grievance Redressal unit, Women’s
Cell, Counseling and Career Guidance, Placement Unit, Health Centre,
Canteen, recreational spaces for staff and students, safe drinking water
facility, auditorium, etc.
The institutes has provided spaces for IQAC cell, Grievance Redressal cell,
Women’s cell, Counseling and Career Guidance, Entrepreneurship cell,
Placement Unit, Canteen, recreation facility and auditorium.
Sr. Area
Special Units Location
No. (Sq. Mts.)
1. IQAC cell 109.44 D-318
2. Grievance redressal cell 11.52 D-302 A
3. Women’s cell 11.52 C-513 B
4. Counseling and career guidance 35.17 D-202
5. Entrepreneurship development cell 35.17 D-203
6. Training and placement cell 109.44 D-205
C- building
7. Canteen 730.1
ground floor
8. Auditorium 488.8 D-210
Recreation space for staff and
9. 207.74 D-103
students
10. Boy’s common room 105.28 D-616
Girl’s common room equipped with
11. 109.44
sanitary napkin vending machine D-319
The water coolers with purifier are placed on every floor of all buildings in the
institute.
4.2 Library as a Learning Resource
4.2.1 Does the library have an Advisory Committee? Specify the

composition of such a committee. What significant initiatives have been
implemented by the committee to render the library, student/user
friendly?
Library has 6442 book titles, 27699 volumes, 133 national journals in print
form, international journals of IEEE and science direct (AICTE proposed
package) which fulfils all AICTE norms. For effective utilization of and

improvements in all existing facilities extended by Library, a Library

Advisory Committee (LAC) is in existence. The committee conducts meeting
once in a semester to decide the policies. Implementation of the policies is
effected and monitored by Librarian (Member Secretary of LAC).
The composition of the LAC is as follows.
Sr. Committee
Name Designation & Department
No. Designation
1. Dr. Prabhune C. L. Professor, Mechanical Chairman
Engineering
2. Mr. Patil S. S. Asst. Professor, Mechanical Member
Engineering
3. Mrs. Pallewar M. G. Asst. Professor, Electronics and Member
Telecommunication Engineeing
4. Mr. Patil V. M. Asst. Professor, Computer Member
Engineering
5. Mrs. Joshi P. A. Asst. Professor, Information Member
Technology
6. Mrs. Shinde S. U. Asst. Professor, Electrical Member
Engineering
7. Mr. Kaakandikar R. M. Asst. Professor, M. B. A. Member
8. Mrs. Patil S. S. Asst. Professor, Civil Member
Engineering
9. Mr. Bagal S. R. Asst. Professor, Engineering Member
Sciences
10. Mr. Pimpodkar P. V. Librarian Member
Secretary
The LAC has decided and implemented the following policies.

 To avail open access to books, journals and Digital Library for use of e-
resources.
 To classify all books according to Due Decimal Classification system and
have barcode which makes easy transactions of books.
 To issue the identity card to each staff and student who has the Zeal
Permanent Register Number.
 To have auto generation of entry and exit record of all members of
Library.
 To avail the following facilities to members using their smart phones.
 Searching and reissuing of books
 Assess to syllabus and previous question papers of SPPU
 Observing individual account details
 Submitting queries and feedback to Librarian about the services
 To provide a drop down box for returning books within and beyond
Library hours.
 On each transaction of physical library resources, generate and send SMS
on the registered mobile number of the member and make the entire
transaction process paperless.

 Membership of other libraries such as IIT Bombay, Mumbai and ARAI

must be renewed every year so that the library facilities could be availed
by all members during their visit to these institutions.
 To keep all forms viz. membership form, requisition form online on the
Library webpage.
 The upper capping on the number of issued books in the account of
teachers, non-teaching staff, PG students, TE, BE students and FE, SE
students shall be 15, 5, 4, 3 and 2 respectively.
 Book Bank Scheme under the financial support from state Government of
Maharashtra should be implemented for SC/ ST students.
 E-resources shall be renewed every year to promote the research work of
teachers and PG students.
4.2.2 Provide details of the following:

 Total area of the library (in Sq. Mts.)
 Total seating capacity
 Working hours (on working days, on holidays, before examination
days, during examination days, during vacation)
 Layout of the library (individual reading carrels, lounge area for
browsing and relaxed reading, IT zone for accessing e-resources)
 Location: ‘C’ Building, Ground Floor.

 Total area of the library – 921.91 Sq. Mts.
 Total seating capacity in reading hall – 270 students (443.65 Sq. Mts.)
 Working hours – Library is open during 8.00 a.m. to 7.00 p.m. on all
working days including vacation period except public holidays. The
reading room is kept open during 7.00 a.m. to 11.00 p.m. for all days
including holidays. However, during examination period it is kept open for
24 hours.
 Reading Area: 443.65 Sq. Mts.
 Book stacking area: 478.26 Sq. Mts.
The stacking area is divided in following different sections.
Sr. Subsections Area

No. (Sq. Mts.)
1 Books & Journals Staking / Circulation Area 386.74
2 Digital Library Section 17.49
3 Librarian Cabin 12.58
4 Book Processing Section 12.75
5 Reference Section 25.02
6 P.G. Section 12.92
7 Store Room 7.96
8 Washroom 2.80

4.2.3 How does the library ensure purchase and use of current titles, print
and e-journals and other reading materials? Specify the amount spent on
procuring new books, journals and e-resources during the last four years.
Purchase and Use of Books:

Purchase of books:
For the purchase of books the process given below is followed.

 Before the commencement of academic year, the requirements are invited
from each department.
 Based on the received requirements, the provision is made in the annual
budget of Library.
 This budget is approved by LAC and is then forwarded to Principal for
approval.
 A list of books to be purchased is prepared and quotation is called from the
book seller certified by the Management of Zeal Education Society.
 After receiving the quotation, a purchase order is placed.
Use of books:
To promote better use of library books the policy mentioned in 4.2.1 is made
by LAC and is implemented by the Librarian. The amount spent on procuring
new books and other library resources during the last four years is as given
below.
2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16

Procurement count (No.)

(Lacs Rupees)
(Lacs Rupees)
(Lacs Rupees)
(Lacs Rupees)
holdings
Library
Total Cost
Total Cost
Total Cost
Total Cost
Sr. No.
1.
Text books 2122 9.086 2210 10.149 4932 19.947 854 3.477
2.
Reference
475 4.733 677 7.030 290 3.627 615 2.800
Books
Total 2597 13.819 2887 17.179 5222 23.574 1469 6.277
3.
Journals/
133 3.440 --- ---- 133 3.928 133 3.989
Periodicals
4.
e-resources 12.970 15.020 17.455 10.722
5. a) NPTEL Facility 0.10
Miscellane
b) Book Bank 4.70
ous
c) Web-OPAC Facility Available 0.68

4.2.4 Provide details on the ICT and other tools deployed to provide
maximum access to the library collection?
 OPAC
 Electronic Resource Management package for e-journals
 Federated searching tools to search articles in multiple databases
 Library Website
 In-house/remote access to e-publications
 Library automation
 Total number of computers for public access
 Total numbers of printers for public access
 Internet band width/ speed
 Institutional Repository
 Content management system for e-learning
 Participation in Resource sharing networks/consortia (like Inflibnet)
1. Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC):

 The Online Public Access Catalogue (OPAC) has been facilitated to the
members of library through website.
 Web-OPAC has basic and advance search facility by which availability
and location of the books can be obtained. It also facilitates the members
to renew and reserve books up to certain limits.
 Through the Web-OPAC, the members can identify the newly purchased
books in the library.
 The members can observe the account details through this facility.
 Web-OPAC can be accessed through smart phone as well.
 All rules and regulations to be followed by all members are displayed on
Web-OPAC.
2. Electronic Resource Management package for e-journals :
Library has subscribed e-journals / resources as per norms laid down by
regulatory bodies.
Details of e-journals / resources are as under.
Sr. E-Resources Required &

Particulars of E-Resource
Available
No.
1 IEEE (ASPP Package) 169 e-Journals
2 Elsevier (Science Direct) 275 e-Journals
3 J-Gate 4285 Open Access Full Text e-Journals
Total E-Journals Resources International : 444
available: National : 4285
3. Federated searching tools to search articles in multiple databases :

College library has access to federated search engine J-Gate
(http://jgateplus.com) which helps the users to search the freely available
(open source) resources from multiple databases.
4. Library Website:
The Library has separate web page as http://zcoer.in/central-library-2/ on
the institute website (www.zcoer.in). This web page provides library

information and numerous facilities extended to all the members as

mentioned below.
 Information of Library including LAC, details of library staff, statistical
data of infrastructure, books, e-resources, Web-OPAC facility
 List of all facilities, services
 Syllabi and previous question papers of SPPU.
 Various forms like book and journal requisition form, membership form,
form for duplicate identity card.
 News paper clippings about the happenings in the institute.
5. In-house / remote access to publications:
Intranet: Through the digital library, e-journals, syllabi and previous
question papers of SPPU can be accessed from any PC connected to
intranet of the institute.
Internet: syllabi and previous question papers of SPPU can be accessed
from any PC connected anywhere to the internet.
6. Library automation:
The Library is equipped with Autolib software and all supporting latest
technology required for automation of all operations in the library. The
following library operations are automated.
 Entry and exit records of the members visiting the library
 Accession of newly added books, journals and CDs
 Issue and return transactions of library resources
 Renew and reservation of books using PC connected to internet and smart
phones
 SMS to the member regarding his/her issue and return transactions
 Stock verification of the resources in the library
7. Total number of computers for public access: 10
In addition to all PCs in the departments of the institute, 10 PCs are
available for free access of all e-resources including e-journals, NPTEL
videos, syllabi and previous question papers.
8. Total numbers of printers for public access: 03
9. Internet band width/ speed: The institute has 50 Mbps internet lease line
of TATA Communication. The library is connected through LAN for
using the internet facility. In addition, Central Library area is connected to
Wi-Fi facility.
10. Institutional Repository: Educational Membership with Libraries of IIT
Mumbai, ARAI, Pune and a MoU with COEP.
11. Content management system for e-learning: The following resources
for e-learning are available on the webpage of the library.
 Video lectures by eminent teachers in IITs through NPTEL facility
 e-journals
 University Syllabi for various academic programs run by the institute
 Previous question papers of SPPU
12. Participation in Resource sharing networks/consortia: The e-resources
facility which is recommended by AICTE consortia is provided by
Library.

4.2.5 Provide details on the following items:

 Average number of walk-ins
 Average number of books issued/returned
 Ratio of library books to students enrolled
 Average number of books added during last three years
 Average number of login to opac (OPAC)
 Average number of login to e-resources
 Average number of e-resources downloaded/printed
 Number of information literacy trainings organized
 Details of “weeding out” of books and other materials
The data given below is the yearly average for last three academic years.
1. Average number of walk-ins – 121 per day
2. Average number of books issued/returned – 156 per day
3. Ratio of library books to students enrolled – 7.8
4. Average number of books added during last three years – 3192.67
The data represented in table given below shows the average number of books
added during last three years.
No. of text No. of

Sr . Academic Total No. of
books reference
No. Year books
books
1 2013-14 2210 677 2887
2 2014-15 4932 290 5222
3 2015-16 893 576 1469
Total : 8035 1543 9578
5. Average number of login to OPAC –65

6. Average number of login to e-resources – 41
7. Average number of e-resources downloaded/printed – 37
8. Number of information literacy trainings organized – Information
literacy training is conducted once in a year for newly admitted students
and staff members. The training is conducted in the batch size of 50-60.
9. Details of “weeding out” of books and other materials –
The institute has a policy for weeding out of books. As per this policy the
books will be weeded out if,
 The book is damaged and beyond repair.
 The text book is not useful in the revised syllabi
Till date no book has been weeded out.
4.2.6 Give details of the specialized services provided by the library

 Manuscripts
 Reference
 Reprography
 ILL (Inter Library Loan Service)
 Information deployment and notification
 Download

 Printing
 Reading list/Bibliography compilation
 In-house/remote access to e-resources
 User Orientation and awareness
 Assistance in searching Databases
 INFLIBNET/IUC facilities
1. Manuscripts – Nil
2. Reference – Based on area of specialization, reference books are
categorically arranged in the reference section of the library.
3. Reprography – Library has a photocopy machine and the reprography
facility for reproducing selected contents and this service is provided to the
readers as per their need and requirement.
4. ILL (Inter Library Loan Service) – This facility is available for teachers
of all institutes under Zeal Education Society.
5. Information deployment and notification – The updates in information
related to library resources and rules, regulations are notified to all
members through web-OPAC.
6. Download - The members can download e-resources available with the
library. The e-journals, NPTEL videos, syllabi and previous question
papers of SPPU can be downloaded from the link http://zcoer.in/central-
library-2/.
7. Printing – The library has 3 printers and a scanner through which printing
and scanning facility is provided to all members.
8. Reading list / Bibliography compilation - The list of all physical and e-
resources is made available to all members through the library webpage. It
is also made available through Web-OPAC.
9. In-house/remote access to e-resources –
 In-house access - Through the digital library, e-journals, NPTEL lecture
videos, syllabi and previous question papers of SPPU can be accessed
from any PC connected to intranet of the institute.
 Remote access - Out of these, syllabi and previous question papers of
SPPU can be accessed from any PC connected anywhere to the internet.
10. User Orientation and awareness - At the beginning of academic year an
orientation program is conducted for newly admitted members.
11. Assistance in searching Databases – The library staff assists the faculty
and students for effectively accessing the e-resources.
12. INFLIBNET/IUC facilities – Instead of INFLIBNET/IUC facilities,
library provides e-Journals-resources recommended by AICTE, NPTEL
and other digital facilities.
4.2.7 Enumerate on the support provided by the Library staff to the

students and teachers of the college.
The library staff is committed for the best possible use of all resources in the
Library. In this regard following policy is made and implemented.
 An identity card with unique permanent registration number and
associated barcode is manufactured and issued to every member.

 New members are made aware about the resources available in library,
functioning of the library and services extended by the library.
 For reducing the efforts in searching the books, Web-OPAC service has
been deployed. In addition to Web-OPAC service, the location charts are
displayed in every row of book shelves. In case, the member is still unable
to find the book, library staff personally helps the member to find the
book.
 To return the books beyond working hours of library, a drop down box is
kept at the entrance of the library. Such transactions are taken on the
record on the very next working day. The members can avail this facility
even during the working hours.
 Reading hall facility is provided to all student members.
 A separate digital library section has been constituted for the simultaneous
access to print and e-resources. The library staff guides the users for easy
accession.
 To have day to day information about outside world, a separate news paper
section has been constituted and maintained. The news paper cuttings are
made available to the members on their demand.
 A photocopy, scanning and printing facility is provided to all members.
4.2.8 What are the special facilities offered by the library to the visually /
physically challenged persons? Give details.
For the convenience of physically challenged members the following

arrangements have been made.
 The library is situated on the ground floor and ramp is provided to reach
the library.
 Drop down box for returning the books is kept at the entrance of library.
 Library has provisions to give priority to physically challenged students
while issuing and returning books.
4.2.9 Does the library get the feedback from its users? If yes, how is it
analysed and used for improving the library services. (What strategies are
deployed by the Library to collect feedback from users? How is the
feedback analysed and used for further improvement of the library
services?)
To have continuous improvements in the overall functioning of the library

voluntary feedback is collected from all the members.
 An online feedback mechanism has been developed to collect the feedback
about all services extended by library.
 A feedback facility is availed to all members through Web-OPAC.
 Every member can drop his/her queries, suggestions, feedback through
software.
 The query/suggestion/feedback given by the member is automatically sent
to mail box of official email id of library.

Based on the collected feedback the analysis is done and corrective action is
initiated as follows.
 All queries/suggestions are taken into consideration within next two
working days.
 After receipt of each query/suggestion, it is categorised as,
 Query to be solved in the capacity of Librarian
 Query to be forwarded to LAC for further thought process
 All possible measures are taken to resolve the queries and implement the
suggestions for the improvement.
4.3 IT Infrastructure
4.3.1 Give details on the computing facility available (hardware and

software) at the institution.
 Number of computers with Configuration (provide actual number
with exact configuration of each available system)
 Computer-student ratio
 Stand alone facility
 LAN facility
 Wifi facility
 Licensed software
 Number of nodes/ computers with Internet facility
 Any other
The summary of IT infrastructure is as follows.
Sr. Facility Particulars

No.
1. Number of computers 1141
2. Computer-student ratio 1:3
3. Stand alone facility Yes
4. LAN facility Yes
5. Wi-Fi facility Yes
6. Licensed software 29
7. Number of nodes/ computers with 1141
Internet facility
Configuration of computers:
Sr. Configuration Quantity

No.
Dell 3040 SFF, Intel 6th Generation Core i5 Quad Core,

1. 8 GB RAM, 500 GB HDD, 18.5" LED monitor, Dell 60
Keyboard and mouse
2. Dell OptiPlex 3020, Intel Pentium G3220 processor, 100
2GB RAM, 500 GB HDD,18.5" LED monitor, Intel

motherboard, Keyboard and mouse

3. HP Pro 3330 Desktop Intel Pentium G630 Processor 150
500GB HDD, 2GB RAM, 18.5" LCD Monitor
P-IV 3.00GHz Genius Intel Box CPU 80GB HDD, 15"
4. CRT- Colour Monitor , Samsung Motherboard 256 MB 20
DDR Keyboard and Optical Mouse
HP pro 3090 Intel Pentium E 5700, 1 GB RAM, 320 GB
5. HDD, 15.6" TFT Monitor, HP Keyboard and HP Optical 290
Mouse.
6. HP Compaq Desktop DX- 2480 Intel Pentium Core Duo 192
E 2180 Processor, 1 GB RAM, 160GB HDD.
7. Dell OptiPlex 3010 MT intel i5, 500 GB HDD, 4 GB 48
RAM, 18.5" LCD monitor.
Dell OptiPlex 380 DT, intel Pentium, 1GB RAM,
8. 320GB HDD, 18.5" LCD monitor, keyboard and optical 50
mouse.
Dell OptiPlex(TM) 390 DT Intel Pentium 3 GHz, 2 GB
9. RAM, 500GB HDD, 18.5" LCD monitor, keyboard, 140
optical mouse.
10. HP DX2480 Dual core, 1GB RAM, 320GB HDD 15.6" 61
LCD Monitor, keyboard, mouse.
Dell OptiPlex 3020, Pentium G3220 processor, 2GB
11. RAM, 500 GB HDD, 18.5" LED monitor, Intel 30
motherboard Keyboard and mouse
TOTAL : 1141
Server Details:
Sr. Configuration Quantity
No.
1. Dell Server Model: Power edge T420 (Intel Xeon E5-
01
2440 v2 @ 1.99Hhz 1.90 GHz CPU, 32 GB RAM,
6TB HDD)
2. HP ProLiant Model: ML150 G6 (Intel Xeon E5504 02
2.0GHz CPU, 4GB RAM, 750 GB HDD)
3. HP ProLiant Model: ML350 G6 (Intel Xeon E5504 02
2.0GHzCPU, 8GB RAM, 1500 GB HDD)
Internet Facility:
 The institute has a 50 Mbps leased line from Tata Communication Limited
1:1 fibre optics cable.
 Wi-Fi Connectivity with wireless access point Sophos AP100X, AP55 and
AP15.
List of Software:
Sr. No. Software Quantity Remark

1. Windows 7 60 Licensed

2. Windows 8.1 200 Licensed

Win 8.1 Enterprise Upgrade Office
Professional 2013 with Software
3. assurance core cal suite std, Win server 60 Licensed
Std cals, Exchange server Std, System
center Cal. Lync Server Cal, Forefront
End Point Protection Cal.
4. Xilinx Logic Edition Software 25 Licensed
5. C Compiler for ARM 7 with Debugger 02 Licensed
6. Micro wind 3.5 25 Licensed
7. MATLAB Software 9.1 10 Licensed
8. SIMIULINK Software 10 Licensed
9. Software Signal Processing Toolbox 02 Licensed
10. Software Communication Toolbox 02 Licensed
11. Proteus 10 Licensed
12. AUTOCAD 01 Licensed
13. MATLAB with Simulink 20 Licensed
14. SCADA 01 Licensed
15. CATIA V5 R-19 Education Version 15 Licensed
16. CATIA-V5 Academic Discover Package 10 Licensed
CATIA V5 R21 Academic Discover 10 Licensed

17.
Package
18. Mastercam X5 30 16 Licensed
19. ANSYS Version 13.0 50 Licensed
20. GATE Software SGS 2.2 10 Licensed
21. Automation Studio Software Version 5.6 06 Licensed
Simufact Forming 11.0
22. 20 Licensed
University/Educational Licence
23. seeNC,doNC 20 Licensed
Microsoft System & Application
24. 210 Licensed
Software
25. Antivirus 1141 Licensed
26. Oracle 10G 25 Licensed
Fedora Open
27. NA
Source
Öffnen Sie
28. Red Hat Linux NA
Source
Öffnen Sie
29. Ubuntu 14.4 NA
Source
Öffnen Sie
30. Star UML NA
Source
Öffnen Sie
31. MySQL NA
Source

Open
32. MongoDB NA
Source
Open
33. Eclipse Juno NA
Source
Open
34. NS3 NA
Source
Open
35. Open CV NA
Source
Open
36. Cuda NA
Source
Open
37. Turbo C NA
Source
Open
38. Eclipse IDE NA
Source
4.3.2 Detail on the computer and internet facility made available to the
faculty and students on the campus and off-campus?
The details of computer and internet facility made available in campus

are as follows.
Computer facility:
 All faculty rooms have computers connected to internet.
 In addition to departmental laboratories, a central computing facility
of 100 computers with internet facility is made available to the
students.
 All PCs are secured with antivirus.
Internet facility:
 The institute provides 50 Mbps dedicated 1:1 leased line for internet
facility.
 Wi-Fi Facility to the faculty and students to meet connectivity
requirements.
 Cyberroam Firewall is used for security.
The laptops and internet dongles are provided to selected faculty members to
access internet outside the campus.
4.3.3 What are the institutional plans and strategies for deploying and
upgrading the IT infrastructure and associated facilities?
The institute has well defined plans and strategies to have its IT infrastructure
and associated facilities in line with institutional growth and revisions in the
curriculum. The institute upgrades the computer systems in each department
as per changes and requirements in the SPPU syllabus.
 Software are purchase / upgraded to meet the current requirements.
 OHP, LCD projectors are made available in the classrooms.
 Wi-Fi facility is made available in campus for students and staff.

 Servers are purchased and upgraded as per the requirements.

 Separate servers are made available for different activities such as
University online examinations, Antivirus, NPTEL etc.
 IBM Software Laboratory for Emerging Technologies is established which
runs two different modules (Big data and Mobile Application
Development). Institute is planning to develop more such excellence
centers in collaboration with other institutes and industries.
4.3.4 Provide details on the provision made in the annual budget for
procurement, up-gradation, deployment and maintenance of the
computers and their accessories in the institution (Year wise for last four
years)
The budget for IT infrastructure during last four years is as follows (All
figures are in lacs Rupees).
Sr. Items 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16
No.
Expenses
Expenses
Expenses
Expenses
Budget
Budget
Budget
Budget
1. Computers 50.00 88.68 75.00 21.43 35.00 67.46 35.00 16.12
2. Software 34.00 4.96 10.80 25.78 12.00 10.59 12.00 14.35
3. Maintenance 3.50 7.71 12.00 24.09 17.00 27.68 20.00 28.57
/ repair of
computers,
procurement
of
accessories
4.3.5 How does the institution facilitate extensive use of ICT resources
including development and use of computer-aided teaching/learning
materials by its staff and students?
 The institute has provided adequate computing facility to the faculty.

Faculty members are provided with internet facility for preparation of
teaching/learning material in their respective departments.
 Each department has its own computing facility based on the curriculum’s
exigency.
 The faculty and students can use e-resources available in the library.
 Adequate LCD projectors are available.
 Seminar halls are provided with LCD projector, computer and internet
facility.
 Emphasis is given on audio-visual learning approach. Softcopy of many
learning resources, e-books are provided to students.
 Students and staff have institute mail-IDs and groups are formed to
communicate with each other for sharing learning resources.
 Students are provided with facility like photocopy, image scanning,
printing, CD writing in the Library.

 Laptops are provided to selected faculty.

 Wi-Fi facility is provided to faculty and students.
 ERP software is used to maintain record like student attendance,
assignments etc.
 Institute has a separate server for SE mock online test which is used for
conducting mock tests.
4.3.6 Elaborate giving suitable examples on how the learning activities

and technologies deployed (access to on-line teaching - learning resources,
independent learning, ICT enabled classrooms/learning spaces etc.) by the
institution place the student at the centre of teaching-learning process and
render the role of a facilitator for the teacher.
 The institution acts as a facilitator for e-learning material (NPTEL video

lectures, e-journals and e-books).
 The e-Journals and e-Books facility is available for both students and
faculty members for self learning.
 Open source software are installed and used by faculty members for
training to students.
 Well equipped computer laboratories and LCD projectors are available for
conducting seminars, workshops, computer aided training, FDPs and
conferences.
 The campus is fully enabled with Wi-Fi access to avail internet facilities.
 The faculty is always approachable for any need based assistance to
students through the email groups.
 Animation models are used for better interpretation of the students.
4.3.7 Does the Institution avail of the National Knowledge Network

connectivity directly or through the affiliating university? If so, what are
the services availed of?
No, the institution does not avail the National Knowledge Network
connectivity directly or through the affiliating university.
4.4 Maintenance of Campus Facilities
4.4.1 How does the institution ensure optimal allocation and utilization of
the available financial resources for maintenance and upkeep of the
following facilities (substantiate your statements by providing details of
budget allocated during last four years)?
a. Building
b. Furniture
c. Equipment
d. Computers
e. Vehicles
f. Any other

The college is managed by governing body that monitors allocation and

utilization of the annual budget. Before the commencement of academic year,
each department prepares budget based on requirement and submits it for
approval. The details of the budget for last 4 years are as follows

.Sr. Items 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16
No.
Expenses
Expenses
Expenses
Expenses
Budget
Budget
Budget
Budget
1 Building 25.00 39.08 40.00 43.25 40.00 32.05 35.00 39.76
2 Furniture 10.00 11.32 12.00 11.89 12.00 12.14 12.00 12.22
3 Equipment 16.50 16.79 18.50 21.95 18.50 23.73 18.50 18.41
4 Computer 3.50 7.71 12.00 24.09 17.00 27.68 20.00 28.52
5 Vehicle 17.00 13.02 15.00 16.52 15.00 17.89 15.00 14.46
6 Sports 3.50 3.48 5.00 9.13 5.00 9.02 5.00 10.25
7 Electrificati - 37.03 40.00 13.49 20.00 24.34 20.00 32.08
on and
panel
boards
4.4.2 What are the institutional mechanisms for maintenance and

upkeep of the infrastructure, facilities and equipment of the college?
The institute has a mechanism to maintain and upkeep of the infrastructure,

facilities and equipment.
 Building infrastructure: Institute has a full time Civil Engineer and a
supporting staff to look after the maintenance of building infrastructure.
 Electrical infrastructure: Institute has trained and qualified staff to look
after the maintenance of transformer, protection devices, tubes, fans and
CCTV. Institute has annual maintenance contract (AMC) for generator,
UPS and lift.
 Furniture: Institute uses its own workshop for the manufacturing and
maintenance of wooden and steel furniture.
 Equipment: The laboratory incharges look after the maintenance of the
equipment. Laboratory incharge and laboratory assistant ensures the
proper functioning of all equipment in the laboratory.
 IT infrastructure: Institute has a system and networking team for
maintenance of computers, computer hardware, networking, internet
facility, EPABX and software.
4.4.3 How and with what frequency does the institute take up
calibration and other precision measures for the equipment/instruments?
Equipments and measuring devices are calibrated once in a year to make sure
that they are functioning properly.

4.4.4 What are the major steps taken for location, upkeep and
maintenance of sensitive equipment (voltage fluctuations, constant supply
of water etc.)?
 To tackle with power fluctuations in supply from Maharashtra State

Electricity Board (MSEB) a circuit breaker with capacity 630 Ampere is
placed in the MSEB feeder. To avoid the damages due to internal short
circuits, a circuit breaker with capacity 315 Ampere is placed between
meter and institute feeder. Additional security is provided in each phase by
inserting 200 Ampere fuses in all three phases.
 To protect the laboratory equipments, main circuit breakers of appropriate
ratings are placed in all laboratories.
 Regulated UPS backup is given to all computer laboratories for
uninterrupted supply of power to protect the computers from power surge.
 Fire extinguishers are provided at different locations in institute.
 In laboratories such as chemistry laboratory, equipments are placed at
proper and safe places.
 The laboratory staff keeps a strict vigil regarding the maintenance and
upkeep of the chemicals and other explosive items in the laboratories.
 Being located in rural area, there is shortage of water supply from
Grampanchayat. Hence to meet the requirement of drinking water, the
institute has its own water tankers which are used to bring drinking water
from Pune Municipal Corporation and satisfy the requirement.
 To ensure constant water supply, the institute has separate storage tanks
for drinking water.
 The institute has a open well and bore wells to avail the water for usage
purpose.
 Additional requirement of water if needed is met by procuring water from
water suppliers.
 To provide potable water to all staff and students, water coolers with
purifiers are installed on each floor in all buildings.

CRITERION V: STUDENT SUPPORT AND PROGRESSION
5.1 Student Mentoring and Support
5.1.1 Does the institution publish its updated prospectus/handbook

annually? If, yes, what is the information provided to students through
these documents and how does the institution ensure its commitment and
accountability?
Yes, the institute publishes updated prospectus annually. The following details
are readily available in the prospectus.
• College Vision, Mission and Objectives
• Messages from Founder Director, Executive Director and Principal
• Courses offered by the institute with their intake capacity
• Prominent laboratories, objective, highlights and future plans of each
department
• Student achievements for that particular year
• List of recruiters
• Eligibility and admission procedure for UG and PG programmes
• Various functional committees of institution
• Anti-ragging notice and general rules
5.1.2 Specify the type, number and amount of institutional scholarships /

freeships given to the students during the last four years and whether the
financial aid was disbursed on time?
The institute gives scholarships from AY 2015-16 as per defined policy in the
form of cash prizes to first three toppers of each programme in the University
examinations. The amount spent on scholarships based on academic results is
Rs. 54,000 to 54 students.
5.1.3 What percentage of students receives financial assistance from state

government central government and other national agencies?
State Government of Maharashtra gives financial assistance to socially and

economically backward students. The details of financial assistance received
during last four academic years are as follows.
Sr. Year Total Financial assistance from Government

No. Number of Number of Percentage Amount
Students students (Rs.)
1. 2012-13 1857 591 31.82 32125098
2. 2013-14 2299 803 34.92 48865963
3. 2014-15 2460 942 38.29 61772000
4. 2015-16 3243 1107 34.13 77724120

In addition to above, one student has received financial assistance through

Cummins Scholarship Program of Rs. 59680/- in AY 2014-15 and the same
amount in AY 2015-16.
5.1.4 What are the specific support services/facilities available for

• Students from SC/ST, OBC and economically weaker sections
• Students with physical disabilities
• Overseas students
• Students to participate in various competitions (National and
International)
• Medical assistance to students: health centre, health insurance etc.
• Organizing coaching classes for competitive exams
• Skill development
• Support for ‘slow learners’
• Exposures of students to other institution of higher learning /
corporate/business house etc.
• Publication of student magazines
The institute provides following support facilities for different class of

students.
Students from SC/ST, OBC and economically weaker sections:

• The institute has implemented book bank scheme for SC and ST students.
A complete set of books is issued to these students at free of cost for each
semester.
• Earn and Learn Scheme has been implemented to support the
economically and socially weaker students.
Students with physical disabilities:

• Commodes with proper fittings are provided in toilets.
• The examination hall is made available at ground floor for handicapped
students.
• The institute has a provision of ramps for the physically disabled students.
• Lift facility is available for such students.
• Wheel chairs are available in the institute.
• Separate parking facility is available.
Overseas students:
The institute has no statutory permission to admit overseas students.
Students to participate in various competitions (National and

International):
Institute has following facilities / excellence centers to provide platform to
students for participation in national and international competitions.
• Automobile excellence center for participation in BAJA, SUPRA, GoKart
competitions
• Cyborg robotics club for participation in various robotics competitions

• Cultural center with music and dance studio for participation in cultural
events
Medical assistance to students: health centre, health insurance etc.:

• A General Physician is available in the campus regularly in the evening
from 3 to 5.
• First aid boxes are made available in all departments, college office,
gymkhana, workshop and ladies hostel.
• Institute has coordination with multi specialty hospital in the vicinity of 2
km. A vehicle with driver is available round the clock in the campus for
any emergency help.
• Free medical camps are also organized for benefit of the students and staff.
Organizing coaching classes for competitive examinations:

• The institute has a study circle to provide support to the students for
competitive examinations. A full time trainer is appointed to guide the
students for public service commission examinations, bank recruitment
examinations. Study material is made available for the preparation of these
examinations.
• The institute has a tie-up with reputed training institute for GATE
coaching. The week end training sessions are arranged for TE and BE
students.
Skill development:
• Students are screened for their language proficiency and other soft skills to
identify their personality and learning ability.
• Training for improvement in communication skills and placement is
conducted by corporate trainers such as “Barclay Youth Employability
Initiative” and “Campus Interaction”. This helps to improve the level of
confidence of the students to face the placement interviews.
• Institute has developed automobile skill development center, Ador welding
simulation center, Cyborg robotics laboratory, IBM Software Laboratory
for Emerging Technologies, NVDIA GPU centre for imparting skill
development.
Support for slow learners:

• Students having backlog, year down and who are at the risk of failure or
dropout are identified using their results in qualifying / University
examinations and special coaching is given to them by senior and expert
faculties after college hours.
• To monitor the continuous improvement in their performance repetitive
tests are conducted and extra assignments are given if needed.
Exposures of students to other institution of higher learning/

corporate/business house etc.:
• The institute encourages the students for implant training during vacation
and industry sponsored projects.

• The institute has MoU with COEP for using their state of the art
laboratories and regular visits of students and faculty of the institute are
arranged to explore high end laboratories.
Publication of college magazine:

The institute publishes college magazine (Umang) in which students are given
opportunities to publish their articles, painting, stories, poems, photos,
sketches etc. Institute has received first prize from SPPU in college magazine
competition in AY 2014-15.
5.1.5 Describe the efforts made by the institution to facilitate

entrepreneurial skills, among the students and the impact of the efforts.
Institute has EDC to inculcate the entrepreneurial skills among the students.
The cell organizes seminars and workshops for its students. The institute also
provides all kind of necessary support to its students for setting up own unit /
business. The different functions of EDC are as follows.
• To promote entrepreneurship among the students by organizing expert
talks, seminars and workshops.
• To collaborate with other organizations and institutions for promotion of
entrepreneurship.
• To organize entrepreneurship development and awareness programs.
• To undertake research studies to identify high technology areas having
entrepreneurship opportunities.
• To develop close links between industry and institute by industry-institute
interaction programs.
Institute has developed industry grade excellence centers and laboratories such
as automobile service center, welding simulator laboratory, CYBORG robotic
center, PCB laboratory. Working in these laboratories help students in setting
up their own units of this kind.
As an impact of the efforts taken by the institute over past four years
the following students have setup their own business.
Sr. Name of Name of Entrepreneurial Website

No. Student
Shoffex online retails India
www.shoffex.com
Pvt. Ltd.
1. Aniket Bagal
Rangari9 Home solution
www.rangari9.com
Pvt. Ltd.
2. Akshay Thakur Rajnish Enterprises --
Mannu Kumar
3.
Jha Electrorobs Pvt. Ltd. --
4. Harish Chimte
Heemanshu
5.
Khanke www.enigmatechnolo
Enigma Technologies Pune
6. Rahul Jadhav gies.com
7. Vijay Chavan

8. Prakash Chindhe
9. Dipak Kerkal
Ashish Sahare Re-Voltcreations www.revoltcreations.c
10.
om
11. Lokesh Sawarkar
12. Siddharth Elektra --
Telgote
13. Sachin Ghanekar Sushil Electronics --
14. Varun Sanghvi Vmake www.vmake.co.in
15. Nilesh Sarode Sarode Motors --
16. Pramod Ghadge
17. Vaibhav Gulve Cat-I Design Solutions --
18. Swapnil Gulhane
19. Girish Dattatraya
20. Pravin
Nagargoje Evaa Technology www.evva.com
21. Ajinkya Shinde
22. Karan Kadu
23. Tejas Inamdar Quick Hair Technologies https://www.homefoo
dmom.co/.in
24. Suhit Abhyankar Music recording studio
25. Vishal Kapase Sidvitech Solutions www.sidvitech.com
26. Vishal Kapase
27. Sameer Ghare Perfect Click www.perfectclick.in
28. Rohit Ghatole
29. Nikhil Chonde Vario Engineering Solutions https://www.vario.in
30. Dinesh Kale Elecreative --
31. Jayant Dalvi Sellonic Power Solutions --
32. Datta Kondekar
33. Ganesh Jori --
34. Parag Joshi Ashwamedh Lights
35. Saurabh Joshi
5.1.6. Enumerate the policies and strategies of the institution which

promote participation of students in extracurricular and co-curricular
activities such as game, sports, quiz competitions, debate and discussions,
cultural events etc.
• additional academic support, flexibility in examinations
• special dietary requirements, sports uniform and materials
• any other
The institute has a motivational policy for promoting participation of students
in various extracurricular and co-curricular activities. In this regard the
institute has taken following steps.

• The institute has formed separate committees consisting teachers and

student members to look after the participation of students in sports,
cultural and extracurricular activities.
• The institute has a full time, qualified sports instructor to train the students.
• The committees prepare and execute program calendars for different type
of events.
• The institute has provided all necessary infrastructure and material for
promoting student participation in the said activities.
• The institute arranges remedial classes and extra laboratory sessions for
the students who miss the regular classes due to participation in various
activities.
• The institute offers flexibility in internal class tests to such participants and
arranges retests for them. The institute also makes necessary arrangements
for rescheduling of University examinations of the students participating in
national and University level competitions.
• The institute gives registration charges, travelling allowance and other
expenses incurred by the students while participating in the competitions.
• The institute organizes various competitions such as, Ranaangan (sports),
Talentron (cultural), Nirmaan and Avishkar (co-curricular events) to
encourage its students to participate in competitions such as all sports
events by SPPU, TechFest by IIT Bombay, Science day competition by
GMRT, BAJA and SUPRA by SAE, Purushottam Karandak and Firodiya
Karandak (act competitions).
5.1.7. Enumerating on the support and guidance provided to the students

in preparing for the competitive exams, give details on the number of
students appeared and qualified in various competitive exams such as
UGC-CSIR- NET, UGC-NET, SLET, GATE / CAT / GRE / TOFEL /
GMAT / Central /State services, Defense, Civil Services, etc.
The institute has started study circle (Lakshya) to counsel and guide the
students for preparing the competitive examinations like GATE, CAT, GRE,
TOEFL, Civil services. A full time counselor is appointed for this activity who
conducts a lecture series on “How to prepare for Civil services examinations?”
Sufficient study material is made available in library and study circle
(Lakshya). The institute has started GATE training courses for the students.
The number of students qualified in various examinations during last four
years are as follows
Academic GATE CAT GRE TOEFL

Year
2012-13 08 02 02 02
2013-14 06 00 06 01
2014-15 04 00 02 01
2015-16 05 00 00 00
5.1.8 What type of counseling services are made available to the students
(academic/personal/career/psycho-social etc.)

The institute has a mechanism for academic, personal and career counseling of
the students.
Academic and personal counseling:
• The institute assigns a GFM to a group of 20-22 students for academic and
personal counseling.
• The GFM maintains a separate data book/file which holds all information
about the students regarding their academic performance, attendance and
personal information.
• The GFM conducts a regular meeting to discuss the academic issues such
as student attendance, performance in class test.
• The poor performing students are identified and counseled on one to one
basis. GFM also motivates the students to discuss their personal issues
responsible for hampering the academics.
• GFM tries to resolve the students’ problems within his/her limits and
crucial problems are forwarded to HoD and then to Principal if required.
• HoD conducts a separate meeting with the parents of academically poor
performing students and the students with critical personal issues.
• The parents are counseled with a systematic and positive approach which
helps in boosting the academic performance of their ward.
Career counseling:
• The institute has a TPC which has a full time TPO, Assistant TPO and
coordinators from each department.
• The TPO plays an exemplary role in this regard. Besides his regular role as
placement liaising officer, he frequently meets the students in classrooms
and does the career counseling.
• The necessary training programs are regularly arranged by the TPC.
Psycho-social Counseling:
• The institute conducts social awareness programs to inculcate the
awareness about social responsibilities among the students.
• The teacher emphasizes on ethical and moral values in life and counsels
them to be a responsible citizen of the nation.
5.1.9 Does the institution have a structured mechanism for career

guidance and placement of its students? If “yes”, detail on the services
provided to help students identify job opportunities and prepare
themselves for interview and the percentage of students selected during
campus interviews by different employers (list the employers and the
programs).
Yes, the institution has a structured mechanism for career guidance and
placement of its students. The institute has a well equipped TPC headed by
TPO. Every department has placement coordinators and student
representatives. This cell performs the following functions.
• A comprehensive program on soft and analytical skill development (40
hours per semester for total length of academic programme) is conducted
during the regular curriculum with the help of external agency.

• The TPC identifies different sectors such as automobile, IT, service

industries for each programme and conducts sessions for students to
disseminate this information so that the students can choose particular
sector of their interest.
• The mock campus placement drives are conducted for TE and BE students
with the help of industry experts. It consists of analytical and technical test
followed by group discussions and personal interviews. During the mock
drive, the essential suggestions and guidelines are given at each stage for
the possible improvement in their performance. This helps the students to
prepare the upcoming placements.
• The placement cell maintains a good repute with all recruiters and
conducts campus interviews for the students. The students are briefed
about the company business, nature of the work, type of skills required and
their expectations from candidates.
• The institute provides the infrastructure for the pool campus drives.
• TPC has good relations with other TPC of other institutes which allow the
students of the institute to participate in pool campus drives organized by
them.
• The institute also facilitates the students for off campus drives conducted
by different companies in their premises.
• TPC also arranges campus interviews for recently passed out batches.
The program wise placement records in percentage for last four years are as
follows.
Programs AY AY AY AY
2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16
Computer 14.5 11.1 17.0 12.5
Electrical 3.0 7.5 34.7 3.1
Electronics and 12.5 18.1 16.7 7.8
Telecommunications
Mechanical 18.7 23.4 14.5 3.2
Information Technology 22.0 18.2 0.0 8.1
The List of prominent employers is as follows.
Sr. Sr.
Employers Employers
No. No.
1 Aptean 41 Lubricare
2 Accussion Engineering Pvt. Ltd. 42 Madhuri Solar
3 AGS Technologies 43 Mahanagar Gas
4 Amazon.com 44 Meditab
5 Ambitious Electric 45 Mphasis Limited
6 American Towers 46 Mythos Technology
7 Amura Technologies 47 Neilsoft Engineering Services
8 Analyzer CAE Solutions Pvt. Ltd. 48 Nitor
9 Arbutus Consultants Pvt. Ltd. 49 NTT Data

10 Barclays 50 Omni Payments Softwares

11 Bitwise Solutions Pvt. Ltd. 51 Opulent Infotech
12 Bosch 52 Positronics
13 Cadtech Solutions 53 Preciforge& Gears
14 C-EDGE 54 PTC Softwares
15 Core Integra (TCS Firm) 55 Quinnox
16 Dexpert Systems Pvt. Ltd. 56 Reliance JioComm
17 Electrica 57 RIVIGO
18 Electrotherm Ind. Pvt. Ltd. 58 Sapience Technosystems
19 Esteem Power Ind. Pvt. Ltd. 59 Savy Softwares
20 Eternus Solutions Pvt. Ltd.. 60 Screen Magic
21 EZ Solutions 61 Scynecron
22 FDS Infotech 62 Softenger
23 Flextronics 63 SU-Mech
24 GE 64 Synerzip Softech India Pvt. Ltd.
25 GNS 65 Syntel
26 Godrej Agrovet 66 TATA Communications
27 GTL 67 TCS
28 HCL Talent Care 68 Tech Mahindra
29 Henkel 69 TransFab Power Ind.Pvt. Ltd.
30 Horizon Telecom 70 TudipTechnoligies Pvt. Ltd..
31 HP 71 Universal Hunt
32 HP Pelzer Automotive Pvt. Ltd.. 72 Utcon Engineering Pvt. Ltd.
33 Indiamart 73 Varroc
34 Infosys 74 Virtusa
35 Intelux Elecronics 75 Webonise
36 iQuest Consultants 76 Wuerth Industry
37 J Group Robotics 77 Xtreme Solutions
38 KEC 78 Zeal Enterprises
39 Kone Crane 79 Zensar Technologies
40 L&T Infotech
5.1.10 Does the institution have a student grievance redressal cell? If yes,
list (if any) the grievances reported and redressed during the last four
years.
The institute has a student grievance redressal committee. The composition of

present committee is as follows.
Student grievance redressal committee:
Sr. Committee
Name Department
No. Designation
2. Dr. A. A. Electronics and Member
Khandekar Telecommunication Engineering
3. Prof. M. R. Hans Electrical Engineering Member

4. Prof. (Mrs.) A. S. Electrical Engineering Member

Patil
5. Mr. S. S. Administration Office Member
Mahadik
6. Prof. B. D. Aldar Mechanical Engineering Member
Secretary
The mechanism of this committee is as follows

• The students can report their grievances to GFM, class teacher, HoD and
Principal or he/she can make use of drop box made available in every
department.
• All cases are forwarded to student grievance redressal committee for the
redressal.
During last four years no case has been reported.
5.1.11 What are the institutional provisions for resolving issues pertaining
to sexual harassment?
The institute has a women’s grievances committee to resolve the issues related
to sexual harassment. The committee is as follows.
Women’s grievances committee:
Sr. Committee
Name Designation & Department Designation
No.
2. Mrs. M. G. Mahadik President, Disha Pratisthan External
Member
3. Mrs. P. L. Patil Asst. Professor, Engineering Member
Sciences
4. Mrs. E. S. Mehta Asst. Professor, Mechanical Member
Engineering
5. Mrs. S. U. Shinde Asst. Professor, Electrical Member
Engineering
6. Mrs. P. A. Joshi Asst. Professor, Information Member
Technology
7. Mrs. S. S. Patil Asst. Professor, Civil Member
Engineering
8. Mrs. A. K. Deshpande Rector, Ladies Hostel Member
9. Mrs. S. A. Bhosale Asst. Professor, Electronics and Member
Telecommunication Engineering Secretary
The committee follows the statutory guidelines to resolve the complaints

related to sexual harassment.

5.1.12 Is there an anti-ragging committee? How many instances (if any)

have been reported during the last four years and what action has been
taken on these?
Yes, the institute has an anti-ragging committee formed considering the

directions of statutory bodies. The anti-ragging committee is as follows.
Anti-ragging committee:
Sr. Committee
Name Representative Designation
No.
2. Mr. N. B. Ingle Local citizen Member
3. Police Inspector, Sun City Police Police Member
Station
4. Mr. Kalyanrao Avtade Media Member
5. Mr. Rajendra Nivgune NGO Member
6. Dr. S. G. Dambhare Teacher Member
7. Mrs. A. K. Deshpande Non teaching staff Member
8. Mr. A. G. Mungle Parent Member
9. Mr. C. A. More Student Member
10. Dr. S. U. Chavan M. B. A. Member
Secretary
The anti-ragging committee follows all rules and regulations given by the
statutory bodies and maintains the campus free from ragging. The institute
disseminates all rules, regulations and precautionary measures related to anti-
ragging.
In addition, the institute has an anti-ragging squad to prevent the incidences of
ragging.
Anti-ragging squad:
Sr. Committee
Name Department
No. Designation
2. Dr. S. A. Deokar Electrical Member
3. Dr. A. A. Khandekar Electronics and Member
Telecommunication Engineering
4. Prof. S. U. Kadam Information Technology Member
5. Dr. S. G. Dambhare Mechanical Engineering Member
6. Dr. A. B. Ubale Mechanical Engineering Member
7. Dr. M. G. Unde Electrical Engineering Member
8. Dr. Y. S. Sonawane Engineering Sciences Member
9. Prof. S. M. Sangve Computer Engineering Member
10. Prof. M. R. Hans Electrical Engineering Member
11. Dr. P. P. Walvekar Civil Engineering Member
12. Prof. (Mrs.) A. S. Patil Electrical Engineering Member
13. Prof. (Mrs.) S. A. Electronics and Member

Ghodake Telecommunication Engineering

14. Mr. P. V. Pimpodkar Library Member
15. Mr. S. S. Mahadik Office Member
16. Mrs. A. K. Deshpande Rector, Ladies Hostel Member
17. Dr. S. U. Chavan M. B. A. Member
Secretary
During last four years no case of ragging has been reported.
5.1.13 Enumerate the welfare schemes made available to students by the

institution.
The institute runs following social welfare schemes in collaboration with

SPPU and State Government of Maharashtra.
• Earn and learn scheme
• Special guidance scheme
• Tuition fee waiver scheme and scheme for students from J&K
In addition to above, the institute runs Zeal Nirbhaya Kanya Abhiyan for the
welfare of female students.
1. Earn and learn scheme:

The institute is running earn and learn scheme in collaboration with SPPU
from 2014-15. Under this scheme, the applications are invited from
economically backward students. The selected students work in library,
college office, department office, gymkhana, ground for maximum three hours
a day. These students are paid according to the norms prescribed by SPPU.
The expenses under this scheme are shared by SPPU and the institute.
Summary of students benefitted under earn and learn scheme during last two
years is as follows.
Sr. Department AY 2014-15 AY 2015-16

No.
1. Civil Engineering 02 00
2. Computer Engineering 05 05
3. Electrical Engineering 03 04
4. Electronics & Telecommunication 03 04
Technik
5. Mechanical Engineering 06 08
6. Information Technology 01 04
7. First Year Engineering 00 04
Total 20 29
The summary of expenses incurred by SPPU and institute during last two

Academic Expenses by Expenses by Total expenses

Year SPPU (Rs.) Institute (Rs.) (Rs.)
2014-15 29760 5400 35160
2015-16 76309 12236 88545
2. Special guidance scheme:

In collaboration with SPPU, the institute has special guidance scheme for
economically and socially backward FE students from AY 2015-16. Under
this scheme, special guidance in difficult subjects is given to these students by
arranging expert lectures. The institute has received grant of Rs. 9000/- and in
all 112 students have been benefited.
3. Tuition fee waiver scheme (TFWS) and scheme for students from J&K:
Government of Maharashtra has taken initiative for economically weaker
students by providing additional 5% seats of sanctioned intake (only first shift)
as TFWS. Under this scheme, a tuition fee for period of course for meritorious
students whose family annual income is below 4.5 lacs is waived off. In
another scheme, fees for the students of J&K is Rs. 24000/- per year only.
Summary of students admitted under TFWS and J&K during last four years is
as follows.
Sr. Branch No. of Students admitted under TFWS

No. and J&K
AY AY AY AY
2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16
1. Civil Engineering N.A. 03 02 02
2. Computer Engineering 04 04 04 03
3. Electrical Engineering 03 03 04 03
4. Electronics and 07 07 06 07
Telecommunication
Technik
5. Mechanical Engineering 07 06 07 07
6 Information Technology 03 04 03 03
4. Zeal Nirbhaya Kanya Abhiyan:

The institute runs every year, a self defense training program for its female
students. The duration of this program is three months in which the girls are
trained for self defense with reverse attack, Karate, Judo, Boxing, Kung-fu.
5.1.14 Does the institution have a registered Alumni Association? If ‘yes’,

what are its activities and major contributions for institutional, academic
and infrastructure development?
The institute has registered alumni association from December 2016. Prior to
registration of alumni association, institute had a mechanism to have active
participation of alumni in the development of institute in following ways.

• The institute conducts alumni meet every year and feedback from alumni
is used to improve the teaching learning process and the overall facilities
provided to students.
• The alumni are interacting and guiding the existing students through
almaconnect portal.
The same will be continued hereafter under the banner of alumni association.
5.2 Student Progression
5.2.1 Providing the percentage of students progressing to higher

education or employment (for the last four batches) highlights the trends
observed.
The details about the progression of students for last four batches is as follows
Student Branch AY AY AY AY
progression 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16
Percentage
UG to PG Computer 0.0 6.3 9.6 4.8
Engineering
Electrical 15.9 4.5 6.1 2.3
Engineering
Telecommunication
Engineering
Mechanical 16.4 10.0 4.6 2.3
Engineering
Information 4.7 9.1 0.0 4.8
Technology
PG to N. A. N. A. N. A. N. A.
M.Phil
PG to Ph.D. Computer N. A. N. A. 0.0 0.0
Engineering
Electrical N. A. N. A. 0.0 0.0
Engineering
Electronics and N. A. N. A. 0.0 0.0
Telecommunication
Engineering
Mechanical N. A. N. A. 0.0 0.0
Engineering
M. B. A. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Employed Computer 14.5 11.1 17.0 12.5
(Campus Engineering
selection) Electrical 3.0 7.5 34.7 3.1
Engineering
Telecommunication
Engineering

Mechanical 18.7 23.4 14.5 3.2

Technik
Information 22.0 18.2 0.0 8.1
Technologie
M. B. A. 56.25 64.58 74.29 36.84
Employed Computer 66.19 65.07 28.72 6.22
(other than Engineering
campus Electrical 23.18 31.81 12.24 12.30
recruitment) Engineering
Electronics and 36.06 14.89 11.11 12.22
Telecommunication
Technik
Mechanical 36.98 14.18 14.45 10.18
Technik
Information 27.90 18.18 13.46 3.22
Technologie
M. B. A. 43.75 35.42 25.71 63.16
From the above information, it can be seen that the trend of the students in the
institute is more towards employment in which off-campus employment is
more significant.
5.2.2 Provide details of the programme wise pass percentage and

completion rate for the last four years (cohort wise/batch wise as
stipulated by the university)? Furnish programme-wise details in
comparison with that of the previous performance of the same institution
and that of the Colleges of the affiliating university within the city/district.
The programme wise passing percentage and completion rate for last four
Programme Passing percentage

AY 2012-13 AY 2013-14 AY 2014-15 AY 2015-16
BE Computer 91.54 100 97.87 95.70
BE Electrical 98.55 88.40 96.07 91.14
BE Electronics and 98.50 90.21 96.97 84.32
Telecommunication
BE Mechanical 89 95.03 93.64 71.84
BE Information 90.9 95.16 96.15 88.70
Technologie
ME Computer N. A. N. A. 95.65 79.16
ME Electrical (Power N. A. N. A. 62.5 43.48
Systems)
ME Electronics and N. A. 70.83 70.83 95.83
Telecommunication
(VLSI and
Embedded)Systems
ME Mechanical N. A. 20.83 71.43 68.75

(CADME)
ME Mechanical N. A. N. A. 54.17 56.5
(Design)
MBA 66.67 83.33 68.57 82.85
5.2.3 How does the institution facilitate student progression to higher level
of education and/or towards employment?
The institute has a well equipped TPC to facilitate the student progression to
higher education and placement. The cell has its own mechanism as discussed
in 5.1.9 which promotes the students for higher education and placements.
5.2.4 Enumerate the special support provided to students who are at risk
of failure and drop out?
The institute has a mechanism to provide special support to the students who
are at the risk of failure.
• The subject teachers indentify such students through internal tests.
• The head of department, academic coordinator and GFM counsel these
students.
• Remedial classes are arranged for these students.
• The subject teachers give additional assignments and ask them to solve
previous question papers of University examinations with the help of
teachers.
• The subject teachers conduct mock tests and practice sessions.
• Institute conducts a meeting with the parents of these students and asks
them to motivate their wards.
5.3 Student Participation and Activities
5.3.1 List the range of sports, games, cultural and other extracurricular
activities available to students. Provide details of participation and
program calendar.
The institute supports the students to prepare and participate in different sports
competitions, cultural events and other extracurricular activities. The various
extracurricular activities made available for the students are as follows.
Sports and games:

The students are provided with all necessary facilities and training to
participate in various sports competitions like cricket, volleyball, basketball,
kabaddi, kho-kho, football, athletics, carrom, chess, table tennis.
Cultural events and competitions:

The students are facilitated to participate in music, dance and act competitions.
Program Calendar for sports activities:

Month Activity
July 2016 Participation in Inter college competition of Table
tennis
August 2016 Participation in Inter college competition of chess,
Volleyball, participation in National Inter college
competition organized by MIT
September 2016 Participation in Inter college competition of basketball,
Kabaddi, khokho.
October 2016 Participation in Inter college competition of football,
boxing, Athletics, badminton, Preparation of Ranaangan
November 2016 Participation in Inter college competition of Cricket.
December 2016 Ranaangan Entries confirmation.
January 2017 Ranaangan Competition
February 2017 Inter Department And Inter staff competition
Participation in sports competitions:
Year Competition Organizer Level of the Number of

competition participants
Inter college Pune District District 130
Competition for Zone
2012-
various games
13
MIT SUMMET MIT National 60
ZEAL Karandak ZCOER, Pune District 20
various games
2013-
MIT SUMMET MIT National 60
14
ZEAL ZCOER, Pune State 20
RANAANGAN
ZEST CEOP, Pune State 60
various games
2014-
MIT SUMMET MIT, Pune National 80
15
RANAANGAN
various games
2015-
MIT SUMMET MIT, Pune National 60
16
RANAANGAN
Program Calendar for cultural activities:

Month Activity
August 2016 Purushottam Karandak
September 2016 Speak for India (Elocution)
September 2016 Lions club Dance competition
September 2016 Street play (NSS)
January 2017 Talentron
January 2017 Sinhagad Karandak (Dance)
January 2017 MIT- Srujan (Poetry)
February 2017 Firodiya Karandak
Participation in cultural competitions:
Year Competition Organizer Level Of Number

Competition of
Particip
ants
2012 - Perception(Singing) VIIT, Pune National 1
13 Purushottam Karandak Kalopasak, Pune State 12
Purushottam Karandak Kalopasak, Pune State 16
Firodiya Karandak Sahamati, Pune State 30
2013-
Udhan (Dance) SCOE, Pune Inter College 3
14
Sinhagad Karandak SCOE, Pune State 2
(Singing)
Sangeet Bharati MIT-SOM, Pune Inter College 1
(Singing)
Swarmadhuri SPPU, Pune State 1
(Singing)
2014- Firodiya Karandak Sahamati, Pune State 30
15 Srujan Karandak MIT, Pune Inter College 1
(Poetry)
Sinhagad Karandak SCOE, Pune State 2
(Singing)
Talentron ZCOER, Pune State 250
Elite Karandak Lions Club Inter College 4
(Singing)
Laxmikant Berde Saptaranga State 12
Ekankika Spardha
SPPU Youth Festival SPPU, Pune Inter College 32
Suman Karandak Symbiosis, Pune Inter College 3
2015- Talentron ZCOER, Pune Inter College 300
16 Firodiya Karandak Sahamati, Pune State 30
Sinagad Karandak SCOE, Pune Inter College 27
(Fashion Show)
Cummins Panash CCOEW, Pune Inter College 27
(Fashion Show)
Glorie-16 (Fashion PIBM, Pune Inter College 27
Show)

2016- Purushottam Karandak Kalopasak, Pune State 14

17 Lions Club (Dance) Lions Club State 4
5.3.2 Furnish the details of major student achievements in co-curricular,

extracurricular and cultural activities at different levels: University /
State / Zonal / National / International, etc. for the previous four years.
Students have always enthusiastically participated in co-curricular,

extracurricular competitions and also have won prizes. The student
achievements during last four years are as follows.
Year Name of the Competition Organizer Level Prize

student
Karan Kadu Robowars MITCOE, State Second
Pune
Mali IT Security IIT Kharagpur State First
Shubhangi
Joshi Miland Image AISSMSCOE, State Second
Processing Pune
Karan Kadu Robowars Modern COE, State First
Pune
Karan Kadu Robowars ZCOER, Pune State First
Akshay C ZCOER, Pune State Second
Mayekar Programming
Akshay Blind Coding ZCOER, Pune State Second
Mayekar
Dhadve Hardware IT Vision, State First
Mandar and Pune
Networking
Akash Speed Wiring KJCOEMR, State Second
2012-13 Chaudhari Pune
Akash Pocket Tank KJCOEMR, State First
Chaudhari Pune
Akshay Technical ZCOER, Pune State Second
Bartake Quiz
Praveen ROBOSOCC ICOER, Pune. State Second
Nagargoje, ER
Pranav
Gaikwad
Rahul Salgar Vitrizon CCOEW, Pune State First
(Light Weight
Bot)
Pranav ROBOWAR BVCOEW, State First

Gaikwad, Pune
Rahul Salgar
Thakur Aruta NIRMAAN ZCOER, Pune State Second
Jawale NIRMAAN ZCOER, Pune State First

Mayuri
Cricket team Cricket ZCOER, Pune State First
Gauri Frantic BVCOE, Pune National Second
Pasalkar Perception
Komal Robowar MITCOE, State Second
Navagekar (Heavy Pune
Weight)
Patel Dipesh Robowar ZCOER, Pune State First
(Heavy
Weight)
Patel Dipesh Robowar MITCOE, State First
(Heavy Pune
Weight)
Patel Parimal Robowar ZCOER, Pune State Second
(Light
Weight)
Patel Parimal Robowar ZCOER, Pune State First
(Heavy
Weight)
2013-14
Patel Parimal Robowar MITCOE, State First
(Heavy Pune
Weight)
Sandeep Dance ZCOER, Pune State First
Singh competition
Akash Robowars COEP, Pune National Third
Chaudhari
Praveen ROBOWAR GHRIET, Pune State First
Nagargoje
Pankaj ROBOWAR VIT, Pune State Third
Lande, Level
Praveen
Nagargoje
Ajinkya NIRMAAN ZCOER, Pune State Second
Patankar
Vimal & Bhartiyam Bharti National First
Aditya 2014 Out of Vidyapeeth
the Box COE Pune
Pratik Sardar Group Dance SCOE , Pune State First
Nilesh Tawar Android Guru RSCOE, Pune State First
Harshad Anil Karate World National First
Bankar Funakoshi
Faroj Khan Web Flora COE, State Second
2014-15 Development Pune
Surbhi Web Flora COE, State Second
Khotkar Development Pune
Rutuja Dalvi Breaking WUSU Internatio First
International nal
Association

Rutuja Dalvi Matol Event Maharashtra State First

State Sikai
Association
Deshmukh Poetry ZCOER, Pune State First
Pratik
Deshmukh Acting ZCOER, Pune State First
Pratik
Pranay KRAZY-4 SCOE, Pune State Second
Karkande
Vaibhav Blind Coding ZCOER, Pune State First
Mali
Priyanka Badminton ZCOER, Pune State Second
Bhat Girls Single
Sayali Fashion show SCOE, Pune State Second
Chaturvedi
Sangram National MIT, Pune National Silver
Barge Sport Meet Medal
Boxing
Ranade Robotryst IIT Delhi, National Third
Shreyas Delhi
Sumit Patil Mellange VIT, Pune National Second
2015
Sumit Patil M- Pulse P.E.S’s State First
2015 MCOE, Pune
ROBORASH
Karan Kadu Robowars MITCOE, State First
Pune
Abhinandan Sinhagad SCOE, Pune State First
Demapure Krandak
Paramne AKAAR IIT Bombay, National Third
Sujeet Mumbai
Bhushan Cricket IOIT, Pune State Second
Kamate
Bhushan Zeal ZCOER, Pune State First
Kamate Karandak
Ruchita Crossword IIT Bombay, National First
2015-16
Jadhav Mumbai
Nilesh Fashion Show SCOE, Pune State First
Chougule
Nilesh Fashion Show CCOEW, Pune State First
Chougule
Sagar Quiz JSPMNTC, State First
Mithalkar, Competition Pune
Sachin Technovision
Vaidya
Ashwini Poster making JSCOE, Pune State Second
Shirke Techmanthan

Sangram Poster making JSCOE, Pune State Second

Waghmode Techmanthan
Vishal Wordsmith ZCOER, Pune State Second
Shinde (Poetry)
Pendhari Technical ZCOER, Pune State Second
Noushad Quiz
Bhagirath Script Writing ZCOER, Pune State First
Ambekar
Pooja Patil Fashion CCOEW, Pune State First
show,
Panache
Kapil Jagtap Click Pad. Bhimsen State First
Photography Joshi Art
Gallery
Nikhil ROBO PVPIT COE, National First
Bhairat SOCCER Pune
Sumit Patil TEXEPHYR MIT, Pune National First
Sumeet Bong Viveksindhu ZCOER, Pune State First
Sumit Patil Mellange VIT, Pune State Second
5.3.3 How does the college seek and use data and feedback from its
graduates and employers, to improve the performance and quality of the
institutional provisions?
The institute proactively collects a feedback from passed out students and
employers for
• Possible improvements in infrastructural facilities,
• Quality of teaching,
• Identifying gaps in current trends in industry and present teaching
methodologies.
• Student performance
Feedback from graduates:

The institute conducts alumni meet and demonstrates the existing practices in
the institute. The alumni are asked to express their views on the existing
practices. The feedback from alumni is used to improve the teaching learning
process and the overall facilities provided to students.
Feedback from employers:

The institute has a practice to take a feedback from its employers during
campus drives. The feedback has a focus on student quality, quality of all
facilities provided to employers during campus drives, expectation of industry
from the institute and students, and technological gaps in curriculum. These
feedbacks are used for personality development of students, grooming the
students for campus drives, identifying gaps in curriculum and expectations
from industry for imparting content beyond curriculum and improvements in
infrastructural facilities required for campus drives.

5.3.4 How does the college involve and encourage students to publish
materials like catalogues, wall magazines, college magazine, and other
material? List the publications/ materials brought out by the students
during the previous four academic sessions.
The institute publishes its annual magazine in which, the students and staff
members publish articles, poems, sketches, and photographs. It is worthy to
note that the annual magazine for 2014-15 “Umang the Zeal” received first
prize in the “Best Magazine competition” organized by SPPU. In addition to
annual magazine, different departments publish wall magazines and e-news
letters to provide a platform to the students for showcasing their talent.
5.3.5 Does the college have a Student Council or any similar body? Give
details on its selection, constitution, activities and funding.
Yes, the institute has a student council. The details are as follows.
Selection and constitution:

The student council is formed under the provisions of section 40 (2) (b) of
Maharashtra University Act 1994, consisting following members.
• Principal
• Chairman
• One teacher nominated by Principal
• NSS program officer
• One student from each class, who has shown academic merit in
examination held in preceding year and who is engaged in full time studies
in the college nominated by Principal
• Director of sports and physical education
• One student from each of the following activities who has shown
outstanding performance nominated by Principal, namely Sports, NSS,
cultural activities, magazine.
• Two girl student members nominated by Principal.
Activities by student council:

The student council is responsible for following activities.
• Conduction of annual sports and cultural events
• Publication of institute magazine
• Social activities under the belt of NSS
• Annual social gathering
Funding:
Being a self financed institute, no funds are received from any funding agency.
5.3.6 Give details of various academic and administrative bodies that have
student representatives on them.

The institute strongly believes that student involvement is necessary for the
overall progress of the institute. The institute has formed following academic
and administrative bodies which have student representatives.
• Student council
• Anti-ragging committee
• Student welfare committee
• Sports committee
• Cultural committee
• NSS committee
• Vidyarthini aarogya prabodhini
• Student chapters
• Student associations in each department
• Placement cell
Student representatives actively participate in the functioning of above
committees. In addition to these committees, different clubs such as robotics
club, SAE collegiate club and Android club are formed through which the
students prepare and participate in different technical competitions.
5.3.7 How does the institution network and collaborate with the Alumni
and former faculty of the Institution?
The institute has established a network with its alumni to have their active
participation in its development in following ways.
• The institute organizes annual alumni meet and feedback from alumni is
used to improve the teaching learning process and the overall facilities
provided to students.
• The alumni are invited for training and guiding the existing students.
The institute is always in touch with its former faculty. The existing faculty
members work in collaboration with former faculty members to carry out
research activities. The institute takes benefit of their expertise in academic
activities by arranging expert lectures, taking their help in UG and PG
projects.

CRITERION VI: GOVERNANCE, LEADERSHIP AND MANAGEMENT
6.1 Institutional Vision and Leadership
6.1.1 State the vision and mission of the Institution and enumerate on how
the mission statement defines the institution’s distinctive characteristics in
terms of addressing the needs of the society, the students it seeks to serve,
institution’s traditions and value orientations, vision for the future, etc.?
The vision and mission of the institute are progressive in nature. It satisfies the
needs of society through leading-edge technology to all the stakeholders.
Vision:
To impart value added futuristic technological education.
Mission:
• To contribute to society through the pursuit of education and research.
• To provide individual attention for character building to make students
enlightened.
• To produce competent and socially responsible professionals.
The mission statement of the institute defines its distinctive characteristics

through the following initiatives.
Quality education and skill initiatives:

• The institute offers quality education from UG to PG and started PhD
research center since AY 2013-14 to cater to the need of qualified faculty
in technical education.
• The institute provides value added courses in different programmes like
Android app for Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering, Mobile
Computing, Big Data and Hadoop for Computer Engineering, Primavera
for Civil Engineering etc. along with hands-on trainings to enhance
technical skills of students.
• The institute has Automobile excellence centre, Cyborg club, ADOR
welding simulation setup, CNC and VMC machines for increasing
employability.
• The institute offers aptitude and soft skill coaching for students, in addition
to the SPPU curricula.
• The institute offers summer/winter internships, special sessions for
placement and entrepreneurship development.
Higher/competitive education initiatives:

• Institute encourages students for higher studies and competitive
examinations by counseling and conducting preparatory classes for
GATE/MPSC/UPSC examinations.
• Institute motivates and supports staff and students to visit industries,
industrial exhibitions and research centers.

• Institute provides platform to faculty members for higher studies and

research through development of in-house research facilities, MoUs with
academia and industries.
Institution’s Traditions and Value Orientations:

• College organizes traditional programs such as cultural events, sports
events, Teacher’s Day, Guru-pournima and Engineer’s day.
• Pune being cultural capital of Maharashtra, institute has created
infrastructure like Music studio and dance studio to prepare for
participation in cultural events like Purushottam Karandak, Firodiya
Karandak etc.
• College organizes state level technical event titled “NIRMAAN”. The
students are promoted to participate in IIT Techfest, BAJA, SUPRA
competitions.
• At the level of PG, the students are recommended to take participation in
University level project exhibition and conferences.
• The students are recommended for value addition programs such as
summer internship and industry training.
Social and ethical values:

• Institute organizes spiritual programs like Art of Living Happiness
program for FE students.
• Every year, institute organizes regular blood donation camp, road safety
week, Swachchta Abhiyan etc.
• Every year institute participates in community development activities
through NSS.
Vision for Future:

• Accreditation of UG and PG programmes by NBA.
• Academic autonomy from University Grant Commission (UGC).
6.1.2 What is the role of top management, Principal and Faculty in design
and implementation of its quality policy and plans?
The top management, Principal and faculty work together for design and
implementation of its quality policy. The institute has two apex bodies, GB
and LMC responsible for finalization and review of its quality policy. Being
the members of GB and LMC the representatives of different stake holders are
also involved in the design of quality policy. The role of top management,
Principal and faculty in design and implementation of quality policy and plans
is as follows.
Role of top management, Principal and Faculty in design of quality

policy:
• The top management has defined vision and mission of the institute. It
involves Principal and faculty to design the quality policy in line with the
vision and mission.
• The Principal, Deans, HoDs, senior faculty members initiate the thought
process and invite suggestions from faculty members through HoDs.

• The Principal prepares the draft of quality policy considering the

appropriate suggestions given by the faculty.
• In the capacity of member secretary of LMC, Principal puts the draft
before LMC for the approval.
• LMC forwards its recommendations to GB.
• GB finalizes the quality policy and instructs Principal to plan for its
implementation.
Role of top management, Principal and faculty in implementation of

quality policy:
• The Principal prepares the implementation plan and discusses with

management about the support required from top management for the
effective implementation.
• The top management provides all necessary infrastructure, manpower and
resources required for the implementation of quality policy.
• The Principal forms various functional subcommittees for effective
implementation of the plan.
• In line with the central subcommittees, the HoDs form departmental
subcommittees.
• The coordinators of subcommittees prepare yearly plans and allocate
responsibilities to faculty team members. The coordinators take a monthly
review of the activities carried out by the team members and ensure the
implementation of yearly plans.
• Principal and HoDs take review about the functioning of all
subcommittees once in a month and accordingly give suggestions to the
coordinators.
• The top management takes review about the implementation of action
plans twice in a semester.
• The outcomes of the quality policy are reviewed every year and
accordingly the modifications are done in the quality policy.
Recently, the institute has formed IQAC to work as coordination committee
for design and implementation of its quality policies.
6.1.3 What is the involvement of the leadership in ensuring:

• The policy statements and action plans for fulfillment of the stated
mission
• Formulation of action plans for all operations and incorporation of the
same into the institutional strategic plan
• Interaction with stakeholder
• Proper support for policy and planning through need analysis,
research inputs and consultations with the stakeholders
• Reinforcing the culture of excellence
• Champion organizational change
The policy statements and action plans for fulfillment of the stated
mission:

• The management and Principal actively participate in GB and LMC for

ensuring that the policy statements and action plans are aligned for
attaining the mission of institute.
• The Principal disseminates the vision and mission to all stake holders
through a well defined mechanism and involve them in forming the policy
statements.
• The Principal makes action plans in consultation with Deans, HoDs and
senior faculty members such that the action plans fulfill the vision and
mission of the institute.
• The Principal takes review of outcomes from the implementation of action
plans through meetings with functional committees and makes necessary
changes in action plans if required.
• The management takes review of quality policies and makes amendments
in quality policies if required.
Formulation of action plans for all operations and incorporation of the

same into the institutional strategic plan:
• The action plans are formulated in line with quality policy under the
leadership of the Principal. The action plans are incorporated by HoDs into
their strategic plans for effective implementation. For example, the
teaching plans, laboratory plans, timetable, academic activity plans are
formulated according to academic calendar of the institute.
• Various functional committees/cells are formed at institute level for
implementation of action plan. These functional committees include AMC,
RAC, timetable committee, sports committee, cultural committee,
grievances redressal committee, women’s grievances redressal committee,
anti-ragging committee, TPC, EDC etc. A representative from each
department is inducted in institute level committees.
• Various committees are also formed at department level for incorporation
of action plans in decentralized manner. Each of the committee has defined
roles in formulating and accomplishing the strategic plan and timely
implementation.
Interaction with stakeholders:

• The Principal/HODs/Deans ensure that all stakeholders are involved in
different activities. Students, as the main stakeholders are treated as the
centre of all activities and many curricular and co-curricular activities are
conducted for their benefits.
• The institute interacts with parents to inform continuous progress of their
wards through monthly progress letter and parents’ meet.
• The institute maintains a continuous communication with the stakeholders
including students, alumni, parents, external faculty members and industry
experts to exchange the knowledge and collect the feedback for future use.
• The summary of interactions with various stakeholders is as given below.
Government and statutory/regulatory bodies (AICTE, DTE, SPPU):
Admission process compliance, Local Inquiry Committee (LIC) visits,
GB representation, examination
Alumni: Alumni meets, placement interactions, expert lectures
conducted by alumni

Industry: Interactions during placement drives, expert lectures, training

sessions
Management: GB/LMC meeting, approvals and feedback
Parents: Parents’ meets
Students: Student council, GFM meetings, interactions with Principal,
Dean (Academics), HoD, faculty
Society: NSS, STF, career guidance, exhibitions and competitions
Proper support for policy and planning through need analysis, research
inputs and consultations with the stakeholders:
The requirements of the society for policy making and planning are collected
by the Principal, HoDs and Deans through interaction with various
stakeholders.
Examples of these interactions are as given below.
• Need analysis through HR meets: TPC and EDC organize HR meets,
World Entrepreneurship Day and placement drives. The inputs given by
HRs and employers are considered while framing policies for
employability enhancement of students.
• Research inputs are collected through the participation and organization of
conferences/seminars/workshops from the delegates and resource persons.
Accordingly, the policies are made for inculcation of research,
publications, projects etc.
• Consultation with stakeholders: Interactions with the students and parents
during career guidance seminars/admission counseling and interaction
with alumni during alumni meet serves as an important input for aligning
the activities of the institute with the needs of the stakeholders.
• Guidelines given by AICTE in Approval Process Handbook, LIC/DTE
committee visits provide sufficient inputs for academic and infrastructural
developments. These inputs are taken into consideration while making
amendments in the policies.
Reinforcing the culture of excellence:

The leadership of the institute promotes the culture of excellence as it shapes
the organization. For the reinforcement of cultural excellence the leadership of
institute does the following.
• The vision, mission, short term and long term goals, quality policies are
kept wide open to all stakeholders for their suggestions.
• The leadership is committed to ensure the fulfillment of its vision and
mission.
• The leadership motivates and apprises the innovative and creative thoughts
form all its stakeholders.
• The leadership is committed to provide the necessary training to its faculty
and supporting staff for their development.
• The leadership has adopted a performance assessment mechanism for the
faculty and staff of the institute which is prepared by its faculty members.
• The leadership motivates the team building and team work to create
healthy work culture.
Champion organizational change:

The institute started with 4 UG programmes in 2007. In last nine years the
institute has grown vertically and horizontally to have 6 UG, 6 PG and 2 PhD
programmes. During this span of time institute has adopted many changes to
attain its vision and mission.
The following changes can be considered as champion organizational changes.
• Implementation of ERP system:

With the initiative taken by Executive Director, the institute has
implemented ERP system in 2012. The Executive Director (as a
representative of the management) and Principal have actively participated
in forming the operational systems for ERP. Over the period of last four
years the institute has shifted its most of the academic and HR operations
from manual mode to paperless mode through ERP. A step ahead, a
mobile application of the ERP system has been launched in 2015 which
provides location independent access to the software.
• Library automation:
The institute has automated all functions in the library as follows.
The Web-OPAC has been facilitated to the members of library.
Web-OPAC has basic and advance search facility by which availability
and location of the books can be obtained. It also facilitates the
members to renew and reserve books up to certain limits.
Through the Web-OPAC, the members can identify the newly
purchased books in the library.
The members can observe the account details through this facility.
Web-OPAC can be accessed through smart phone as well.
All rules and regulations to be followed by all members are displayed
on Web-OPAC.
• Appointment of Deans:
To focus and decentralize the teaching-learning process and research
activities, institute has appointed Dean (Academics) and Dean (R&D).
6.1.4 What are the procedures adopted by the institution to monitor and
evaluate policies and plans of the institution for effective implementation
and improvement from time to time?
The institute has a structured mechanism involving top management, Principal

and faculty members to monitor and evaluate policies and plans of the
institution for effective implementation and improvement from time to time.
The procedure adopted by the institution is as follows.
Monitoring of implementation of action plans:

• The coordinators of departmental subcommittees monitor the
implementation of action plan once in a week and inform the team
members for improvements in implementation if needed. The same is
communicated to HoDs.

• Dean (Academics) and department academic coordinators take review of

all academic activities once in two weeks and guide the faculty members
for possible improvements.
• Principal conducts weekly meetings with deans and HoDs to take follow
up about implementation of action plans.
• The coordinators of central subcommittees take review of implementation
of action plans once in two weeks and inform the team members for
improvements in implementation if needed. The same is communicated to
Principal. The Principal guides subcommittee coordinators for possible
improvements.
• The Principal conducts departmental faculty meetings once in a semester.
It ensures the effective implementation of institutional level policies.
• The management takes feedback from Principal regarding implementation
of action plan twice in a semester.
Evaluation of policies and action plan by monitoring the outcome:

• The Principal, Deans and HoDs monitor performance of the students twice
in a semester through internal assessment. Accordingly, modifications are
done in action plans if needed.
• HoDs and Dean (Academics) analyze University examination results and
implement appropriate actions for improvement of student performance.
• Principal formally interacts with the students of every class once in a
semester for motivation, counseling and feedback. Based on the inputs
from the students necessary suggestions for improvements are given to the
departments.
• In addition, Principal formally interacts with external stake holders such as
alumni, parents, employers for feedback. Based on the inputs from the
stake holders necessary changes are done in action plans. The same is also
communicated to management in review meetings.
• RAC takes monthly feedback of ongoing research activities and
communicates the same to Principal for review of action plans. Principal
and Dean (R&D) take review of research activities at the end of every
semester and make necessary changes in the action plans. The same is also
communicated to management in review meetings.
• TPO takes review of placement activities and communicates the same to
Principal with suggestions on necessary changes in action plans for
training the students to fulfill the needs of employers. The Principal
reviews the suggestions and forwards the recommendations to
management for approval.
• GB and LMC meetings are conducted once in a semester to monitor the
outcomes of policies and action plans.
• The management takes review of its policies once in a year and makes the
appropriate changes in policy.
6.1.5 Give details of the academic leadership provided to the faculty by

the top management?
The top management provides academic leadership to its faculty in different

modes and capacities as mentioned below.

Sr. No. Role of faculty Activities as a leader

1. Subject teachers Monitors progress of the students in
his/her subject
2. GFM Monitors academic progress of a batch of
students
3. Class teacher Monitors academic progress of a class
4. Subject coordinator Coordinates teaching learning activities of
a subject to be taught in multiple divisions
5. Project coordinator Monitors progress of academic projects of
final year students
6. Academic coordinator Administers and coordinates the academic
activities of department
7. Laboratory incharge Administers all activities of the laboratory
8. Training and Placement Coordinates training and placement
coordinator activities in the department
9. Timetable incharge Prepares timetables for different classes of
the department
10. R&D coordinator Administers research activities in the
department
11. HoD Administers all activities of the
department
12. CEO Administers the examination activities
13. Deans Administers and coordinates the
academic/research activities of institute
14. Principal Administers all activities of the institute
6.1.6 How does the college groom leadership at various levels?
The institute believes that identifying the potential and grooming the leaders is
only the way towards its qualitative growth. The leaders at various levels are
created as described below.
Level 1: Students:
• As per SPPU norms, the student council is constituted and functional. It
provides opportunity to work as Class Representatives (CR), Ladies
Representatives (LR), University Representatives (UR).
• Students are entrusted with the responsibility of managing various co-
curricular and extra-curricular activities at institute and department level
like Nirmaan, Talentron, Ranangan, Avishkar, Cyborg Club, Annual
Social Gathering etc.
• Students are promoted to participate in inter collegiate curricular, co-
curricular and extracurricular activities like IIT Techfest, Mindspark, SAE
BAJA, Purushottam Karandak, Firodiya Karandak, Sinhgad Karandak etc.
• The institute has been actively participating in youth leadership program,
‘Young Inspirators Network’ (YIN) program of ‘Sakal’ media group,
where around 3000 colleges of Maharashtra participated to groom
leadership at college, district and state level.

• Opportunity of participation in various social activities under the umbrella

of NSS and STF.
Level 2: Supporting staff:

• One representative of supporting staff is inducted on LMC as a member.
• The need based training is imparted to supporting staff to upgrade their
competency.
• The supporting staff members in departments are shouldered with
responsibilities by the HoDs and faculty coordinators of different
functional committees.
• The supporting staff in administration office are motivated and supported
to handle the administrative activities independently.
Level 3: Faculty:
• Nominating senior faculty members to work on various University level
committees like BOS, staff selection committee, LIC, CEO, ARC, senior
supervisor, custodian etc.
• Opportunity to work as a resource person, session chairs, key note
speakers for STTPs, conferences at national/international level.
• Nomination on various institute level functional committees based on their
experience, interest and aptitude.
• Opportunity to work at various levels including convener, coordinator,
organizing committee members, technical committee members in the
events such as workshop/conference/STTP/FDP.
• Appointment as Dean, HoD, PG coordinator, member of LMC.
• Coordinator of the steering committee of LIC, NIRF, NAAC and NBA.
• By giving opportunity to work as a coordinators of various events like
annual function, annual sports, technical, co-curricular and extra-curricular
events, class teachers, GFM and faculty coordinator of student
associations.
Level 4: Head of Department, Deans:

HoD:
• Being a departmental head, HoD implements the policies of management.
He is responsible for monitoring academic and administrative activities of
the department.
• Along with teaching learning, he is responsible for counseling and
academic improvements of the students.
Deans:
• Dean (Academics) monitors academic activities of the institute and
reviews the action plans for the possible improvements in the academic
progress.
• Dean (R&D) monitors research activities of the institute and reviews the
action plans for the possible improvements in the research.

6.1.7 How does the college delegate authority and provide operational
autonomy to the departments / units of the institution and work towards
decentralized governance system?
Delegation of authority and provision of operational autonomy:
The top management delegates necessary authority to Principal to manage
different functions with operational autonomy. Principal authorizes functional
and fair autonomy to all departments and sections. Principal forms various
functional committees and an appropriate power has been delegated to
head/coordinator of the committees. The roles and responsibilities of these
coordinators are listed below.
Designation Roles and responsibilities

Implementation and monitoring of academic and
Principal administrative system to cater to vision and
mission of the institute
Dean Academic and administrative functions of second
(Second Shift) shift programs of the institute
Director UG and PG admissions, Training and Placement
(Admission and activities in coordination with TPO and
Placements) departmental coordinators
Academic development and monitoring progress
Dean (Academics)
of various teaching/learning processes
Dean (R & D) Monitors R&D activities in the institute
Dean Quality Coordination of NBA and NAAC accreditation
Academic and administrative functions of the
HOD
department
PG Coordinator Academic activities of PG programmes
CEO University examination activities
ARC Academic and research activities of BCUD, SPPU
Nodal officer for
Activities of NIRF
NIRF
NSS Coordinator NSS activities of SPPU
SWO Students’ welfare activities of SPPU
TPO Training and Placement activities
EDC Coordinator EDC activities
Student
Planning, execution and supervision of activities
association
of student association
Coordinators
Supervision and management of all administrative
Registrar/OS
and operational functions
Accountant Management of finance and account activities
Librarian Management of learning resources
In addition to above, the coordinators of various committees at department

level take decision and implement the action plans to support the quality
policy of institute. Each faculty member is assigned department level work
such as laboratory in-charge, class coordinator in addition to GFM. Few
faculty members are assigned institute level portfolio depending upon their

interest, experience and capability. The delegation of authorities at different

levels supported with administrative and operational autonomy to the
departments and units as mentioned in the table above shows the existence of
decentralized governance system.
6.1.8 Does the college promote a culture of participative management? If
yes, indicate the levels of participative management.
Yes, the institute promotes participative management at various levels for

overall growth of the institute. Faculty, staff and students are encouraged to
contribute through participation.
• There is a representation of management, faculty and other stakeholders in
the committees like GB, LMC, IQAC who formulate policies aligned with
vision and mission of the institute.
• The management and Principal has adopted bottom to top (stake holders to
management) approach in policy making process.
• Academic and other activities are conducted at department level by HoDs
along with teaching and non-teaching staff.
• CRs and student council members actively participate in decision making
of students’ related issues.
• Administrative and technical staff provides the necessary support services
for effective functioning at department and institute level.
• The management has recently initiated the concept of “Think Tank
Thursday”. On every Thursday, the Executive Director interacts with
faculty members to explore new ideas.
• In addition, number of inputs from stakeholders like supporting staff,
faculty, alumni, parents, employers and the visitors are considered for
effective implementation of policies of the institute.
6.2 Strategy Development and Deployment
6.2.1 Does the Institution have a formally stated quality policy? How is it
developed, driven, deployed and reviewed?
Yes, the institute has a quality policy. It is developed, driven, deployed and
reviewed through the active involvement of management, Principal, faculty
with considering the suggestions given by students and external stake holders.
The process of development and implementation is discussed in 6.1.2.
Principal, Deans and HoDs take review of the stated objectives twice in the
year formally through the result analysis of University examinations and
informally from the stakeholders like industry, parents, alumni, LIC of
University etc. The same is communicated to management for modifications
in the quality policy required if any.
6.2.2 Does the Institute have a perspective plan for development? If so,
give the aspects considered for inclusion in the plan.

Yes, the institute has a perspective plan in line with short term and long term
goals set for its overall development. The following aspects were considered
for inclusion in the plan.
• Inculcation of technical skills among the students
• Faculty empowerment
• Improvement in quality of research and research outcome
• Improvement in industry institute interaction
• Awareness of entrepreneurship development among the students
6.2.3 Describe the internal organizational structure and decision making

processes.
Internal organizational structure:

The functional organizational chart of the institute for academic activities is as
shown in below.
Governing Body
Local Management Committee
Direktorin
Dean Dean Dean HOD Shift Librarian Physical TPO EDC

Shift II Academics R&D I Director
HOD Assistant
AMC RAC
Shift II TPO
Supporting
Staff
Faculty Departmental Coordinators
Faculty Supporting Staff
The functional organizational chart of the institute for administrative activities

is as shown in below.
Governing Body
Local Management Committee
Direktorin
College Student NSS Registrar Store & Estate Committee

Exam Welfare Officer Purchase Manager In-charges
Officer Officer Officers
Office
Staff Faculty
Supporting Supporting
Staff Staff
Supporting
Staff

Decision making process in policy decisions:

• Principal, Deans and HoDs draft the policies and forward the same to
LMC for its recommendations.
• The LMC forwards its recommendations to GB.
• GB finalizes the policy decisions.
Decision making process in daily activities:

The institute has decentralized governance system with provision of
operational autonomy to departments and cells. The department level
decisions are taken by HoDs and are informed to Principal. The institute level
decisions are taken by the Principal and are informed to Executive Director.
The Executive Director intervenes in the decision process only in critical
issues to be resolved on urgent basis.
6.2.4 Give a broad description of the quality improvement strategies of

the institution for each of the following
• Teaching and Learning
• Research and Development
• Community engagement
• Human resource management
• Industry interaction
Teaching and Learning:

In order to strengthen teaching learning process quality, initiatives taken by
the institute are as follows.
• Social impact based innovative and industry sponsored projects for final
year UG students
• Practical exposure and industry interaction through industrial visits
• Use of NPTEL video lectures, presentations etc.
• Special classes for aptitude and soft skill
• Assignments and tutorials to enhance writing skills and practice
• Contents beyond curriculum and contents to bridge the gap
• Lectures of experts from industry / academia
• Exposure to skill based training programs like Android Course under
TSSC, Web technology under IBM Software Laboratory for Emerging
Technologies etc.
• Extra and remedial sessions for slow learners
• Mechanism of feedback to ensure teaching quality which regularly
monitored by AMC and Principal
• Mock oral, mock practical and revision sessions before final examination.
• Open access for central library, computer laboratories, Wi-Fi, workshop
and research laboratory
• Counseling and progress monitoring through GFM scheme
Research and Development:

• State of art laboratories with all updated hardware and software facilities
available for extended hours
• Organization of national/ international seminars, conferences and
workshops
• Implementation of funded research projects on campus
• Subscription of online research journals
• Sponsorship for participation and presentation of research work in the
conferences
• Study leave for PhD work
Community Engagement:
• Organization of blood donation camps
• Conduction of community development program through NSS unit
approved by SPPU Pune
• Participation in young inspiration network ‘YIN’, (a social awareness
program of ‘Sakal media group’ for students)
• Organization of tree plantation program
• Organization of awareness program for eco-friendly Ganesh Visarjan
Participation in “Swachha Bharat Abhiyan”
• Participation in traffic control activity and Road safety week for Pune city
Human Resource Management:

• Recruitment and leave policies as per norms of statutory bodies
• Sponsorships and duty leaves for attending seminar, workshops and
conferences, visit industry and technical exhibitions
• Provision of study leaves for qualification upgradation
• Organization of FDPs and STTPs for enhancing professional competencies
and soft skills
• Extension of benefits like Provident Fund, Gratuity
• Conduction of “Art of living” happiness program for stress management
• Birthday celebration of all employees
Industry Interaction:
• Expert lectures by industry experts
• Regular industry visits
• Building relation with industries through MoUs to develop interaction with
various industries, get industry sponsored projects for students and
provide training to the students on latest trends in industry
6.2.5 How does the Head of the institution ensure that adequate
information (from feedback and personal contacts etc.) is available for the
top management and the stakeholders, to review the activities of the
institution?
Principal provides all necessary information to management and stake holders

through
• GB and LMC meetings
• Weekly meetings with Executive Director

• Student feedback
• Student interaction with Principal, HoD, Deans and Faculty
• Feedback received from suggestion boxes
• Alumni meet
• Departmental parents’ meet
• Interaction with recruiters
• Interaction with industry
• Annual magazine
6.2.6 How does the management encourage and support involvement of

the staff in improving the effectiveness and efficiency of the institutional
processes?
The management encourages and supports involvement of the staff in

improving the effectiveness and efficiency of the institutional processes in
following manner.
• Best employee of the institute is felicitated by giving “Zeal Ratna” award
for the outstanding contribution towards the growth of the institute.
• The management formally appreciates staff through Principal by giving
appreciation letters for their performance.
• The management promotes staff with all necessary support to organize and
participate in conferences and workshop.
• Management helps in the personal development of faculty through FDP.
• The activities like happiness course and Divya Samaj Nirman of Art of
Living, motivational speeches from eminent speakers are conducted for
creating healthy atmosphere.
• The management adopts decentralization policy to improve the
effectiveness and efficiency of the institutional processes.
• ERP is implemented for improving effectiveness and efficiency of the
institutional processes.
• Additional increments and incentives in salary are awarded for efficient
contribution in the institutional processes.
• Management and Principal counsel the faculty members whose
performance is poor.
• To improve the work efficiency, laptops and mobile phones are provided
to few staff members depending upon nature and requirement of the work.
6.2.7 Enumerate the resolutions made by the Management Council in the

last year and the status of implementation of such resolutions.
Sr. No. Resolution Status of

implementation
1. To provide Wi-Fi facility in the campus Implemented
2. To apply for NAAC and NBA In process
3. To do special efforts to recruit senior Institute has recruited
teachers many senior teachers in
all departments

6.2.8 Does the affiliating university make a provision for according the
status of autonomy to an affiliated institution? If ‘yes’, what are the
efforts made by the institution in obtaining autonomy?
Yes, the SPPU has made the provision for according the status of autonomy to
affiliated colleges, as per provisions of UGC norms.
The long term goal of institute is to obtain academic autonomy from UGC.
The first step towards the process of autonomy is grant of permanent
affiliation from the University. The institute has already applied to University
for the grant of permanent affiliation. The University has appointed the
committee and institute is awaiting committee visit.
6.2.9 How does the Institution ensure that grievances / complaints are
promptly attended to and resolved effectively? Is there a mechanism to
analyze the nature of grievances for promoting better stakeholder
relationship?
The institution ensures resolving the grievances of stakeholders promptly and

effectively at suitable level.
Please refer 5.1.10, 5.1.11 and 5.1.12 for mechanism to address grievances of
students and staff. In addition to this, grievances received from parents during
parents’ meet are resolved by HoDs and/or Principal. Occasional complaints
received during informal interactions are also resolved at suitable levels.
6.2.10 During the last four years, had there been any instances of court
cases filed by and against the institute? Provide details on the issues and
decisions of the courts on these?
During last four years, only once the court case was filed against the institute.
The case was filed by an employee named Mr. Sudhir Vilas Jawarkar in the
University and Tribunal court. It was an appeal against the order of
termination of his services. The Hon. Preceding officer disallowed his appeal
and upheld the termination order issued to him.
6.2.11 Does the Institution have a mechanism for analyzing student

feedback on institutional performance? If yes, what was the outcome and
response of the institution to such an effort?
The institute collects and analyzes student feedback on teacher quality. In

addition to this, from last semester institute has developed a mechanism to
formally collect feedback reflecting institutional performance on following
parameters.
• Administration
• Building maintenance
• Laboratories
• Library
• Placement cell

• Canteen facility
• Girls hostel
• Transportation facility
• Sports facilities
• Other amenities like drinking water, wash rooms
However, the response of the institute based on the informal feedback of the
students on various issues is as listed below.
Outcome of informal
Response of the institute
feedback
Installed sufficient water coolers with filters
Drinking water in campus
followed by regular maintenance.
Participation in Created Automobile Excellence Centre with all
competitions like SAE necessary facilities.
BAJA, IIT Techfest Established Cyborg Club for robot design.
Developed sports play ground for various
outdoor sport events, Basketball court, indoor
Sports facility
sports facility.
Provided separate gymnasium for boys and girls.
Established of music studio, dance studio,
Participation in cultural
recording studio with state of the art instruments
activities
and facilities.
Developed auditorium with seating capacity of
700, 2 spacious GD rooms, 12 interview cabins
and internet facility centre with 100 desktop
Training and placement
computers connected to internet through 50
facility
Mbps leased line.
Tie up with FACE Academy for aptitude and
soft skill training.
Wi-Fi facility Provided campus-wide Wi-Fi facility.
Created stationary store with photocopy facility
Stationary store
in canteen.
Library timings Reading room is open for extended hours.
Additional 2 buses are made available in May
Transportation facility
2016.
Exposure for hands on Various skill based courses have been started
courses
6.3 Faculty Empowerment Strategies
6.3.1 What are the efforts made by the institution to enhance the
professional development of its teaching and non-teaching staff?
The institute makes sincere efforts to enhance the professional development of

its teaching and non-teaching staff. Some of them are as follows:
• Motivating faculty by providing leave for higher studies like PhD to the
centers of higher learning and institute research centre.

• MoU with lead institute, COEP for collaborative research and laboratory
development.
• Encouraging faculty members to associate with state, national and
international professional bodies like IE, IETE, ISTE, IEEE, CSE,
SAEINDIA, etc.
• Faculty is encouraged to organize as well as to participate in state, national
and international level conferences/seminars/workshops/symposia.
• FDPs are conducted before commencement of every academic year.
• Training programs for staff to upgrade English proficiency/communication
skills.
• Encourage the faculty by providing financial assistance to present their
research work at conferences (National and International) and share their
technical expertise as resource persons.
• Motivate and support faculty members to apply for research project
funding from BCUD of SPPU, DST etc.
• Provide seed money for research funded projects.
• Distribute the revenue generated through consultancy projects among the
team members.
• Faculty members are deputed to participate in curriculum revision
workshops organized by SPPU.
• Opportunity to the faculty to work on various committees of University
(Staff Selection/LIC/ Paper setting etc.)
• Motivating non teaching staff to upgrade qualification and allowing them
for installments in the payment of tuition fees.
6.3.2 What are the strategies adopted by the institution for faculty
empowerment through training, retraining and motivating the employees
for the roles and responsibility they perform?
The following strategies are adopted by the institute to empower the faculty
for their professional growth.
• Conduction of orientation programs and induction programs for newly
joined faculty members to know the systems and processes of the institute.
• For effective teaching, the senior faculty act as a mentor and if need be
senior academicians/ researchers/ industrialists are invited to guide the
junior teachers in their domain area.
• Conduction of FDPs as per the training needs.
• Arrangement of need based training and retraining at appropriate levels.
• Conduction of informal meetings by higher authorities to bring clarity and
motivate faculty about their roles and responsibilities effectively.
• Delegation of powers at different levels in the organization.
• Counseling of the faculty as per the feedback and performance appraisal.
• Appreciations and awards to the deserving faculty.
6.3.3 Provide details on the performance appraisal system of the staff to

evaluate and ensure that information on multiple activities is
appropriately captured and considered for better appraisal.

The institute has following performance appraisal system to evaluate its

faculty members.
• Faculty performance appraisal forms are given to faculty every year before
the start of the academic year.
• The process of appraisal includes self-appraisal followed by, evaluation by
mentor/HoD.
• At the end of every academic year, the HoDs submit the appraisal forms to
Principal for evaluation.
The performance appraisal form includes the following points

• Regularity and punctuality to conduct lectures and practical(s)
• Involvement to develop/modify teaching materials
• Involvement to develop/modify Laboratory experiments
• Involvement to solve students queries
• Students attendance in regular class
• Students attendance in additional/remedial class
• Regularity and punctuality in drawing and correcting exam./test
papers/assignments
• Regularity and punctuality in completing the syllabus (theory/practical)
• Involvement in Student Guidance and Counseling
• Result analysis
• Involvement in arranging and participating workshop/conference for
students/staff
• Involvement in arranging industrial visit/expert talks for students/staff.
• Involvement in research projects/consultancy/revenue generation
• Involvement in Department/College level activities
• Involvement in industry-institute interaction
• Students also evaluate the performance of their teachers by means of
feedback. The outcome of feedback is analyzed by the HoDs and discussed
with the teacher concerned.
In case of poor performance in appraisal, staff members are informed to meet
the Principal for counseling and necessary corrective measures are discussed.
Institute adopted implementation of UGC recommended API system for

performance appraisal from AY 2016-17.
6.3.4 What is the outcome of the review of the performance appraisal

reports by the management and the major decisions taken? How are they
communicated to the appropriate stakeholders?
The performance appraisal report is submitted to the management by Principal

after due analysis.
Outcome of the review:
• The faculty members whose performance is poor, they are counseled by
Principal and management personally.
• The faculty members whose performance is exceptionally well are
awarded with additional increments and incentives in salary.

Communication with stakeholders:

The appraisal of the staff are reviewed and conveyed to individual staff. A
copy of decision taken by management is handed over to concerned person.
6.3.5 What are the welfare schemes available for teaching and
nonteaching staff? What percentage of staff have availed the benefit of
such schemes in the last four years?
The following welfare schemes are available for teaching and non-teaching
staff of the institute.
• Gratuity scheme
• Employees Provident Fund
• Medical checkup camps
• Festival advance
• Conduction of health awareness programs
• Transportation facility with concessional charges
• Birthday celebration
6.3.6 What are the measures taken by the Institution for attracting and
retaining eminent faculty?
The following measures are taken by the institute to attract and retain eminent
faculty members. General retention policies are as mentioned in 2.4.1. The
measures taken by the institute to attract and retain the eminent faculty are as
follows.
• Deserving candidates are offered additional increments and special
allowance.
• All the welfare schemes as mentioned in 6.3.5 are made applicable.
• Opportunities to pursue higher studies.
• Opportunities to interact with the institutes of higher learning and
industries through MoUs.
• Motivation and financial support to organize and attend conferences,
seminars and workshops.
• Opportunities to work on various committees of University.
• Infrastructure facilities are provided for implementation of research
projects.
• Appreciation letters and award system.
• Due recognition is given to the faculty for research publication in reputed
journals.
6.4 Financial Management and Resource Mobilization
6.4.1 What is the institutional mechanism to monitor effective and

efficient use of available financial resources?

The institute has a well-defined procedure to monitor effective and efficient

utilization of available resources for infrastructure, equipment and teaching
learning process as follows.
• The Principal and HoDs discuss the requirements and decide the priorities
while allotting funds for various purposes, optimizing available financial
resources.
• Budgetary provisions are made for salary, infrastructural cost and other
expenses such as electricity, consumables, semi-consumables, water,
telephone, photocopies, postage, welfare schemes etc.
• Fixed deposits, various current and savings accounts are reserved for
salary and other expenditures.
• The institute has constituted separate purchase committee which monitors
all the requirements and purchases.
• LMC and GB approve appropriate budgetary provisions made by Principal
and monitor the efficient use of provisions.
• Financial audits of accounts are conducted every financial year to verify
the compliance with standard processes. This mechanism monitors
effective and efficient use of available financial resources.
6.4.2 What are the institutional mechanisms for internal and external
audit? When was the last audit done and what are the major audit
objections? Provide the details on compliance.
The institute has a mechanism for internal and external audit as follows.
Mechanism for internal audit:

• The board of trustees of Zeal Education Society appoints internal auditors
for conducting internal audits of its institutes.
• The team of one institute conducts audit for the other institute. The audit
report is submitted to Principal and management.
• The Principal and accountant take care of doing compliance of the
objections raised if any.
Mechanism for external audit:

The statutory audit is conducted once every year by registered Chartered
Accountant firm.
External Auditor Last Date of Audit

P. G. Patil and Associates,
Chartered Accountant,
17.10.2016
6th floor, Vidyadhar Heights, Guru Ganpati Square,
Narayan Peth, Pune-411030
No minor and/or major objections have been raised in the internal and external
audits.
6.4.3 What are the major sources of institutional receipts/funding and
how is the deficit managed? Provide audited income and expenditure
statement of academic and administrative activities of the previous four
years and the reserve fund/corpus available with Institutions, if any.

Major sources of funds:

The institute is a self-financing and its income is mainly from tuition and
development fees of the students which is defined by Shikshan Shulk Samiti
constituted by State Government of Maharashtra.
• The institute also manages amount through loans to fulfill the capital
expenditures of the institutions and the interest from fixed deposits.
Management of deficit availability of corpus:

• The deficit is managed by Zeal Education Society for meeting the
expenses more than the income generated.
• The reserve fund / corpus are maintained by Zeal Education Society.
Income and expenditure of Last four years are as follows.
Details of Income and expenditure (Rs. in Lacs)

Particulars 2012-2013 2013-2014 2014-2015 2015-2016
Income 1141.5 1450.06 3368.58 3225.65
Expenditure 1471.14 1867.3 2295.31 2982.01
6.4.4 Give details on the efforts made by the institution in securing

additional funding and the utilization of the same (if any):
In addition to available funds from student fees, the institute makes efforts for
additional funding in the following ways.
• Seminar/workshop grants from SPPU.
• Grants from SPPU for NSS, Earn and Learn schemes, equipment,
infrastructure.
• Grants for research projects from SPPU.
• Lending premises for online entrance examinations like GATE, CAT etc.
The details of the funds generated during last four years are as follows.
All amounts are in Lacs rupees.

Years 2012-2013 2013-2014 2014-2015 2015-2016
Amount 2.77 12.82 4.39 4.60
generated
This fund is utilized in creation and development of excellence centers and

research facilities.
6.5 Internal Quality Assurance System (IQAS)
6.5.1 Internal Quality Assurance Cell (IQAC)

a. Has the institution established an internal Quality Assurance Cell
(IQAC)? If yes, what is the institutional policy with regard to quality
assurance and how has it contributed in institutionalizing the quality
assurance processes?

The institute has AMC to ensure the quality in academic processes. Principal
and Dean (Academics) work as Chairman and Member Secretary of AMC.
Department coordinators work as members of AMC for uniform monitoring
process.
The composition of AMC is as follows.

2. Dr. S. G. Dambhare Professor, Mechanical Member
Technik
Technik
4. Prof. J. K. Shaikh Asst. Professor, Mechanical Member
Technik
5. Prof. P. S. Kamble Asst. Professor, Mechanical Member
Technik
6. Prof. (Mrs.) P. A. Joshi Asst. Professor, Information Member
Technologie
7. Prof. N. N. Deo Asst. Professor, Civil Member
Technik
8. Prof. (Mrs.) M. D. Asst. Professor, Computer Member
Umale Engineering
9. Prof. K. Tambe Asst. Professor, Computer Member
Technik
10. Prof. (Mrs.) A. N. Asst. Professor, Electronics Member
Kulkarni and Telecommunication
Technik
11. Dr. V. B. Kamble Asst. Professor, Chemistry Member
12. Prof. (Mrs.) Shruti Gaur Asst. Professor, Electrical Member
Technik
13 Prof. S. G. Mane Asst. Professor, Electrical Member
Technik
14. Dr. S. D. Professor, Electronics and Member
Shirbahadurkar Telecommunication Secretary
Engineering and Dean
(Academics)
Recently institute has constituted IQAC to streamline the quality assurance in

academic and administrative processes. Its composition is as follows.

2. Mr. J. S. Katkar Executive Director, Zeal Member
Education Society
3. Dr. C. L. Prabhune Professor, Mechanical Member
Technik
4. Dr. A. B. Ubale Asso. Professor, Mechanical Member

Engineering
5. Dr. M. G. Unde Professor, Electrical Member
Engineering
Engineering
7. Dr. S. D. Professor, Electronics and Member
Shirbahadurkar Telecommunication
Engineering
8. Mr. S. S. Mahadik Administration Office Member
9. Mr. N. B. Nimbalkar Administration Office Member
10. Mr. S. R. Dhokte Administration Office Member
11. Mr. A. A. Pisal Student Member
12. Mr. C. V. Deshpande Alumni Member
13. Mr. B. P. Shinde Chief Executive Officer, Member
Sailee Electrotekniks Pvt.
Ltd., Pune
14. Mr. L. M. Mahale Plant Head, Mahindra Steel Member
Service Center, Pune
Engineering Secretary
Its objectives are clearly defined as below.

• Institute
1. To upgrade students satisfaction.
2. To enhance satisfaction of Staff through developmental activities.
3. To assure infrastructural requirements.
4. To strengthen the efficiency of interaction with stakeholders.
• Academics
1. To attain quantitative results of university examination.
2. To increase the number of students in first class with distinction from
each branch.
3. To accomplish campus placement of 90 % eligible number of students.
The quality enhancement in academics is achieved by AMC through the direct

and indirect processes as specified in 2.3.2 to contribute in institutionalizing
the quality assurance processes. Existing policies on academic and
administrative systems are geared through IQAC towards sustaining the
quality.
b. How many decisions of the IQAC have been approved by the

management/authorities for implementation and how many of them were
actually implemented?
The institute has recently formed IQAC and it has formulated its objectives
and functionalities. A meeting of IQAC has been conducted before
commencement of the second semester of academic year 2016-17. The
decisions taken in this meeting are forwarded to management, which are under
consideration.

c. Does the IQAC have external members on its committee? If so, mention
any significant contribution made by them.
Yes, the IQAC has inducted two industrialists as external members on its
committee. The IQAC has planned for the active involvement of the external
members in its functioning.
d. How do students and alumni contribute to the effective functioning of
the IQAC?
The present roles of students and alumni in the effective functioning of AMC
and other functional committees will be continued in the functioning of IQAC.
e. How does the IQAC communicate and engage staff from different
constituents of the institution?
The proposed mechanism of IQAC to communicate and engage staff from

different constituents of the institute is as follows.
• IQAC will communicate with faculty through HoDs.
• Decisions taken by IQAC will be communicated by the HoDs to the
faculty and staff of their respective departments and will be implemented
through faculty and staff.
• Many of the faculty members will be in direct communication with IQAC
through various functional committees for which meetings will be
arranged throughout the semester.
.
6.5.2 Does the institution have an integrated framework for quality
assurance of the academic and administrative activities? If yes, give
details on its operationalisation.
Yes, the institute has AMC and decentralized governance system through
HoDs to monitor the academic and allied activities. The operational
mechanism with reference to different operations is elaborated in earlier
subsections of this report as mentioned in the table below.
Sr. No. Operation Subsection

1. Planning and execution of academic activities 1.1.2
2. Monitoring and evaluation of teaching quality 2.3.2
3. Formative and summative assessment process for 2.5.4
quality improvement
4. Transparent internal assessment 2.5.5
5. Ensuing attainment of graduate attribute 2.5.6
6. Teaching, learning and assessment strategies to 2.6.3
attain learning outcomes
7. Analysis of student learning outcomes and 2.6.5
planning to overcome barriers in learning
8. Teacher evaluation through appraisal 6.3.3, 6.3.4
The IQAC is planning to develop the mechanism for quality assurance in

administrative and financial activities.

6.5.3 Does the institution provide training to its staff for effective
implementation of the quality assurance procedures? If yes, give details
enumerating its impact.
Yes, trainings and information sharing are provided for effective

implementation of the quality assurance procedures as given below.
• Induction training and awareness program is organized for faculty to
accustom the academic and administrative rules and regulations and the
quality assurance procedures.
• The procedures of quality assurance are informed to all faculty members
through department head.
• Training program for faculty is conducted to know the Quality Assurance
(QA) procedures and calculation of API in self appraisal report.
In addition, for effective implementation of quality policies training is

provided to technical supporting staff for up-keeping the laboratories through
maintenance and calibration, firefighting, battery and UPS maintenance etc.
The above training has resulted in the quality assurance in the following ways.
• Improvement in teaching learning process through updated course files,
effective use of learning resources, expert lectures, remedial lectures etc.
• Awareness and participation about the QA procedure.
• Awareness about importance of research activities to improve teaching
quality.
• Up-keeping of laboratories, library and other facilities.
6.5.4 Does the institution undertake Academic Audit or other external

review of the academic provisions? If yes, how are the outcomes used to
improve the institutional activities?
Yes, the institute undertakes academic audit with following mechanism.
Internal Audit:
• Audit of course file of each faculty is carried out by Academic Monitoring
Committee. This ensures audit of all aspects of teaching learning process.
• AMC reviews the teaching quality and status of coverage of syllabus in
every department.
• Also, the feedback about teaching quality, completion of syllabus of each
subject is taken in the meeting of GFM and meeting with HoD/Academic
coordinator.
• Audit of each laboratory course is conducted by HoDs and the senior
faculty of the department.
External Audit:
The external audit of all academic provisions made by the institute is carried
out every year by the regulatory bodies viz. SPPU, AICTE and DTE.
Outcome:

• Learning resources in the central library are updated.

• Laboratories are updated and maintained regularly.
• Students are found motivated with self-learning attitude.
• Student participation in various activities is increased.
6.5.5 How are the internal quality assurance mechanism aligned with the
requirements of the relevant external assurance agencies/regulatory
authorities?
The institute has given due consideration to the statues and acts of the external
assurance agencies like NAAC, NBA and regulatory authorities such as SPPU,
AICTE, DTE and State Government of Maharashtra while developing the
quality assurance mechanism.
6.5.6 What institutional mechanisms are in place to continuously review

the teaching learning process? Give details of its structure, methodologies
of operation and outcome?
The AMC continuously reviews the teaching learning process. The mechanism
of the same is discussed in 1.1.2.
The outcomes of mechanism are as given below.

• Students are found motivated with self-learning attitude.
• Student participation in various activities is increased.
6.5.7 How does the institution communicate its quality assurance policies,
mechanisms and outcomes to the various internal and external
stakeholders?
The quality assurance policies, mechanism and outcomes are communicated to

the stakeholders through the following
• Various meetings of GB, LMC
• Principal meetings with Deans, HoDs and office staff
• HoD meetings with faculty
• Student council meetings
• Notice/ Circulars/ e-mails to respective HoDs/Section Heads/faculty
• Alumni and parent meetings
• Placement drives, HR meets and EDC programs
• Informal interactions with students and all stakeholders

CRITERION VII: INNOVATIONS AND BEST PRACTICES
7.1 Environment Consciousness

7.1.1 Does the Institute conduct a Green Audit of its campus and
facilities?
The institute follows environment friendly practices to maintain green campus.

Emphasis is given to use non conventional energy. The energy audit is carried
out regularly. Various measures taken in this regards are as follows.
• Many trees are planted in the campus and are maintained using drip
irrigation system to improve water efficiency.
• Lush green lawn on the play ground is maintained using sprinkler
irrigation system.
• The social impact based project on rain water harvesting is being
implemented on campus by final year Civil Engineering students.
• The institute has active NSS Unit which has conducted various activities
like Swachh Bharat Abhiyan and plastic free campus.
• The institute has celebrated one day walkathon campaign as a part of
International Green Building Week to create awareness among the staff
and students.
• The institute has installed solar water heating system in the hostel.
7.1.2. What are the initiatives taken by the college to make the eco-
friendly?
∗ Energy conservation
∗ Use of renewable energy
∗ Water harvesting
∗ Check dam construction
∗ Efforts for Carbon neutrality
∗ Plantation
∗ Hazardous waste management
∗ e-waste management
Conscious efforts are made at the institute level to make the campus eco-
friendly. Staff and students are made aware of the importance of energy
conservation through different programs organized by NSS cell and poster
presentations during NIRMAAN, Science day, Avishkar etc.
Energy conservation:
• Notices are displayed near the switchboards in all laboratories/classrooms
to increase awareness of energy conservation.
• It is practiced that all power consuming devices like ACs, electric fans and
lights are switched off when not in use.
• Students are encouraged to work on social impact based projects with
emphasis on energy conservation.
• Electrical Engineering department conducts audit of electricity/energy
consumption.

• Automatic power factor correction unit is installed to maintain unity power

factor for efficient electricity utilization.
• Centralized timer based control is used for street lights for efficient use of
electrical energy.
Use of Renewable Energy:

• Solar water heater system is installed in girls’ hostel with capacity of 2000
litres.
• Seminars are organized to create awareness about solar energy.
• Students are encouraged to select final year projects based on renewable
energy.
• Research project in the field of wind energy, funded by SPPU is completed
at the institute.
Water Harvesting:
Rain water
• The social impact based project on rain water harvesting is being
implemented on campus by final year Civil Engineering students.
Efforts for Carbon neutrality:

• Institute has observed “No Vehicles Day” on 26th February 2016.
• Use of plastic bags is discouraged in the institute campus.
• Optimal utilization of print out papers is emphasized.
• Use of effective ERP system to promote paperless work.
• UPS batteries are regularly checked and maintained for better efficiency.
• Institute has active NSS Unit which has conducted various activities like
Swachh Bharat Campaign and Plastic free campus.
• The institute has celebrated one day “walkathon campaign” as a part of
International Green Building Week.
• Institute has organized bicycle rally in Pune city to promote the use of
bicycles.
Plantation:
• Gardner is appointed to maintain the trees and lawn.
• Tree plantation program is regularly arranged by the students.
• Saplings are offered to the guests instead of bouquets.
• Additional green area is created in the infrastructural space with the help
of potted plants.
Hazardous Waste Management:

• Chemicals, machining waste and coolants are collected properly in the
workshop and disposed off.
e-Waste Management:

• Displays about awareness of e –waste hazards at different locations in the

institute.
• The e-waste generated is disposed off as per regulatory norms.
7.2 Innovations
7.2.1 Give details of innovations introduced during the last four years
which have created a positive impact on the functioning of the college.
The institute has introduced below mentioned innovative practices which have
created a positive impact on functioning of the institute.
• Cyborg Club:
Institute has developed this exclusive club for development of robots for
participation in the competitions like IIT Techfest, Robocon etc. by allocating
the space of 50 Sq. Mts. in C building. All necessary infrastructural and
equipment facilities as below are made available for extended hours for the
students.
Major Equipments:
Sr. No. Name of equipment and specification Quantity

1 Delta 3D printer 1
2 Computers 3
Sabertooth Dual 60A Motor Driver
3 2
(Motor/speed control)
4 Ampflow-f30-400 1
5 Avionic 5200MAH 6s 65C- Lipo Battery 4
4x6 Wireless Lithium Polymer Battery
6 1
Pack Charger
Turnigy Graphene Professional 5200MAH
7 5
3S 15C LIPO Pack W/XT60
8 Batele Switch 1
During AY 2013-14 and AY 2014-15, the students participated in IIT Techfest

and consecutively received first prize in the event. 3-D printer is developed by
the students of Mechanical Engineering. It is used for innovative product
design and development and also to take part in various competitions.
• Automobile Excellence Center:
• Skill Development Centers:

ADOR Welding simulator
The institute has established excellence centre in welding in association with
renowned industry ADOR Welding, Pune. It facilitates to upgrade skills in
TIG, MIG and Arc welding for Mechanical Engineering students. The
simulator gives the actual experience of welding operation and performance
analysis without consuming welding rods and creating pollution.

CNC and VMC machines with simulator

The machining excellence centre is available in Mechanical Engineering
Department to enhance the machining skills. The simulator provided with
these machines help the students to experience machining operations in virtual
environment. It helps in increasing productivity in reduced time.
• Android App and online course material for study:

Innovative mobile app is developed by faculty of Physics and Chemistry
enabling students to refer study material at any time for academic
improvement. A faculty from Mechanical Engineering has uploaded study
material of Thermodynamics on the web portal so that students with valid
password can access the same. This promotes e-learning, blended learning,
interactive learning to enhance academic performance.
• Art of Living Program:

Various programs from Art of Living are conducted for enhancing the energy
level and stress management for the staff and students as per the details given
below.
Sr. No. of
Title of the program Dates
No. participants
Zeal Youth Empowerment camp for 30.07.2015 to
01 332
FE students 03.08.2015
02.11.2015 to
02 Happiness Program for staff 128
07.11.2015
Barclay’s Youth Initiative program 29.02.2016 to
03 477
for BE students 03.03.2016
Divya Samaj Nirman program for 05.06.2016 to
04 71
staff 08.06.2016
Barclay’s Youth Initiative program 10.08.2016 to
05 207
for BE students 14.08.2016
• STF:
Self motivated students of the institute have formed STF Group aiming to
provide helping hand towards social issues like safety, security, blood
donation etc. Few activities carried out by STF are as listed below.
Sr. No. of
Title of the program
No. participants
01 Ganapati Festival Police Mitra 40
02 ‘Daru Nako, Dudh Pya’ New Year Event 25
Women’s Rally by Maharashtra Times- Traffic
03 30
Management
04 Zeal TVC crowd management 50
05 No Vehicles Day on Zeal Campus 50
06 Crowd management during Talentron 50
07 Security during Shiv Jayanti 50
08 Visit to weapons exhibition at Shivaji Nagar 50
09 Ecofriendly Ganesh visarjan 40

This has impacted the students by creating awareness about societal problems
related with environment protection, safety, security, health, wrong habits,
gender equality etc. This has also created team spirit, healthy relationship,
sense of responsibility and social obligations.
• Cultural Club activities:

Pune being the cultural capital of Maharashtra, many students are interested to
participate in various cultural fests and competitions like Purushottam
Karandak, Firodiya Karandak, Lokankika, Streetplays and competitions
arranged by Lion’s and Rotary Club etc. Considering the need and motivating
the students, institute has established Music Studio, Dance Studio and
Recording Studio at professional level for practicing and rehearsing.
The details of facilities created are as follows.
1. Dance Studio admeasuring 70.00 Sq. Mts. (02 nos.) with special type of
flooring and wall mirrors with 5.1 Dolby digital music system.
2. Special ramp hall for practicing and rehearsing fashion shows
3. Music Studio admeasuring 70.00 Sq. Mts. with all type of musical
instruments like Electronic Keyboard, Synthesizer, Harmonium, Tabla,
Guitars, Benjo, drum set, djembe etc.
4. Recording Studio consisting of condenser mic of RODE and Apple
Protools Software, Total Apple System for dynamic acoustics with 16
channel mixer, SM 57/58 mics.
5. Performing auditorium admeasuring 250 Sq. Mts. for practicing and
rehearsing.
6. Workshops carried out by the professionals in the field for enhancing their
cultural skills.
7. Yoga Studio admeasuring 75 Sq. Mts.
8. Life enrichment of the students on the campus with promotions of new
films.
• Mentoring/ Counseling/ GFM Activity:

GFM scheme is implemented for mentoring group of 20 students and
monitoring their academic progress. In addition, placement sessions are
conducted on the topics like Engineering career, higher studies, placement
opportunities, professional practices and personality development etc.
Professional counselor is appointed and she conducts regular counseling
sessions. Students are motivated and are psychologically prepared to face
professional and social challenges.
• ERP system:
ERP system, used for automation of all processes, aims at improving the
efficiency and productivity of teaching as well as administrative staff. It helps
the faculty and staff to maintain and review attendance, academic record etc.
This has promoted paperless work culture.
• Google groups/Whatsapp groups:

Faster, effective and paperless communication with staff and students is
facilitated through Google groups and WhatsApp groups. Official e-mail id is
provided to the faculty and staff with domain [email protected].

These groups share / update assignments, lecture notes, ppts, seminars and
project topics, electives etc.
• EDC:
Institute has established EDC in 2014 for facilitating the students to be an
entrepreneur. Thirty five of our alumni have their own startups since last 4
years.
• Library Automation:
For effective usage if the library, following innovative practices are
implemented.
1. Entry and exit of staff and students is automatically recorded by bar code
system.
2. Automation of books issue and return with SMS facility.
3. Web-OPAC system is introduced to check status of required books.
4. Drop boxes are made available for returning the books saving the time of
students.
This has impacted in average increase of library usage from July 2013 to June
2015:
1. Student/staff visits per day: from 20 to 120
2. Book issue/return per day: from 114 to 200
7.3 Best practices:

1. Best Practice 1:
Title of the Practice:

Value addition training for students
Goal:
• To strengthen the fundamentals and the concepts.
• To bridge the gap between theory and its application in practice.
• To understand the specifications and detailed knowhow about the
components, practices and procedures.
• To understand the practical problems and issues.
• To get the exposure to the real life practices and market trends.
• To provide strong self practice for the core technical work to gain the
expertise.
• To interact with practicing professionals and understand the critical issues
of application area. This will in turn boost the confidence and enhance the
employability.
• To improve ability to face interview.
• To make students more familiar with industrial requirements.
• To provide experience of actually doing something rather than learning
from books.
The Context:

It is important to have a sound grasp of the theory that underlies any

profession or industry. However engineering graduates are lacking in
application of this theory in practice. It is therefore essential to bridge this gap
by undertaking hands on training. There are some skills that can only be
learned through hands on practice. It’s important that much of the learning
material in any given course should be provided in a way that allows students
to get involved practically to increase their knowledge and abilities.
To enhance the employability and inculcate the graduate attributes as per the
guidelines of outcome based education, it is necessary to imbibe skill sets in
the engineering graduates. To meet this requirement, institute has made a
practice to provide hands on training to all the students every year.
In the present context, as per the NASCOM and other reports, only 25 % of
the engineering graduates are employable. This is indicative of lack of
employability amongst the engineering graduates. It is essential that the
information need to be converted into knowledge and knowledge in to the skill
set. With the use of latest ICT tools and the technical skills would definitely
enhance the employability and the confidence in engineering graduates. As
there are many avenues as per the new policies of Govt. of India like Digital
India, Make in India and the supports like NSDC, students can acquire
necessary skill set and support to start their own start up.
The Practice:
Hands on trainings are conducted on the topic related with their curriculum or
based on recent industry trends during the academic year. This training is
conducted by expert faculties from corresponding department or practicing
professionals in the relevant area. All required resources are made available to
students during the training. The process is carried out as given below.
1. Need Assessment for Course
2. Curriculum Design
3. Identification of faculty/ practicing professionals
4. Implementation Planning
After successful completion of training students are appreciated by certificate

of participation in certain cases. These programs are conducted regularly every
semester for all the classes since last three years. The details of the programs
conducted during academic year 2015-16 are as given below.
Sr. Class & No. of

Topic Dates
No. Branch students
Brick masonry construction
SE 01.10.2015 to
1 using English and Flemish 54
Civil 03.10.2015
bonds.
Reading of structural drawing
TE for foundation and preparing 05.10.2015 to
2 48
Civil reinforced frame as per 07.10.2015
drawing.
3 SE Android OS & Application 21.12.2015 to 69

Sr. Class & No. of

Topic Dates
No. Branch students
Computer 22.12.2015
TE Latex 21.12.2015 to 78
4
Computer 22.12.2015
BE Mock Placement Drive 21.12.2015 to 75
5
Computer 22.12.2015
SE Introduction to Electrical 07.08.2015 to
6 30
Electrical Machine & Electrical Safety 08.08.2015
BE 31.08.2015 to
7 PLC & SCADA Applications 68
Electrical 05.09.2015
SE Hands-on Training on
8 09.11.2015 42
E&TC “Electronic Circuit Design -I
Hands On PIC18F
TE
9 Microcontroller 05.11.2015 40
E&TC
& Applications
BE Hands On VLSI & Embedded
10 12.11. 2015 90
E&TC Systems
Computer Hardware
11 SE IT 02.01.2015 61
Workshop
Student Technical
05.01.2015 to
12 BE IT Enhancement program-3 23
06.01.2015
(Introduction to Latex)
Automobile Excellence-Two
SE 24.03.2015 to
13 Wheeler Service & 220
Mechanical 27.03.2015
Maintenance
BE CNC Programming & 11.09.2015 to
14 240
Mechanical Machining 14.09.2015
• Evidence of Success:
By conducting hands on trainings for SE to BE students on various topics,
they got more exposure in the respective field. Many industries have
automation in manufacturing. Getting training on CNC machines has created
more interest in Mechanical Engineering students to work on shop floors and
build up the confidence about their work. Students from Electronics &
Telecommunication Engineering and Electrical Engineering understand the
components, basic processes, interfacing, controllers etc. so that their interest
in the subject increases which is reflected in their feedback. Computer
Engineering and Information Technology students are exposed to
understanding of the motherboards, installation of operating systems and
development of codes which boosts their academic performance.
Civil Engineering students get exposure to various construction materials, its
handling, structural elements, and basic operations on construction site
creating self confidence and interest in the subjects.
This practice is appreciated by employers and other stakeholders and also

during informal discussions with HRs, they have shared their views regarding

the improvement in the student performance during selection process carried

out for placements in industries.
Students become aware of specific requirement of skill set for a job profile.
They also become aware about recent trends in the market and also the
resources for various requirements and their interaction with practicing
professionals is enhanced. It is observed that students have participated and
shown better performance through the acquired skills at different platforms
like development of All Terrain Vehicles to participate in SAE-BAJA, Go-
cart, SUPRA competitions and also robotics competition at IIT Techfest.
Problems Encountered and Resources Required:

• Time constraints of the students due to adherence to the academic calendar
of the University
• Batch size is restricted to 20 numbers only because of less number of
training kits.
• In the branches like Mechanical Engineering, due to large number of
students, it is difficult to complete the training to all the students in
designated period.
• During training schedule, sometimes unavailability of practicing
professional is faced.
• Hands on trainings are generally scheduled at the beginning of the
semester; number of student beneficiaries gets reduced because of non-
reporting to the institute after the vacation.
• Some of the training programs consume more time making it unable to plan
and implement.
Best Practice 2:
Title of the Practice:

To inculcate the entrepreneurship and self-employment among students.
Goals:
• To provide the strong technical platform to the Engineering students in the
field of technology and state of art skill development.
• To share the experiences and challenges faced by successful entrepreneurs
to the budding Engineers.
• To confer the employability to weaker sections as a part of social
responsibility.
• To strengthen the interdisciplinary bonding by sharing the technologies
from different disciplines of Engineering.
• To promote interdisciplinary and collaborative activities leading to self
employment.
• To support and guide the students to develop commercial product through
their final year projects.
The Context:

In the present context, as per the NASCOM and other reports, only 25 % of
the Engineering graduates are employable. This is indicative of lack of
employability amongst the engineering graduates. It is essential that the
information need to be converted into knowledge and knowledge in to the skill
set. With the use of latest ICT tools and the technical skills would definitely
enhance the employability and the confidence in engineering graduates. As
there are many avenues as per the new policies of Government of India like
Digital India, Make in India and the supports like National Skill Development
Corporation, students can acquire necessary skill set and support to start their
own start up.
To be an entrepreneur, one needs to have confidence in his idea, risk taking
ability and decision making power for implementation of that idea. The
budding entrepreneurs are lacking in putting more efforts towards studying the
current market trends and are also having less inclination towards working
hard and pursuing their dreams. Financial literacy among budding
entrepreneurs is another important aspect. To inculcate this aspect among the
aspirants, the institute has organized a session of experts from banking sector.
The Practice:
Taking these problems in to account, the institute has set up EDC during July
2014. Structure of EDC is as follows.

2. Prof. B. D. Aldar Asst. Professor, Member
3. Prof. P. P. Ritapure Asst. Professor, Member
4. Prof. M. R. Hans Asst. Professor, Member
5. Prof. R. R. Bukate Asst. Professor, Member
6. Prof. P. A. Joshi Asst. Professor, Member
7. Prof. S. V. Wani Asst. Professor Member
8. Prof. Y. B. Hembade Asst. Professor, Computer Member
Engineering Secretary
The objectives of EDC are as follows.

• To promote strong entrepreneurship among Engineers, Managers and
Science students.
• To promote entrepreneurship among relevant sectors in the state.
• To collaborate with other organizations and institutions.
• To organize entrepreneurship development and awareness programs.
• To undertake research studies to identify high technology areas having
entrepreneurship opportunities.
• To develop close links between industry-Institute by interaction programs.
High priority to activities designed to bring about improvement in the
performance of the industry
Under this EDC, the institute has developed a working culture for the students
as well as for the faculties. The road map for the same is given below.
Activities:

1. Arranging the seminars/workshops for students from well known

entrepreneurs working in various fields and experts from banking sector.
During 2014-15, institute has conducted 3 workshops and 15 entrepreneurs
interacted with the students and during 2015-16, program named, ‘Rare
Share’ was organized providing opportunity of direct interaction with
senior entrepreneurs.
2. Every year World Entrepreneurship Day is celebrated by inviting senior
entrepreneurs as per the details given below.
World No. of speakers/ No. of

Entrepreneurship Day guests participants/students
21 August 2015 10 400
27 August 2016 15 550
3. Encouraging alumni who are entrepreneurs to share their experiences with

existing students.
4. Providing infrastructural facilities like office space, system with net
connectivity etc.
5. Promoting the innovative idea for conversion into product.
6. Promoting and deputation of faculty to attend workshops/ STTP on
Entrepreneurship Development.
Evidence of Success:
During last three years, following students of the institute have emerged as
entrepreneurs as per the details given below.
Sr. Name of Student Name of Entrepreneurial Website

No.
Shoffex online retails India Pvt. www.shoffex.com
1. Aniket Bagal Ltd.
Rangari9 Home solution Pvt. Ltd. www.rangari9.com
2. Akshay Thakur Rajnish Enterprises --
3. Mannu Kumar Jha
Electrorobs Pvt. Ltd. --
4. Harish Chimte
5. Heemanshu Khanke
6. Rahul Jadhav
www.enigmatechnologies.
7. Vijay Chavan Enigma Technologies Pune
com
8. Prakash Chindhe
9. Dipak Kerkal
10. Ashish Sahare Re-Voltcreations www.revoltcreations.com
11. Lokesh Sawarkar
Elektra --
12. Siddharth Telgote
13. Sachin Ghanekar Sushil Electronics --
14. Varun Sanghvi Vmake www.vmake.co.in
15. Nilesh Sarode Sarode Motors --
16. Pramod Ghadge
17. Vaibhav Gulve Cat-I Design Solutions --
18. Swapnil Gulhane

19. Girish Dattatraya

20. Pravin Nagargoje
21. Ajinkya Shinde Evaa Technology www.evva.com
22. Karan Kadu
23. Tejas Inamdar Quick Hair Technologies https://www.homefoodmo
m.co/.in
24. Suhit Abhyankar Music recording studio
25. Vishal Kapase Sidvitech Solutions www.sidvitech.com
26. Vishal Kapase
27. Sameer Ghare Perfect Click www.perfectclick.in
28. Rohit Ghatole
29. Nikhil Chonde Vario Engineering Solutions https://www.vario.in
30. Dinesh Kale Elecreative --
31. Jayant Dalvi Sellonic Power Solutions --
32. Datta Kondekar
33. Ganesh Jori --
34. Parag Joshi Ashwamedh Lights
35. Saurabh Joshi
Problems Encountered and Resources Required:

• As per the University calendar, academic schedule of the students is tight
and they can hardly give additional time for the activity. Institute has
provided infrastructure for extended hours.
• Most of the students are interested in placements than to go for self
employment. Institute plans to have sharing of success stories and
motivational talks by eminent businessmen.
• Some of the students, especially from rural area have financial constraints.
The institute plans to inculcate financial literacy by providing information
about funding agencies.
• Students are lacking in presentation and professional skills. Institute
organizes the sessions on soft and professional skills.
• The dynamicity of current market is the challenge for students to
understand. Institute plans to guide them through the faculty from MBA
department.
Contact Details
Name of the Principal: Dr. A. M. Kate
Name of the Institution: Zeal College of Engineering and Research, Pune
City: Pune
Pin Code: 411 041
Accredited status: No
Work Phone: 020 26720106
Fax: +91-20-26720104
E-mail: principal.zcoer@ zealeducation.com
Mobile: 09822014351

EVALUATIVE REPORT OF THE DEPARTMENTS
E: EVALUATIVE REPORT
OF THE DEPARTMENTS

DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
1. Name of the department: Civil Engineering
2. Year of Establishment: 2013
3. Namesof Programmes/Courses offered:

UG: BE Civil Engineering
4. Names of Interdisciplinary courses and the departments/units involved:

Sr. Class Interdisciplinary Courses Department involved
No.
1. SE Civil Engineering Mathematics III Engineering Sciences
5. Annual/semester/choice based credit system:

UG: Semester pattern (choice based credit system implemented in AY 2015-16
for FE which is continued for SE in AY 2016-17)
6. Participation of the department in the courses offered by other

departments:
Sr.
Name of the course Department
No.
1. Basic Civil and Environmental Engineering All departments for FE
2. Engineering Mechanics All departments for FE
7. Courses in collaboration with other universities, industries, foreign

institutions, etc: Nil
8. Details of courses/programmes discontinued (if any) with reasons:Nil
9. Numberof teaching posts:

Post Sanctioned Filled
Professors 01 00
Associate Professors 02 01
Assistant Professors 08 15
10. Faculty profile with name, qualification, designation, specialization

(D.Sc./D.Litt. /Ph.D./M.Phil.etc.):
Sr. Name Qualific Designation Specialization Number of No. of PhD
No. ation Years of students
Experience guided for
the last 4
years
1. Dr. Ph.D. Associate Professor Environmental 14 Nil
P.P.Walvekar Engineering
2. N.N. Deo ME Assistant Professor Town Planning 21 Nil
3. G.S.Anaokar M. Tech Assistant Professor Environmental 13 Nil
ME Engineering
4. S.S. Patil ME Assistant Professor Structural 7.7 Nil
Technik
5. S.V. Wani ME Assistant Professor Structural 6.5 Nil

Engineering
6. A.D. Kulkarni ME Assistant Professor Water 8.0 Nil
Resource
Engineering
7. ME Assistant Professor Construction 4.0 Nil
S.V.Sangapur Management
i
8. R.N. Ghule ME Assistant Professor Structural 0.5 Nil
Engineering
9. A.J. Mohite ME Assistant Professor Structural 1.5 Nil
Engineering
10. S.S. Patil M. Tech Assistant Professor Geotechnical 2.5 Nil
Engineering
11. T.N. Kulkarni ME Assistant Professor Structural 1.5 Nil
Engineering
12. A.S. Mahajan ME Assistant Professor Structural 0.5 Nil
Engineering
13. S.N. Sanadi ME Assistant Professor Structural 3.5 Nil
Engineering
14. P.K. Nawale ME Assistant Professor Construction 0.0 Nil
Management
15. A. K. ME Assistant Professor Construction 7.0 Nil
Chorage Management
16. A. R. ME Assistant Professor Water resource 4.5 Nil
Bansode and
Environmental
Engineering
17. S.K. Kulkarni BE Lecturer Construction 6.0 Nil
Management
11. List of senior visiting faculty:

Sr. No. Nane of the visiting/adjunct faculty
1. Dr. A. D. Patwardhan
2. Mr. D. D. Jadhav
3. Mr. Kishor Jain
12. Percentage of lectures delivered and practical classes handled by

temporary faculty: 20%
13. Student-Teacher Ratio (programme wise):

UG: 15:1
14. Number of academic support staff (technical) and administrative

staff; sanctioned and filled:
Supporting staff Sanctioned Filled
Technical staff NA 04
Administrative staff NA 00
15. Qualifications of teaching faculty with D.Sc./D.Lit. /Ph.D. /M.

Phil./PG:
PhD: 01
PG (ME/MTech/MSc): 15
16. Number of faculty with ongoing projects from a) National b)

International funding agencies and grants received: Nil
17. Departmental projects funded by DST - FIST; UGC, DBT, ICSSR,

etc. and total grants received: Nil
18. Research Centre /facility recognized by the University: No

19. Publications: Refer 3.4.3 of SSR
20. Areas of consultancy and income generated: Environmental

Engineering; Income generated: Rs. 3100/- (Three thousand One hundred)
21. Faculty as members in a) National committees b) International

committees c) Editorial Boards: Nil
22. Student projects:

a) Percentage of students who have done in-house projects including
interdepartmental / Programme: 98%
b) Percentage of students placed for projects in organizations outside the

institution i.e. in Research Laboratories/Industry/other agencies: 2%
23. Awards / Recognitions received by faculty and students:

Sr. No. Academic Year No. of Faculty No. of Students
1. 2012-13 N. A. N. A.
2. 2013-14 00 00
3. 2014-15 00 06
4. 2015-16 01 11
24. List of eminent academicians and scientists / visitors to the

department:
Sr. Date of
Name Designation Organization
No. Visit
1. Mr. Prabhat Bhatt Academic 08.09.2015 Bentley Systems India
Relationship Pvt. Ltd., Mumbai
Manager
2. Dr. P. M. Rawal Professor 08.01.2016 COEP, Pune
3. Dr. Assistant 08.01.2016 IIT, Bombay, Mumbai

RaajRamsankaran Professor
4. Dr. GopalPatil Associate 08.01.2016 IIT, Bombay, Mumbai
Professor
5. Dr. S. S. Shahapure Associate 09.01.2016 RSCOE, Pune
Prof.
6. Mr. Deepak Choksy Research 09.01.2016 IIT, Bombay, Mumbai
Scientist
7. Mr. Alistair Principal 09.01.2016 Jacobs Engineering
Engineer

8. Mr. SandipYadav GIS Analyst 09.01.2016 Jacobs Engineering

(Utilities &
Infrastructure)
9. Mrs. Pratima Raikar Sustainability 09.01.2016 N. A.
Consultant
10. Mr. Shivaji Patil Assistant 08.03.2016 MIDC, Pune
Engineer
11. Mr. A. M. Energy 16.07.2016 Petrolium conservation
Mehandale Auditor and Research Association.
approved
trainer
12. Mrs. Mugdha Sr. Project 20.09.2016 Synergy IndiaPvt. Ltd.
Dhupkar Manager
13. Mr. SandipYadav GIS 02.01.2017 Jacobs Engineering
Dr. Shrikant Gabale Consultant
25. Seminars/ Conferences/Workshops organized & the source of funding:

Sr. Name of the Seminar/Guest Source of
Date /Duration
No. Lecture Funding
1. Workshop on “GIS SPPU, Pune 08.01.2016 to
Applications to Smart City” 09.01.2016
2. Institutional Training Petrolium 16.07.2016
Programme on Save Fuel, Save conservation in
Money – Secure future Research
Association
26. Student profile programme / course wise: Refer 2.1.6 and 2.6.2 of SSR
27. Diversity of Students:

% of students from % of students from %of students from
UG Course
the same state other States abroad
2013-14 99 1 0
2014-15 99 1 0
2015-16 99 1 0
28. How many students have cleared national and state competitive
examinationssuch as NET, SET, GATE, Civil services, defense
services, etc.:N. A.
29. Students’ Progression: Refer 5.2.1 of SSR
30. Details of Infrastructural facilities:

a) Departmental Library:

Sr. Items in the Departmental Library Quantity

No.
01 Books 18
02 Magezene 00
03 NPTEL Videos 21
04 CDs 02
b) Internet Facilities for Staffs and Students: Well equipped Systems and
Internet Facilities with Wi-Fi Support: Refer 4.3.2 of SSR.
c) Class rooms with ICT facility: 03
d) Laboratories: 12
Sr. No. Laboratory
01 Basic Civil and Environmental Engineering
02 Engineering Mechanics
03 Surveying
04 Geotechnical Engineering
05 Engineering Geology and Models
06 Material Testing
07 Strength of Materials
08 Fluid Mechanics and Plumbing
09 Environmental Engineering
10 Transportation Engineering
11 Computer Aided Drafting CAD
31. Number of students receiving financial assistance from college,

university, Government or other agencies:
Academic Year No. of students receiving financial assistance
2013-14 15
2014-15 38
2015-16 52
32. Details on student enrichment programmes (special lectures/

workshops/Seminar) with external experts:
Sr. No. Enrichment Dates Resource person
programme
1. Workshop on “GIS 08.01.2016 Dr. P. M.Rawal
Applications to Smart to Dr. RaajRamsankaran
City” 09.01.2016 Dr. GopalPatil
Dr. S. S. Shahapure
Mr. Deepak Choksy
Mr. Alistair
Mr. SandipYadav
Mrs. PratimaRaikar
2. Seminar on “STAAD- 08.09.2015 Mr. Prabhat Bhatt
Pro
3. PCRA training 16.07.2016 Mr. A. M. Mehandale

33. Teaching methods adopted to improve student learning:

• LCD/ Power point presentation
• White board teaching
• Use of multimedia
• Guest lectures
• Seminars
• Collaborative learning
• E-sources like: NPTEL videos, presentations etc.
34. Participation in Institutional Social Responsibility (ISR) and Extension

activities:
Activity 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 2016-17

Blood Donation Camps ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
Road Safety Program ✔ ✔
Art of Living ✔ ✔
Tree Plantation ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔
NSS Camps ✔ ✔
Cancer Awareness
✔
Program
35. SWOC analysis of the department and Future plans:

Strengths:
• Department have ample space, dedicated to all teaching and learning
activities.
• Department have maintained Faculty student ratio as per AICTE norms.
• All faculties have achieved desired qualifications.
• Department have state of the art laboratories with all necessary and desired
eqipments with recent specifications. All equipments are caliberated.
• In the department efforts are taken for industry-academia active interaction
through guest lectures, intrenships etc.
Weaknesses:
• Due to attractive packages from industries it is difficult to retain staff.
• It has been also noticed that admitting students are not focused and career
attentive.
Opportunities:
• Departmental Consultancy work is projected so as to utilize laboratory
setups and eqipments. This will be also usefull to maintain industry –
institute relations.
• Motivation and support to faculties to improve qualification is needed so
that maximum number of faculties should register for PhD.
• To incubate research culture faculties could be motivated to attend
conferances, workshops, to publish their research work in reputed journals
and collaborations with industries, research institutes is possible.

Challenges:
• Due to overall industrial recession placement ratio is difficult to maintain.
• Content gap between syllabus and advancements taken place in
construction field causing our students not compatible for placements.
• Casual approach of students results to poor academic performance.
Future Plans:
• Establishment of Consultancy cell.
• Starting of Entrepreneurship Development Cell.
• Establishment of special coaching facility for competitive examinations
like GATE, MPSC, UPSC etc.
• Department is looking forward to propose post graduate program.
• Promotion of research activities through setting up of Research Centre.
• Starting of Industry – Institute Interaction (III) Cell.

DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER ENGINEERING
1. Name of the department: Computer Engineering
3. Names of Programmes/Courses offered:

UG: BE Computer Engineering
PG: ME Computer Engineering

No.
1. SE Computer Engineering Mathematics III Engineering Sciences

PG: Semester pattern with choice based credit system

departments:
Sr.
No.
1. Fundamentals of Programming Languages - I All departments for
FE
2. Fundamentals of Programming Languages - II All departments for
FE

8. Details of courses/programmes discontinued (if any) with reasons:

PhD Computer Engineering
Reason: Non-availability of required qualified faculty.
9. Number of teaching posts:

Professors 5 0
10. Faculty profile with name, qualification, designation, specialization,


Sr. Name Qualifi Designation Specializ Number of No. of PhD

No. cation ation Years of students
the last 4
years
1. S.M. Sangve M.Tech Assistant Professor CSE 17.6 Nil
2. K.P.Tambe ME Assistant Professor IT 14.6 Nil
3. R.T.Akolkar M.Tech Assistant Professor CSEIT 12 Nil
4. Dr. S. A. PhD Associate Professor CE 11.5 Nil
Ubale
5. D.V. Jadhav ME Assistant Professor CSE 10.5 Nil
6. U.L.Talware ME Assistant Professor CE 10.2 Nil
7. S.A.Mustare M.Tech Assistant Professor CSE 10 Nil
8. G.F.Jumnake BE Assistant Professor CSE 9.5 Nil
9. P. M. Mane ME Assistant Professor CSE&IT 8.6 Nil
10. M. A. Pulse M.Tech Assistant Professor IT 8.4 Nil
11. P.D. ME Assistant Professor CSE 8.1 Nil
Kshirsagar
12. M.D. Umale ME Assistant Professor E&TC 7.5 Nil
13. Y.B. Hembade ME Assistant Professor CE 7.4 Nil
14. V. M. Patil M.Tech Assistant Professor CSE 7.4 Nil
15. D.A. Lokare ME Assistant Professor CE 7.2 Nil
16. P.O. Chitnis ME Assistant Professor CNIT 6.8 Nil
17. R. S. Jagtap ME Assistant Professor CSE 6.5 Nil
18. B.A.Chawgule ME Assistant Professor CE 6.5 Nil
19. R. R. Patil ME Assistant Professor CE 5.9 Nil
20. S.M. Kolekar ME Assistant Professor CN 5.5 Nil
21. P. A. Tak ME Assistant Professor CE 5.4 Nil
22. S.R. Lomate ME Assistant Professor CE 5.2 Nil
23. P.S.Nawghare ME Assistant Professor CE 5 Nil
R.N. Assistant Professor Nil
24. ME CSE 4.9
Lokhande
25. S.S. Awate M.Tech Assistant Professor IT 4.6 Nil
26. P.P. Sagare M.Tech Assistant Professor CE 4.6 Nil
27. S. R. Patil M.Tech Assistant Professor CSE 4 Nil
28. A.V. Yenkikar ME Assistant Professor IT 3.7 Nil
29. U. P. Mane ME Assistant Professor IT 3.6 Nil
30. V.N. Gavali ME Assistant Professor CE 3.5 Nil
31. S. H. Asabe ME Assistant Professor CE 3.5 Nil
32. S.S. Bachal ME Assistant Professor CE 3 Nil
33. R. P. More ME Assistant Professor CE 3 Nil
34. P.S. Shinde ME Assistant Professor CE 2.8 Nil
R.T. ME Assistant Professor Nil
35. CE 2.4
Waghmode
36. T.U.Mane ME Assistant Professor CE 2.3 Nil
37. S.A.Pawar ME Assistant Professor CE 2.1 Nil
38. A.M. Junghare ME Assistant Professor CE 2 Nil
39. A.V. Mote ME Assistant Professor CE 0 Nil
G.R. ME Assistant Professor Nil
40. CE 0
Chandangole

1. Mr. V. R. Yenkikar
2. Mr. A. K. Mane

3. Mr. J. S. Jadhav
temporary faculty: 27.5

UG: 15:1
PG: 12:1


Phil./PG:
PhD: 01


19. Publications: Please refer 3.4.3 of SSR
20. Areas of consultancy and income generated: Nil

committees e) Editorial Boards: Nil

interdepartmental / Programme:
Sr. No. Year % of In-house Projects
1. 2012-13 87
2. 2013-14 89
3. 2014-15 63
4. 2015-16 87

institution i.e. in Research Laboratories/Industry/other agencies:
% of projects done in
Sr. No. Year
collaboration
1. 2012-13 20

2. 2013-14 11.12
3. 2014-15 37.03
4. 2015-16 12.72

1. 2012-13 00 09
2. 2013-14 00 01
3. 2014-15 00 09
4. 2015-16 00 03

department:
Sr. Name Designation Date of visit

No.
1. Prof. Nilesh Uke Assistant Professor 29.08.2012
2. Mr. Niraj Dayama Project Developer 01.09.2012
3. Prof. Prashant Dhotre Research Scholar 23.09.2013
Mr. Rahul Konde & Mr.
4. Research Scholars 05.09.2013
Ganesh Lad
5. Mr. Pramod Badgujar Freelancer 14.08.2013
Chief Officer Cyber-
6. Mr. Pavan Yadav 27.07.2013
code(I) Pvt. Ltd.
29.08.2013,
7. Prof. M.B.Salunke Assistant Professor
13.09.2013
8. Ms. Chetna Dhingra Developer 09.07.2014
9. Mr. T. G. Param Carrier Guidance 23.07.2014
10. Mr. Rahul Nanaware System Admin 19.08.2014
11. Ms. Archana Vechalekar Career Guidance 10.01.2014
Director- Higher
12. Mr. Manish Bali 28.2.2015
Education & Research
13. Mr. Swapnil Pande Project Manager 11.12.2015
14. Mr. S. R. Dhore Assistant Professor 10.12.2015
15. Dr. P. N. Mahalle Professor 10.12.2015
16. Mr. Sudarshan Deshmukh Research Scholar 10.12.2015
17. Mr. Mandar Gurav, Assistant Professor 28,29.12.2015
18. Mr. Atul Kahate Freelancer 11 .2.2016
19. Dr. Vivek S. Deshpande Professor 11.2.2016
20. Mr. C. D. Kulkarni Freelancer 12,13.02.2016
21. Mr. Abhishek Kusare Sr. Developer 13.2.2016
22. Dr. A. B. Patki Professor 13.2.2016
Director-Solution
23. Mr. Shishir Kale 13.2.2016
Technik
24. Mr. Kedar Kanhere Software Engineer 13.2.2016
25. Dr. Pramod Patil Professor 13.2.2016


Sr. Source of
Name of the Workshop/ FDP Date
No. Funding
Workshop on “Android Application 08.02.2013 to 09.02.2013
1. Institute
Development”
National Level STTP on "Applied 14.10.2013 to 19.10.2013
2. SPPU
Algorithm”
3. Workshop on “Latex Report Writing” Institute 02.10.2015 to 03.10.2015
FDP on “Logic Development and 10.12.2015 to 12.12.2015
4. Institute
Problem Solving”
Workshop on “GPU Programming 28.12.2015 to 30.12.2015
5. Institute
and Applications”
National Level workshop on “Current 11.02.2016 to 13.02.2016
6. SPPU
Trends in IOT”

Computer Engineering (UG):
% of students % of students
Academic % of students
from the same from other
Year from abroad
state States
2012-13 99.05 0.95 0
2013-14 99.04 0.96 0
2014-15 97.87 2.13 0
2015-16 97.40 2.60 0
Computer Engineering (PG):

% of students
Academic Year from the same
from other States from abroad
state
2013-14 100 Nil Nil
2014-15 100 Nil Nil
2015-16 100 Nil Nil
examinations such as NET, SET, GATE, Civil services, defense services,
etc.:
Academic GATE Defencse / CAT GRE TOEFL
Year Civil
services
2012-13 00 00 00 00 00
2013-14 00 00 00 00 00
2014-15 00 00 00 00 00
2015-16 01 00 0 00 00
29. Students’ Progression: Please refer 5.2.1 of SSR


a) Departmental Library: The department library has 257 books and 15
magazines
d) Computer Laboratories: 14
Sr.
Laboratory
No.
1. Programming Laboratory-1
2. Programming Laboratory-2
3. Multimedia System Laboratory
4. Digital Language Laboratory
5. Computer Network Laboratory
6. Software Laboratory-1
7. Research Laboratory
8. Software Laboratory-2
9. Project Laboratory
10. DBMS Laboratory
11. Hardware Laboratory
12. Digital Electronics Laboratory
13. Internet Facility Laboratory
14. IBM Software Lab for Emerging Technologies

2012-13 75
2013-14 177
2014-15 323
2015-16 348
32. Details on student enrichment programmes (Special lectures /

workshops / Seminar) with external experts:
Sr. Name of the Seminar/ Guest Lecture Source of Funding Date /Duration
No.
1 Design and Analysis of Algorithm Institute 28.09.2012
2 Mobile Computing Institute 12.09.2012
3 Artificial Intelligence Institute 29.08.2012
4 Normalization Institute 01.09.2012
5 GATE Examination Institute 27.12.2013
6 Java Technology Institute 27.12.2013

7 Career Guidance and Java Technology Institute 05.09.2013

8 Cloud computing Institute 14.08.2013
Ethical Hacking ; cyber security & cyber
9 Institute 27.07.2013
Forensic
10 Curves, Fractals and Animation Institute 16.03.2013
MSITA Bundled Training Program –
11 Institute 09.07.2014
JAVA
12 Carrier Guidance Institute 30.07.2014
13 CCNA Institute 19.08.2014
Ethical Hacking ; cyber security & cyber
14 Institute 02.09.2014
Forensic
15 Lecture on “Programming on Python” Institute 13.09.2014
16 Theory of Computation Institute 20.09.2014
17 Career Guidance Institute 10.01.2014
18 Cyber /Information Security Institute 03.11.2015
19 Recent Trends in Soft Computing Institute 18.09.2015
“ZEAL Firefox Club” –Firefox student
20 Institute 10.06.2015
Ambassador Programme
21 Cloud Workshop Institute 07.02.2015

• LCD/ Power point presentation
• White board teaching
• Use of multimedia
• Guest lectures
• Seminars
• Collaborative learning
• E-sources like: NPTEL videos, presentations etc.

activities:
2012- 2013- 2014- 2015-
Activity
13 14 15 16
Road Safety Program ✔
Art of Living ✔
NSS Camps ✔
Cancer Awareness
✔
Program

Strengths:
• Qualified and Experienced Faculty
• State of the art well Equipped Laboratories and Classrooms.
• NVIDIA GPU Education Centre
• IBM Software Laboratory for Emerging Technologies

• Mozilla Firefox Club

Weaknesses:
• Sponsored and Research Projects
• No. of Patents
Opportunities:
• Innovative Teaching and Learning Methodologies.
• Advanced teaching & learning aid in classroom
• Scope of educational collaboration with international universities
Challenges:
• To increase Count of Ph.D. faculties.
• Increased count of private universities.
Future Plans:
• Research center for PhD.
• Incubation center for student and staff.
• NVIDIA’s GPU Programming Centre of Excellence.

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
1. Name of the department: Electrical Engineering

UG: B. E. Electrical Engineering
PG: M. E. Electrical Engineering (Power Systems)

No.
1. SE Electrical Engineering Mathematics III Engineering Sciences


departments:
Sr.
No.
1. Basic Electrical Engineering All departments for FE
2. Electronics and Electrical Engineering Mechanical Engineering

8. Details of courses/programmes discontinued (if any) with reasons: Nil

Professors 03 02
10. Faculty profile with name, qualification, designation, specialization

Sr. Name Qualifi Designation Specialization Number of No. of PhD
No. cation Years of students
the last 4
years
1. Dr. S.A. Deokar PhD Professor Power System 23 03
2. Dr. M. G. Unde PhD Professor Power System 29.6 00
3. A. S. Patil ME Assistant Professor Power System 15 00
4. M. R. Hans ME Associate Professor Power System 19 00

5. S.U. Shinde ME Assistant Professor Power System 14.5 00

6. R.J. Patil ME Assistant Professor Power System 8 00
7. Kamal Sandeep K. M.Tech Assistant Professor Control System 9 00
8. R.M. Zende M.Tech Assistant Professor Power System 6.5 00
Power 7.5 00
9. ShrutiGour ME Assistant Professor
Electronics
10. B. S. Kunure M.Tech Assistant Professor Power System 3.5 00
11. S. G. Mane ME Assistant Professor Power System 8.5 00
12. J. A. Kshirsagar M.Tech Assistant Professor Power System 2.5 00
13. S.D. Dharme M.Tech Assistant Professor Power System 3 00
14. Prashant Kumar M.Tech Assistant Professor Power System 6 00
15. C. V. Deshpande ME Assistant Professor Power System 3 00
16. C. V. Deshpande ME Assistant Professor Power System 2.5 00
17. S. S. Kunte ME Assistant Professor Power System 2.5 00
18. R. C. Tamhankar ME Assistant Professor Power System 3 00
19. K. K. Joshi ME Assistant Professor Power System 6 00
20. K.M.Kazi ME Assistant Professor Control System 14 00
21. P.P.Marne ME Assistant Professor Power System 6.5 00
22. V.L.Tathe ME Assistant Professor Power System 4.5 00
Swaleha
23. M.Tech Assistant Professor Power System 2.5 00
Janwadkar
24. B.G. Sherkahne ME Assistant Professor Power System 1.8 00
25. S. G. Surwase BE Lecturer 5 00
26. A. S. Verma BE Lecturer 3.5 00
27. S. L. Sarwade BE Lecturer 6.5 00
28. A. M. Patil BE Lecturer 6 00
29. A. S. Chavan BE Lecturer 2 00

1. Dr. M. S. Kulkarni
2. Mr. S. M. Kulkarni
3. Mr. D. G. Kudalkar
4. Mr. U. M. Naik

temporary faculty: 27
13. Student-TeacherRatio (programme wise):

UG:15:1
PG:12:1


15. Qualifications of teaching faculty with D.Sc./D.Lit. /Ph.D./M.Phil./PG:

PhD: 02


18. Research Centre /facility recognized by the University: Nil
21. Faculty as members in

a) National committees: Nil
b) International committees:Nil
c) Editorial Boards: Nil

Sr. No. Academic Year % of In-house Projects
1. 2012-13 100
2. 2013-14 100
3. 2014-15 100
4. 2015-16 100

Sr. No. Academic Year % % of projects done in
collaboration
1. 2012-13 Nil
2. 2013-14 Nil
3. 2014-15 Nil
4. 2015-16 Nil

1. 2012-13 00 03
2. 2013-14 00 06
3. 2014-15 00 15
4. 2015-16 01 37
24. List of eminent academicians and scientists/visitors to the department:

Sr. No. Name of the person Dates

1. Dr. P.D.Shendge 10.02.2012
2. Dr. B.D. Patil 11.02.2012
3. Mr. Narendra Khedekar 20.03.2012
4. Mr. D. Maheshkumar 20.03.2012
5. Mrs. Gauri Pande 21.03.2012
6. Dr. Shubha Pandit 21.03.2012
7. Dr. S.S. Dambhare 21.03.2012
8. Mr. Papesh Buwa 21.03.2012
9. Dr. Yogesh Hote 22.03.2012
10. Dr.Ganesh Kumbhar 22.03.2012
11. Mr. Udya Kshirsagar 29.01.2013
12. Mr. Vinod Shirsat 29.01.2013
13. Dr. Ashok Matani 30.01.2013
14. Dr. S.N. Sapli 30.01.2013
15. Dr. G.N. Kulkarni 31.01.2013
16. Dr. R.L. Edalabadkar 31.01.2013
17. Dr. S.E.Talole 03.01.2014
18. Dr. Geetanjali A. Vaidya 03.01.2014
19. Dr. Vrunda Joshi 03.01.2014
20. Mr. V.L. Sonawane 06.01.2015
21. Mr. U.G. Zalte 06.01.2015
22. Dr. Amit Kumar Jain 07.01.2015
23. Dr. Ajit Ghodke 07.01.2015
24. Dr. S.S. Dambhare 08.01.2015
25. Dr. B.E. Kushare 08.01.2015
26. Prof. Sandip Shinde 10.01.2015
27. Mr. Puneet L. Hegde 10.12.2015
28. Mr. Amar Chakradeo 10.12.2015
29. Dr. V. N. Bapat 11.12.2015
30. Prof. M. R. Tarambale 11.12.2015

Sr. Source of
Name of the Seminar/Workshop Date of Seminar
No. Funding
10.02.2012 to
1. Latex For Technical Documentation Institute
12.02.2012
20.03.2012 to
2. Advanced Switchgear & Protection Institute
22.03.2012
Electrical Machine and Motor 01.01.2013 to
3. Institute
Rewinding 10.01.2013
Green Technology: 29.01.2013 to
4. MEDA
Solar Wind Hybrid Energy Systems 31.01.2013
5. TE Syllbus Revision Workshop SPPU 03.01.2014

30.06.2014 to
5. PLC SCADA Training Institute
05.07.2014
Advanced Power Electronics and its 06.01.2015 to
6. SPPU
Application in Smart Grid 10.01.2015
Hands on Training on Introduction of
07.08.2015,
7. Electrical Fundamentals and Institute
08.08.2015
Equipment
24.08.2015 to
8. PLC SCADA Training Institute
04.09.2015
Basic Designing and Modelling Skills 29.01.2016,
9. Institute
in AutoCAD 30.01.2016
10. SE Syllbus Revision Workshop SPPU 04.04.2016

Electrical Engineering (UG):
%of students
%of students %of students
state
2012-13 98.68 1.31 Nil
2013-14 100 Nil Nil
2014-15 100 Nil Nil
2015-16 100 Nil Nil
Electrical Engineering (PG):

%of students
%of students %of students
state
2014-15 100 Nil Nil
2015-16 100 Nil Nil
etc.:
Academic GATE Defencse / CAT GRE TOEFL
Year Civil
services
2012-13 Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil
2013-14 3 Nil Nil Nil Nil


a) Departmental Library: The department library has 212 books.
d) Laboratories: 12
Sr. No. Laboratory
1. Electrical Machine
2. Electrical Measurement & Instrumentation
3. Switchgear &Protection
4. Micro-Controller & Processor
5. Control System & PLC SCADA
6. Power System & Network Analysis
7. Computer Programming
8. Research Laboratory
9. Power Electronics & Drive
10. Analog & Digital Electronics
11. Material Science & High Voltage Engineering
12. Basic Electrical Engineering

2012-13 119
2013-14 155
2014-15 147
2015-16 245
32. Details on student enrichment programmes (special lectures /

workshops/Seminar) with external experts:
Sr. Enrichment programme Dates Resource person
No.
Latex For Technical 10.02.2012 to Dr. P.D.Shendge
1.
Documentation 12.02.2012 Dr.B.D.Patil
2. Advanced Switchgear & 20.03.2012 to Dr. Yogesh Hote

Protection 22.03.2012 Dr.Ganesh Kumbhar
Dr. Shubha Pandit
Dr. S. S. Dambhare
Mr. Papesh Buwa
Mr. Narendra Khedekar
Mr. D. Mahesh Kumar
Mrs. Gauri Pande

3. Green Technology: 29.01.2013 Dr. Ashok Matani

Solar Wind Hybrid Energy to31.01.2013 Dr. S.N. Sapli
Systems Dr. G.N. Kulkarni
Dr. R.L. Edalabadkar
Mr. Uday Kshiorsagar
Mr. Vinod Shirsat
4. TE Syllabus Revision 03.01.2014 Dr.B.E.Kushare
Workshop Dr. S.E.Talole
Dr. G. A. Vaidya
Dr. D. B. Talange
Dr. V. A. Joshi
5. Advanced Power 06.01.2015 to Dr. A. K. Jain
Electronics & its 10.01.2015 Dr. Ajit Ghodke
Application in Smart Grid Dr. S.S. Dambhare
Dr. B.E. Kushare
Prof. Sandip Shinde
Mr. V.L. Sonawane
Mr. U.G. Zalte
6. Effective Teaching, 10.12.2015, Dr. V. N. Bapat
Learning & Recent Trends 11.12.2015 Prof. M. R. Tarambale
in Electrical Engineering. Mr. P. L. Hegde
Mr. Amar Chakradeo

 LCD/ Power point presentation
 White board teaching
 Use of multimedia
 Guest lectures
 Seminars
 Collaborative learning
 E-sources like: NPTEL videos, presentations etc.

activities:
Activity 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16
Swachh Bharat Abhiyan ✔
Police Mitra for ✔
GaneshVisarjan
Plastic and GarbageCollection ✔
Road Safety Traffic ✔
Awareness
Blood donation ✔ ✔
Art of Living for Staff ✔
Art of Living for Students ✔

Talentron Cultural Event ✔

Ranangan Sports Event ✔
Free Medical Check up ✔
Cancer Awareness Program ✔
Lecture on Heart Diseases ✔
Sypmtoms& prevention
IEEE Student Awareness
✔
Contest

 Strengths:
1. Infrastructure as per AICTE Norms
2. Experienced & dynamic faculty.
3. University Rankers and Gate Scorer
4. Excellent academics and placement record.
5. Inviting guest lecturers and conducting seminars on recent trends.
 Weaknesses:
1. Less Numbers of Professors and Associate Professors
2. No funded Projects
3. Less number of International conferences and symposium.
4. Faculty retention ratio is less.
 Opportunities:
1. Enhance quality of students.
2. Participation of students in Tech fest organized by different colleges.
3. Consultancy & MOU.
 Challenges:
1. Meet the industrial requirement.
2. Embed new technology in curriculum.
3. Getting funded projects.
 Future Plans:
1. Start research development projects and R & D Laboratories.
2. To conduct International level conference.

ELECTRONICS AND TELECOMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
1. Name of the department: Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering

UG: BE. Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
PG: ME Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering (VLSI and Embedded
Systems)
PhD: Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering

No.
1. SE E&TC Engineering Mathematics III Engineering Sciences


departments:
Sr.
No.
1. Basic Electronics Engineering All departments for FE
2. Electronics and Electrical Engineering S. E. Mechanical


Professors 04 02

the last 4
years
Dr. A.N. Electronics and
1. PhD Professor 33 8
Gaikwad Telecommunication

Dr. S.D.
2. PhD Professor Electronics 26 7
Shirbahadurkar
Dr. A. A.
3. PhD Assistant Professor Instrumentation 17.5 NA
Khandekar
MTech
4. V. B. Shere Associate Professor Power Electronics 23.3 NA
5. P. A. More ME Assistant Professor Digital Systems 10 NA
6. S. A. Bhosale ME Assistant Professor Digital Systems 10 NA
7. N. P. Bhosale M.Tech Assistant Professor Electronics 11 NA
VLSI and
8. S. A. Ghodake ME Assistant Professor 10.5 NA
Embedded Systems
VLSI and
9. S. S. Palnitkar ME Assistant Professor 8.5 NA
Embedded Systems
M.Tech. VLSI and
10. S. S. Patil Assistant Professor 8.5 NA
Embedded Systems
M.Tech. Wired and Wireless
11. R. R. Bukate Assistant Professor 5 NA
Communication
12. S. M. Shitole ME Assistant Professor Digital Systems 4 NA
Microprocessor
13. A. N. Kulkarni ME Assistant Professor 7.5 NA
Applications
VLSI and
14. S. M. Patil ME Assistant Professor 8.5 NA
Embedded Systems
15. M. G. Pallewar ME Assistant Professor Digital Systems 7.5 NA
16. Charu Bolia M. Tech Assistant Professor VLSI Design 6.3 NA
17. V. N. Jadhav ME Assistant Professor Digital Systems 5.5 NA
VLSI and
18. S.S. Yadav ME Assistant Professor 2.5 NA
Embedded System
VLSI and
19. P. B. Bhor ME Assistant Professor 1.5 NA
Embedded System
20. S.D. Nanaware ME Assistant Professor Digital Systems 2.5 NA
R.A.
21. M.Tech Assistant Professor Electronics 5.5 NA
Hampihallikar
Electronics and
22. R.R.Patil ME Assistant Professor 3.5 NA
Telecommunication
23. C.R.Kuwar ME Assistant Professor E&TC 6.5 NA
VLSI and
24. Joyce Soares ME Assistant Professor 0 NA
Embedded System
25. S.J. Banarase ME Assistant Professor E&TC 6.2 NA
Electronic Deign
26. M.V. Gavali M.Tech Assistant Professor 1 NA
and Technology
VLSI and
27. V.S. Masal ME Assistant Professor 0 NA
Embedded System
28. U.S.Shid BE Lecturer 3.5 NA

1. Mr. A. S. Kulkarni
2. Mr. Mukund Bhopale

temporary faculty: Nil

UG: 15:1

PG: 12:1



PhD: 03

International funding agencies and grants received: NIL

etc. and total grants received:
Sr. Duration Title of Project Funding Grant (Rs.)
No. agency Sanctioned Received
Design and
Implementation of
Sliding mode
1. 2013-15 SPPU 150000 126172
control for
industrial time-
delay systems
Reduction of
Semantic Gap
2. 2013-15 between Low Level SPPU 80000 64545
and High Level
Features for CBIR
18. Research Centre /facility recognized by the University: Yes


1. 2012-13 72.73
2. 2013-14 80.65
3. 2014-15 89.37
4. 2015-16 91.53


% of projects done in
Sr. No. Year
collaboration
1. 2012-13 27.27
2. 2013-14 19.35
3. 2014-15 10.63
4. 2015-16 8.47

1. 2012-13 00 4
2. 2013-14 00 3
3. 2014-15 00 12
4. 2015-16 00 10

department:
No.
1. Prof. P.N.Kota MES,Wadia, Pune 29.03.2014,
2. Dr. S.B. Mohite JSCOE, Pune 20.03.2015
3. Prof. A.S. Paithane RSCOE, Pune 31.05.2015
4. Prof. S.S. Kendre PVPIT, Pune 28.09.2011
5. Prof. T.S. Khatawkar PVG COEP, Pune 07.01.2012
Prof. H.V.Kulkarni SITS, Narhe 03.10.2013 to
6.
05.10.2013
Mr. A. N. More Saraswati Education training 06.02.2014,
7.
centre, Pimpri 07.02.2014
Cummins college of
8. Dr.A. K. Bewoor 21.09.2013
Engineering for Women

Sr. Source of
Workshop/Seminar Date
No. Funding
Skilled base training on “Applications of 08.08.2014,
1. Institute
Electronics for Domestic” 09.08.2014
Hands On Training on Mobile Handset; Fault 06.02.2014,
2. Institute
Diagnosis & Repairing 07.02.2014
Faulty Orientation Program on 02.12.2013 to
3. SE(E&TC)/Elex for Subject Control System SPPU 07.12.2013
under aegis of BOS Electronics, UoP
A State Level Workshop on Hands On PIC 03.10.2013 to
4. Microcontroller & Its Applications under Institute 05.10.2013
Quality Improvement Program, BCUD, UoP.
5. Expert Lecture on “Awareness About Patent” Institute 21.09.2013
6. ISTE Approved Short Term Training Program Institute 15.04.2013 to

on: Signal & Image Processing- Theory, 20.04.2013

Simulation and Applications
E&TC Engineering (UG):

Year from abroad
state States
2012-13 95 5 0
2013-14 97 3 0
2014-15 96 4 0
2015-16 96 4 0
E&TC Engineering (PG):

% of students
state
2013-14 96 4 0
2014-15 100 0 0
2015-16 100 0 0
etc.:
GATE Defencse / CAT GRE TOEFL
Academic Civil
Year services
2012-13 0 0 0 0 0
2013-14 0 0 0 0 0
2014-15 2 0 0 0 0
2015-16 1 0 0 0 0
d) Laboratories:

Sr.
Laboratory
No.
1. Basic Electronics Engineering Laboratory
2. Electronics Devices & Circuits Laboratory
3. Digital Electronics & Microcontroller Laboratory
4. Communication Engineering Laboratory
5. Power Electronics Laboratory
6. Computer Programming Laboratory
7. VLSI & Embedded System Laboratory
8. Microwave & Fiber Optic Laboratory
9. Project Laboratory
10. PCB Laboratory
11. PG Laboratory

2012-13 190
2013-14 284
2014-15 289
2015-16 273

Sr. No. Enrichment programme Dates Resource person
1. Expert Lecture on 24.03.2015
Dr. S. B. Mohite
Embedded Processor
2. Expert Lecture on 31.05.2015
Dr. A. S.
Microcontroller and
Paithane
applications
3. Hands on training on 06.02.2014,
mobile handset - fault 07.02.2014 Mr. A. N. More
diagnosis & repairing
4. Lecture on “Awareness 21.09.2013
Dr. A. K. Bewoor
About Patent

 Guest lectures
 Seminars


activities:
2012- 2013- 2014- 2015-

Activity
13 14 15 16
Art of Living ✔
NSS Camps ✔
Cancer Awareness
✔
Program

Strengths:
 Well Qualified, highly motivated and devoted faculties
 Well equipped laboratories
 Books with different domain are available at Departmental library
 Dedicated Supporting Staff
 Good interaction of faculty and students through GFM System
 Technical training programs, Aptitude and Communication skill classes
for grooming the students for placement
Weaknesses:
 Less interaction with prossional bodies
 Deficiency in communication skills in graduating students
 Less Faculty Cadre ratio
 No consultancy Work
Opportunities:
 Strong support from institute for research work, encouragement for
attending and organizing FDPs and STTPs for faculty
 Institute supports for organizing programs, workshop and conferences for
students
 To motivate students for higher education
 To enhance industry institute interaction by signing MoUs for
development of laboratory and training programs
Challenges:
 Placement of maximum number of students in various companies
 Fast Pace of development in emerging technologies
 Lack of sufficient number of quality students with strong interest in
Engineering
 Proper Communication skills of students
Future Plans:
 Application for minor and major projects to various funding authority

 To established R&D cell in department

 To improve qualification of faculty
 To develop the state of art laboratory for VLSI, PCB & Communication
subjects

DEPARTMENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
1. Name of the department: Information Technology

UG: BE Information Technology Engineering

Sr. Department
Class Interdisciplinary Courses
No. involved
SE Information Engineering
1 Technology Engineering Mathematics III Sciences


departments: Nil

8. Details of courses / programmes discontinued (ifany) with reasons: Nil

Professors 03 00
10. Facultyprofile with name, qualification, designation, specialization

No. of PhD
Number of students
Sr. Qualificat Specializ
Name Designation Years of guided for
No. ion ation
Experience the last 4
years
1. Assistant Nil
S.U.Kadam ME CE 13.2
Professor
2. P.A.Joshi ME Assistant Professor CSEIT 9.4 Nil
3. A.S. Nil
ME Assistant Professor CE 8.4
Chadchankar
4. R.H.Bhole M.Tech Assistant Professor IT 6.6 Nil
5. A.V.Patil ME Assistant Professor IT 6.2 Nil
6. S.R.Gajbhiye M.Tech Assistant Professor CSE 4.4 Nil
7. P.A. Nil
ME Assistant Professor CSE 4.3
Chadchankar
8. S. D. Bachpalle ME Assistant Professor CE 4.2 Nil

9. A.R.Shaikh M.Tech Assistant Professor CSE 3.9 Nil

10. S.S.Damre ME Assistant Professor CSE 3.8 Nil
11. M. R.Shinde ME Assistant Professor CSE 1.2 Nil
12. S.S. Sankh M.Tech Assistant Professor CE 1 Nil
13. S. P. Vanjari ME Assistant Professor CE 3.5 Nil

1. Mr. O. L. Karmunge
2. Mr. K. B. Sudake
3. Mr. K. P. Kapse
4. Mr. A. D. Kalaskar


UG: 24:1


PhD: 00


19. Publications: Refer 3.4.3 of SSR

committees c) Editorial Boards: Nil

Sr. No. Academic Year % of In-house Projects
1. 2012-13 100

2. 2013-14 100
3. 2014-15 100
4. 2015-16 76.48

Sr. No. Academic Year % of projects done in
collaboration
1. 2012-13 00
2. 2013-14 00
3. 2014-15 00
4. 2015-16 23.52

1. 2012-13 1 09
2. 2013-14 0 06
3. 2014-15 2 04
4. 2015-16 0 02

department:
Sr. Date of
Name Designation Organization
No. Visit
1. Mr. N. J. Uke Assistant 10.3.2012 SCOE, Pune
Professor
2. Mr. S. L. Bangare Assistant 16.3.2012 SCOE, Pune
Professor
3. Mr V. S. Assistant 17.7.2012 MIT, Pune
Deshpande Professor
4. Mr. P. Kondhkalkar Social Worker 8.7.2013 Arthakranti
Pratishthan
5. Mr. P. Badgujar Assistant 14.8.2013 IIHT
Professor
6. Mrs. A. Gaikwad Director 3.7.2014 GBPro Pvt.Ltd
7. Mrs H. M. Jadhav Assistant 17.3.2015 SCOE , Pune
Professor
8. Dr. N. J. Uke Associate 25.3.2015 SCOE , Pune
Professor
9. Mr. H. S. Khairnar Sr. Software 6.9.2015 Commins India
Engineeer

Sr. Name of the Seminar/Guest Source of
Date /Duration
No. Lecture Funding

Research Directions in Cloud SPPU, 15.11.2011 to 16.11.2011

1.
Computing Organized Pune
State Level Seminar on SPPU, 5.1.2015 to 6.1.2015
2.
Recent Trends in Data Mining Pune

Information Technology (UG)
% of students fromthe % of students % of students
UG Course
same state fromother States from abroad
2012-13 97.67 2.33 00
2013-14 96.77 3.23 00
2014-15 97.4 2.6 00
2015-16 88.89 11.11 00
etc.:
Academic GATE Defencse / CAT/CET GRE TOEFL
Year Civil
services
2012-13 1 0 2 0 0
2013-14 1 0 0 0 0
2014-15 0 0 0 0 0
2015-16 0 1 0 0 0

a) Departmental Library: The departmental Library has 194 books.
d) Laboratories: 09
Sr. No. Laboratory
01 Software Laboratory I
02 Software Laboratory II
03 Project Laboratory
04 Computer Programming Laboratory I
05 Software Development and Testing
06 Computer Graphics
07 Computer Programming Laboratory II

08 Operating System
09 Digital Electronics & Microprocessor

2012-13 88
2013-14 113
2014-15 119
2015-16 88
32. Details on student enrichment programmes (special lectures /

Sr. No. Enrichment Dates Resource person
programme
1. Human Computer
16.3.2012 Mr. S. L. Bangare
Interaction & Usability
2. Ray Tracking &
10.3.2012 Mr. S. N. Uke
Polygon Filling Method
3. Project Discussion &
Guidline for Project 10.7.2012 Mr. V. S. Deshpande
Implimentation
4. Ethical Hacking 2.3.2013 to
Mr. Mukesh Kumar
Workshop 3.3.2013
5. Arthkranti Proposal Mr. Prabhakar
8.7.2013
Kondhkalkar
6. Cloud Computing 14.8.2013 Mr. Pramod Badgujar
7. Project Guidence Mr. Aishwarya
3.7.2014
Gaikwad
8. Workshop on 20.9.2014 Mr. Digambar Yedage
Connecting JAVA to
MongoDB
9. Hands on Workshop on 18.12.2014 to Mr. Niraj Bhat
Big Data and Joomla 20.12.2014 Mr Nilesh Korpad
Ms. Mrunal Shivarkar
10. Computer Graphics 25.3.2015 Dr. N. J. Uke
11. Microcontroler (PAI) 17.3.2015 Mrs. H. M. Jadhav
12. Cloud Computing 6.9.2015 Mr. H. S.Khairnar

1. LCD/ Power point presentation
2. White board teaching
3. Use of multimedia
4. Guest lectures
5. Seminars
6. E-sources like: NPTEL videos, presentations etc.

7. Industrial Visit

activities:
Activity 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16
Art of Living ✔
Tree Plantation ✔ ✔ ✔
NSS Camps ✔
Cancer Awareness
✔
Program

Strengths:
 Well Qualified, highly motivated and devoted faculties
 Well equipped Laboratories
 Books with different domain are available at Departmental library.
 Dedicated Supporting Staff
 Good interaction of faculty and students through GFM System.
 Aptitude and Communication skill classes for grooming the students for
placement
 Facility for professional Skill development and Global Technology
Certification
Weaknesses:
 Lagging in Idustry institute interaction.
 Poor communication skills among admitted students
 Non availability of Faculties with PhD qualification
 Lagging in consultancy Work & Research Work
Opportunities:
 Strong Support from institute for attending and organizing FDP’s and
STTP’s
 Institute Supports for Organizing Workshop and Conferences.
 To motivate students for higher education.
 To enhance industry institute interaction by signing MOU
Challenges:
 To Place maximum number of students from department.
 Fast Pace of development in emerging new technologies.
 Lack of sufficient number of quality students with strong interest in
Technik
Future Plans:

1. Planning to apply for minor and major projects

2. To establish R&D cell in department
3. To enhance qualification of faculties.
4. To establish industry collaborations.

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
1. Name of the department: Mechanical Engineering

UG: BE Mechanical Engineering
PG: ME Mechanical Engineering (CADME), ME Mechanical Engineering
(Design)
PhD: Mechanical Engineering

Sr. Class Interdisciplinary Courses Department
No. involved
1. SE Mechanical Engineering Mathematics III Engineering
Sciences
2. SE Mechanical Electronics and Electrical Electrical
Engineering Engineering
Electronics and
Telecommunication
Technik


departments:
Sr. No. Name of the course Department
1. Basic Mechanical Engineering All departments for
FE
2. Engineering Graphics All departments for
FE
7. Courses in colLaboratoryoration with other universities, industries, foreign


Professors 09 03
10. Faculty profile with name, qualification, Designation, specialization,

(D.Sc./D.Litt. /PhD/M.Phil.etc.):


the last 4
years
1. Dr. A. M. Kate PhD Professor Heat Power 21 4
Dr. S. G.
2. PhD Professor Heat Power 19 NA
Dambhare
Dr. C. L.
3. PhD Professor Heat Power 32 3
Prabhune
4. Dr. A. B. Ubale PhD Associate Professor Heat Power 13.5 NA
5. B.D.Aldar ME Assistant Professor Design 18 NA
6. J. K. Shaikh M Tech Assistant Professor Production 18 NA
A.U.
7. M Tech Assistant Professor Production 16 NA
Gandigude
8. P. P. Ritapure ME Assistant Professor Design 11.5 NA
A. R.
9. ME Associate Professor Heat Power 11 NA
Suryavanshi
V. Rajesh NA
10. M Tech Assistant Professor CIM 9
Kumar
11. U. K. Gadpayle ME Assistant Professor Heat Power 9.7 NA
12. D.N. Lawate ME Assistant Professor Design 8 NA
Adv.
13. E.S. Mehta ME Assistant Professor Production 7.5 NA
Systems
14. S.S. Patil ME Assistant Professor Design 7 NA
15. V.H. Barge ME Assistant Professor Design 7 NA
16. A.B. Joshi ME Assistant Professor CAD/CAM 7 NA
17. P.B. Magade ME Assistant Professor Design 6.5 NA
18. U.T. Bokade M.Tech Assistant Professor Design 6.5 NA
19. R.K. Patil ME Assistant Professor Design 6.5 NA
20. K.S. Patil M.TECH Assistant Professor Thermal 6 NA
21. S.L. Gadhave ME Assistant Professor Mechatronics 6 NA
22. S.H. Joshi ME Assistant Professor CADME 6 NA
23. S.S. Adewar M. Tech Assistant Professor CAD/CAM 5.5 NA
24. P.S. Gadhave ME Assistant Professor Heat Power 5.5 NA
25. M.A. Jadhav ME Assistant Professor Design 5 NA
26. H.P. Jagtap ME Assistant Professor Design 5 NA
27. S.B. Ghalme ME Assistant Professor Heat Power 5 NA
28. D.P. Kamble ME Assistant Professor Heat Power 5 NA
Fertigungsindustrie
29. P.H. Jawarkar M. Tech Assistant Professor 5 NA
Tech.
30. M.S. Tavade ME Assistant Professor CAD/CAM 5 NA
31. V.S. Shitole ME Assistant Professor Heat Power 4.6 NA
32. A.R. Bhagat ME Assistant Professor Heat Power 4.5 NA
33. G.V. Tote ME Assistant Professor Heat Power 4.5 NA
34. P.S. Kamble ME Assistant Professor Production 4.5 NA
35. K.S. Tanpure ME Assistant Professor Automotive 4 NA
36. A.V. Karande ME Assistant Professor Heat Power 4 NA

37. S.K. Kusekar ME Assistant Professor Design 3.5 NA

38. R.K. Petkar ME Assistant Professor CAD/CAM 3.5 NA
39. S.B. Mali ME Assistant Professor Heat Power 3.5 NA
40. S.G. Gambhire ME Assistant Professor CAD/CAM 3.5 NA
41. A.C. Dawale M.Tech Assistant Professor Design 3 NA
42. S.S. Kulkarni M.Tech Assistant Professor CAD/CAM 3 NA
43. S.S. Borade ME Assistant Professor Design 3 NA
44. T.M. Shaikh ME Assistant Professor Design 3 NA
45. K.L. Bhoite ME Assistant Professor Design 2.5 NA
46. S.M. Godase ME Assistant Professor Heat Power 2.5 NA
M.W.
47. Assistant Professor 2.4 NA
Bhalwankar M.Tech Production
48. Z.G. Mahmad ME Assistant Professor CAD/CAM 2.2 NA
49. L.B. Mali ME Assistant Professor Design 2 NA
50. K.M. Nuti M. Tech Assistant Professor Design 2 NA
51. J.A. Deshmukh ME Assistant Professor Automobile 2 NA
52. M.M. Dhere ME Assistant Professor Design 2 NA
53. S.B. Sawant ME Assistant Professor Design 2 NA
54. P.A. Parit ME Assistant Professor Design 2 NA
55. F.Z. Pathan ME Assistant Professor Design 1.6 NA
Metallurgy &
56. S.S. Shewale M.Tech Assistant Professor Material 1.6 NA
Science
57. A.M. Kasar ME Assistant Professor Design 1.6 NA
58. V.A. Randive M.Tech Assistant Professor Automobile 1 NA
59. O.K. Kulkarni ME Assistant Professor CADME 1 NA
60. S.B. Jagtap ME Assistant Professor Design 1 NA
61. S M. Kamble M.Tech Assistant Professor Heat Power 1 NA
62. P.P. Harakare M.Tech Assistant Professor Design 1 NA
63. N.A. Patil M.Tech Assistant Professor CAD/CAM 0.5 NA
64. A.A. Kashid M.Tech Assistant Professor Design 0.5 NA
65. N.V. Sangade M.Tech Assistant Professor Thermal 0 NA
66. S.S. Maknikar ME Assistant Professor Heat Power 14 NA
67. P.P. Bartere ME Assistant Professor Design 1 NA
68. P.B. Chavan ME Assistant Professor Design 0 NA
69. S.H. Gujar ME Assistant Professor Design 6 NA
70. M.S. Katkar MS Assistant Professor Mechanical 3 NA
71. P.A. Wagh ME Assistant Professor Design 3.7 NA
S.R. Manufacturing
72. M.Tech Assistant Professor 0 NA
Malborgaonkar & Automation
73. A.A. Mungle BE Lecturer 0 NA

1. Mr. A. S. Kamate
2. Mr. S. D. Deshpande
3. Mr. A. K. Abhyankar
4. Mr. V. S. Mirajkar



UG: 16:1
PG: 12:1

15. Qualifications of teaching faculty with D.Sc./D.Lit. /PhD /M. Phil./PG:

PhD: 04

International funding agencies and grants received: NIL

etc. and total grants received:
Sr. Duration Title of Project Funding Grant (Rs.)
No. agency Sanctioned Received
Design and
Development of
mini
1. 2013-15 wing turbine set to SPPU 190000 165615
generate a max
power according to
speed of wind
18. Research Centre /facility recognized by the University: Yes


1. 2012-13 25
2. 2013-14 41.17
3. 2014-15 23.33

4. 2015-16 68.33

institution i.e. in Research Laboratoryoratories/Industry/other agencies:
Sr. No. Year % of projects done in collaboration
1. 2012-13 75
2. 2013-14 58.82
3. 2014-15 76.67
4. 2015-16 31.67

1. 2012-13 0 41
2. 2013-14 5 10
3. 2014-15 3 27
4. 2015-16 2 105

department:
Sr. No. Name Designation Date of visit
1. Mr. Sunil Solanki Manager 21.09.2013
2. Dr. Anand J. Kulkarni Associate Professor 26.10.2013
3. Mr. Nitin Wakode General Manager 22.07.2015
4. Dr. Mandar M. Lele Associate Professor 30.07.2015
5. Dr. Mohan P. Khond Associate Professor 15.09.2015
6. Mr. Achut Mehendle Energy Auditor 14.09.2015
7. Dr. Kanse Patil Associate Professor 14.09.2015
8. Mr. Ketan Pol CAE 23.09.2015
9. Prof.Deshpande Suhas Consultant 06.01.2016
10. Dr. G. L. Datta Consultant 20.02.2016
11. Mr. Sudhir Shivankar Quality Manager 05.03.2016
12. Mr. A.S. Kamate N.A. 27.07.2016
13. Mr. Hemant M. Bari Senior Manager 29.08.2016
14. Mr. Achut Mehendle Energy Auditor 23.09.2016

Sr. Source of
Name of the Workshop/ FDP Dates
No. Funding
1. National workshop on Green Technology: MEDA 29.01.2013 to
Solar Wind Hybrid Energy Systems 31.01.2013
2. Hands on Workshop on ‘MASTERCAM Institute 08.08.2014,
Turning and Milling’. 09.08.2014
3. International Workshop on ‘Advances in SPPU 19.01.2015 to
Engineering Optimization’. 21.01.2015
4. Hands on Training on Non Destructive Testing Institute 16.02.2015
5. Hands On workshop on Engine and Vehicle Institute 18.03.2015,

Servicing 19.03.2015
6. Workshop on ‘CAD/CAM & Automation Institute 19.03.2015,
Finite element Methods, Product Design and 20.03.2015
Development’
7. National Workshop on ‘Energy Conservation’ MEDA 21.04.2015
8. Syllabus Implementation workshop on Institute 21.07.2015
CAD/CAM & Automation
9. Workshop on ‘MasterCam X9-Multiaxis Institute 29.07.2015,
&Turn Mill’ 30.01.2015
10. Hands on Workshop on ‘CNC Programming Institute 11.09.2015 to
and Machining’. 14.09.2015
11. Skill Development Workshop on FEA Institute 23.09.2015,
software (ANSYS) 24.09.2015
12. FDP on ‘Learn to teach and Teach to Learn’ Institute 10.12.2015,
11.12.2015
13. 28.01.2016 to
Hands on Training on ‘Simufact’ Institute
31.01.2016
14. Guest Lecture on IPDPLM by Mr. Sudhir Institute 05.03.2016,
Shivankar 19.03.2016
15. International Workshop on ‘Advances in SPPU 04.01.2017 to
Mechanical Engineering’ 07.01.2017
26. Student profile rogramme / course wise: Refer 2.1.6 and 2.6.2 of SSR

Mechnical Engineering (UG):
Year from abroad
state States
2012-13 98 2 0
2013-14 100 0 0
2014-15 98 2 0
2015-16 95 5 0
Mechnical Engineering (PG):

% of students
state
2013-14 100 0 0
2014-15 100 0 0
2015-16 100 0 0
examinations such as NET, SET, GATE, Civil services, defense services:
GATE Defencse / CAT GRE TOEFL
Academic Civil
Year services

2012-13 01 00 01 01 00
2013-14 00 00 00 02 00
2014-15 00 00 00 00 00
2015-16 01 00 00 00 00
a) Departmental Library: The departmental library has 524 books
d) Laboratories: 19
Sr. No. Name of the Laboratory
1. I C Engine Laboratory
2. CAD Laboratory I
3. CAD Laboratory II
4. Heat Transfer Laboratory
5. Metrology and Quality Control Laboratory
6. Mechatronics & Hydraulics and Pnumatic Laboratory
7. Thermodynamics Laboratory
8. Theory of Machines Laboratory
9. CAD Laboratory C
10. Dynamics of Machinery Laboratory
11. Metallurgy and Refrigeration and Air conditioing Laboratory
12. PG CAD Laboratory
13. Strength of Materials Laboratory
14. Fluid Mechanics Laboratory
15. Turbo Machines Laboratory
16. Basic Mechanical Engineering Laboratory - I
17. Basic Mechanical Engineering Laboratory - II
18. Computer Laboratory - I
19. Computer Laboratory - II
20. Steam Power Plant

2012-13 599
2013-14 172

2014-15 393
2015-16 426
Sr. No. Enrichment programme Dates Resource person
Skill Development workshop
09.02.2015 to Mr. D.M.
1. on CNC Programming &
13.02.2015 Kupade
Machining
Hands on training on Non
2. 16.02.2015 M.S.M.E.
Destructive Testing
Skill Development workshop
24.03.2015 to Mr. A.H.
3. on Automobile Excellence-Two
27.03.2015 Kavlinga
wheeler service & Maintenance
Training Programme on Energy Mr. A.Y.
4. 14.09.2015
Conservation Awareness Mehendale
Skill Development workshop 23.09.2016,
5. Mr. Ketan Pol
on FEA ANSYS 24.09.2016
Guest Lecture on Advances in Prof. Suhas
6. 05.01.2016
refrigeration & Air conditioning Deshpande
28.01.2016 to Mr. Vikramjeet
7. Training on Simufact -Forming
30.01.2016 Singh
Mr. Sudhir
8. Guest Lecture on PLM 05.03.2016
Shivankar
Guest Lecture on Condition
9. Monitoring Techniques used in 30.08.2016 Mr. Hemant Bari
Thermal Power plant
Guest Lecture on Energy Mr. A.Y.
10. 23.09.2016
Conservation Case studies Mehendale

 Guest lectures
 Seminars

activities:
2012- 2013- 2014- 2015-

Activity
13 14 15 16
Art of Living ✔

NSS Camps ✔
Cancer Awareness
✔
Program

Strengths:
 Good infrastructure with State of art Laboratories, auditorium and latest
equipment
 Skill Development Cell
 Well Qualified and Dedicated faculty
 Good Reputation and a Brand Name
 Good Industry Institute Interaction
Weaknesses:
 Inadequate efforts in publishing more research papers
 Industry Consultancy and Sponsored Projects
 Less number of Doctoral candidates
 Enhancement towords self development of the faculty.
Opportunities:
 Increasing Industry oriented teaching
 Considerable efforts in Faculty Industry Interaction
 Building strong Faculty Profile
 Enhance research activities through Sponsored Projects
 Partnering with premier institutes and industries for Collaborative learning
and applied research
 Alumni Networking for Student Development through Placement
Challenges:
 Low level of technical ability of non teaching staff.
 Less industrial interaction
 Faculty retaintion ratio of department
 Rapid changes in technology , time bound learning and training skills for
faculty
Future Plans:
 Development of high computing facilities
 Encouraging more faculty to register for PhD
 Collaboration with foreign universities

DEPARTMENT OF MANAGEMENT
1. Name of the department: Management

PG: MBA

Nil

PG: Semester pattern with choice based credit system (choice based credit
system implemented in AY 2013-14 for First Year)

departments: Nil


Professors 01 00

Sr. Name Qualifi Designation Specialization Number of No. of PhD
No. cation Years of students
the last 4
years
PhD Associate Finance 09 Nil
1. Dr.S.U. Chavan
Professor
R.M.Kaakandikar MBA Assistant Nil
2. Finance 07
Professor
Y.R. Deokar MBA Assistant Nil
3. Marketing 05
Professor
Assistant Human Nil
4. S.R. Bagal MBA 17
Professor Resource
Assistant Human Nil
5. S.R. Wadekar MBA 01
Professor Resource
S.N. Sashte MBA Assistant Finance Nil
6. 05
Professor
D.H. Assistant Human Nil
7. MBA Professor 04
Charegaonkar Resource

11. List of senior visiting faculty: Nil

temporary faculty: Nil
13. Student-Teacher Ratio (programme wise): 1:17


Phil./PG:
PhD: 01




Sr. No. Academic Year % % of In-house Projects
1. 2012-13 0
2. 2013-14 0
3. 2014-15 0
4. 2015-16 0

Sr. No. Academic Year % of projects done in collaboration
1. 2012-13 100
2. 2013-14 100
3. 2014-15 100
4. 2015-16 100


1. 2012-13 00 09
2. 2013-14 00 01
3. 2014-15 00 09
4. 2015-16 00 03

department:
No.
1. Mr. Rajseh Ghandhi Sales Area Manager 29.09.2014
2. Mr. Niraj Dayama Project Developer 01.09.2012

Nil
MBA (PG):
% of students
state
2013-14 100 Nil Nil
2014-15 100 Nil Nil
2015-16 100 Nil Nil
etc.: N. A.

d) Computer Laboratories: 02

Sr.
Laboratory
No.
1. IFC Laboratory I
2. IFC Laboratory II

2012-13 25
2013-14 80
2014-15 75
2015-16 109
32. Details on student enrichment programmes (Special lectures/

workshops / Seminar) with external experts: Nil

 Guest lectures
 Seminars

activities:
2012- 2013- 2014- 2015-

Activity
13 14 15 16
Art of Living ✔
NSS Camps ✔
Cancer Awareness
✔
Program

Strengths:
 Qualified Faculty
 Experienced Faculty
 Well Equipped Laboratories and Classrooms
Weaknesses:
 Consultancy

 Research work
 Less number of MOU with industries
Opportunities:
 High end technology
 Advanced teaching & learning aid in classroom
 Scope of educational collaboration with international universities
Challenges:
 Quality of input
 Count of PhD faculty
 Increased count of private universities
Future Plans:
 Research center for PhD
 Incubation center for student and staff

DECLARATION BY THE HEAD OF THE INSTITUTE

CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE

ANNEXURE: APPROVAL / AFFILIATION FROM SPPU AND AICTE
ANNEXURE:
APPROVAL /
AFFILIATION
LETTERS FROM
SPPU AND AICTE

Annexure I: Affiliation letter by the University


Annexure II: First Approval letter from AICTE



Annexure III: Approval letter from AICTE for AY 2016-17




Zeal SSR PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Zeal SSR PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Self Study Report (SSR)

National Assessment and

Zeal Education Society’s

Description Page No.

Cover letter from Principal

AICTE All India Council for Technical Education

Zeal Education Society (ZES) is established in 1996 with a vision to impart

The institute is running six Undergraduate (UG) programmes viz. Civil

Zeal College of Engineering and Research, Narhe, Pune-411041 1

“Talentron” to give exposure of multidimensional activities to the students in

Zeal College of Engineering and Research, Narhe, Pune-411041 2

B. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY AND SWOC ANALYSIS

Criterion I: Curricular aspects

Criterion II: Teaching learning and evaluation:

Zeal College of Engineering and Research, Narhe, Pune-411041 3

Criterion III: Research, consultancy and extension

• The institute has a recognized PG research center under SPPU. A Research

Criterion IV: Infrastructure and learning resources

Zeal College of Engineering and Research, Narhe, Pune-411041 4

• Sufficient space and equipment are provided for administrative and

Criterion V: Student support and progression

Zeal College of Engineering and Research, Narhe, Pune-411041 5

• The students are encouraged to participate in several curricular, co-

Criterion VI: Governance, leadership and management

Zeal College of Engineering and Research, Narhe, Pune-411041 6

• The institute focuses on financial management for optimum use of

Criterion VII: Innovations and best practices

Zeal College of Engineering and Research, Narhe, Pune-411041 7

• Full time counselor for counseling of students

Zeal College of Engineering and Research, Narhe, Pune-411041 8

C. PROFILE OF THE INSTITUTION

1. Name and Address of the College:

3. Status of the Institution:

5. Is it a recognized minority institution?

7. a. Date of establishment of the college: 29.06.2007

Zeal College of Engineering and Research, Narhe, Pune-411041 9

Savitribai Phule Pune University (SPPU), Pune

c. Details of UGC recognition:

d. Details of recognition/approval by statutory/regulatory bodies other

8. Does the affiliating university Act provide for conferment of autonomy

b. for its performance by any other governmental agency?

Zeal College of Engineering and Research, Narhe, Pune-411041 10

Zeal College of Engineering and Research, Narhe, Pune-411041 11

• Solid waste management facility √

Zeal College of Engineering and Research, Narhe, Pune-411041 12

Systems and VLSI

13. Does the institution offer self financed programmes?

If yes, how many? 6 UG + 6 PG + 2 PhD = 14

16. Number of Programmes offered under (Programme means a degree

17. Number of Programmes with

Zeal College of Engineering and Research, Narhe, Pune-411041 13

a. Choice Based Credit System 06

# Choice Based Credit System is offered for UG programmes from the

18. Does the college offer UG and/or PG programmes in Teacher

Note: Against the vacancy created due to unavailability of candidates for

21. Qualification of the teaching staff:

Zeal College of Engineering and Research, Narhe, Pune-411041 14

24. Details on students enrollment in the college during the current

25. Dropout rate in UG and PG (average of last two batches)

26. Unit cost of education

Zeal College of Engineering and Research, Narhe, Pune-411041 15

29. Is the college applying for